Professional Documents
Culture Documents
1992-2016
WWW.NODIA.CO.IN
2017
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
content
CHAPTER 2
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
R V
Sa 0 3 7W (B) P ^ BA h = P (A)
S2 5 1 3W (C) P (A , B) = P (A) + P (B)
Q23 The matrix A = S W had det ^Ah = 100 and
trace ^Ah = 14 . S0 0 2 4W (D) P (A + B ) = P (A) P (B )
S0 0 0 b W
T X
The value of a - b is ______ Q29 Consider a system of linear equations :
x - 2y + 3z =- 1
x - 3y + 4z = 1
GATE 2016 EC03 TWO MARKS - 2x + 4y - 6z = k
The value of k for which the system has infinitely many
Q24 The particular solution of the initial value problem solutions is_____.
given below is
d2 y dy
+ 12 + 36y = 0 with y ^0 h = 3 and Q30 Let z = x + iy be a complex variable. Consider that
dx2 dx contour integration is performed along the unit circle
dy in anticlockwise direction. Which one of the following
=- 36
dx x = 0 statements is NOT TRUE?
(A) The residue of z -z 1 at z = 1 is 12
(A) ^3 - 18x h e-6x (B) ^3 + 25x h e-6x
2
e 3 = ^- 2, 0, 1h form an orthogonal basis of the three (D) z (complex conjugate of z ) is an analytical function
dimensional real space R3 , then the vector u = ^4, 3, - 3h eR3
can be expressed as R1V
(A) u =- 2 e1 - 3e2 - 11 e 3 Q31 The value of p such that the vector S2W is an
S W
5 5 R4 1 2V SS3WW
S W
(B) u =- 2 e1 - 3e2 + 11 e 3 eigenvector of the matrix S p 2 1 W is ______ T X
5 5
SS14 - 4 10WW
(C) u =- 2 e1 + 3e2 + 11 e 3 T X
5 5 2 3
Q32 A function f (x) = 1 - x + x is defined in the closed
(D) u =- 2 e1 + 3e2 - 11 e 3 interval [- 1, 1]. The value of x , in the open interval (- 1,
5 5 1) for which the mean value theorem is satisfied, is
Q26 A triangle in the xy -plane is bounded by the straight (A) - 1 (B) - 1
2 3
lines 2x = 3y , y = 0 and x = 3 . The volume above the
triangle and under the plane x + y + z = 6 is ______ (C) 1 (D) 1
3 2
Q27 # z
The values of the integral 21pj z -e 2 dz along a closed GATE 2015 EC02 ONE MARK
contour c in anti-clockwise directionc for
(i) the point z 0 = 2 inside the contour c , and Q33 The value of x for which all the eigen-values of the
(ii) the point z 0 = 2 outside the contour c , respectively, matrix given below are real is
R10 5 + j 4 V
are S W
(A) (i) 2.72 (ii) 0 (B) (i) 7.39 (ii) 0 S x 20 2 W
SS 4 2 - 10WW
(C) (i) 0 (ii) 2.72 (D) (i) 0 (ii) 7.39
T X
(A) 5 + j (B) 5 - j
GATE 2015 EC01 ONE MARK (C) 1 - 5j (D) 1 + 5j
Q28 Suppose A and B are two independent events with Q34 The general solution of the differential equation
probabilities P (A) ! 0 and P (B) ! 0 . Let A and B be dy 1 + cos 2y
their complements. Which one of the following statements = is
dx 1 - cos 2x
is FALSE? (A) tan y - cot x = c (c is a constant)
(A) P (A + B) = P (A) P (B)
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 6 Engineering Mathematics Chapter 2
(B) tan x - cot y = c (c is a constant) then the relationship between the sequences [p, q , r ] and
(C) tan y + cot x = c (c is a constant) [a , b, c ] is
(A) [p, q , r ] = [b, a , c ] (B) [p, q , r ] = [b, c , a ]
(D) tan x + cot y = c (c is a constant)
(C) [p, q , r ] = [c , a , b] (D) [p, q , r ] = [c , b, a ]
az + b
Q35 Let f (z) = cz + d . If f (z1) = f (z 2) for all z1 ! z 2 , a = 2
, b = 4 and c = 5 , then d should be equal to ______. Q43 The solution of the differential equation
d2 y dy
2 + 2 dt + y = 0 with y (0) = yl (0) = 1 is
dt
GATE 2015 EC03 ONE MARK
(A) (2 - t) et (B) (1 + 2t) e-t
3
(C) (2 + t) e-t (D) (1 - 2t) et
/ nb 12 l
n
Q36 The value of is ______.
n=0
Q37 If C is a circle of radius r with centre z 0 , in the Q44 Which one of the following graphs describes the
complex z -plane and if n is a non-zero integer, then function f (x) = e-x (x2 + x + 1) ?
dz
#C ^z - z 0h
n + 1 equals
1 tan x
For A = = E, the determinant of A A is
T -1
Q38
- tan x 1
(A) sec2 x (B) cos 4x
(C) 1 (D) 0
Q41 The maximum area (in square units) of a rectangle Q46 Consider the differential equation dx dt = 10 - 0.2x
whose vertices lie on the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 1 is _______. with initial condition x (0) = 1. The response x (t) for t > 0
is
(A) 2 - e-0.2t (B) 2 - e0.2t
Q42 Two sequences [a , b, c ] and [A, B , C ] are related as.
RAV R1 1 1 VW RSa VW (C) 50 - 49e-0.2t (D) 50 - 49e0.2t
S W S 2p
SBW = S1 W 3-1 W 3-2W Sb W where W3 = e j 3
SSC WW SS1 W -2 W -4WW SSc WW sin (4pt)
#
3 3 3
T X T XT X Q47 The value of the integral 12 cos (2pt) dt
-3 4p t
If another sequence [p, q , r ] is derived as, is______.
RpV R1 1 1 V R1 0 0 V RA/3V
S W S WS WS W
Sq W = S1 W 31 W 32W S0 W 32 0 W SB/3W Q48 If C denotes the counter clockwise unit circle, the
SSr WW SS1 W 2 W 4WW SS0 0 W 4WW SSC/3WW
3 3 3 value of the contour integral 1 #
Re {z} dz is______.
T X T XT XT X 2p j C
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 2 Engineering Mathematics Page 7
GATE 2015 EC03 TWO MARKS Q58 Let X be a random variable which is uniformly
chosen from the set of positive odd numbers less than 100.
Q49 A fair die with faces (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) is thrown The expectation, E 6X @, is ______.
repeatedly till ‘3’ is observed for the first time. Let X
denote the number of times the die is thrown. The expected Q59 For 0 # t < 3, the maximum value of the function
value of X is______. f ^ t h = e-t - 2e-2t occurs at
(A) t = log e 4 (B) t = log e 2
Q50 The Newton-Raphson method is used to solve the (C) t = 0 (D) t = log e 8
equation f (x) = x3 - 5x2 + 6x - 8 = 0 . Taking the initial
guess as x = 5 , the solution obtained at the end of the
lim b1 + 1 l is
x
first iteration is______. Q60 The value of
x"3 x
(A) ln 2 (B) 1.0
Q51 Consider the differential equation
(C) e (D) 3
d2 x (t) dx (t)
+3 + 2x (t) = 0
dt 2 dt
Given x (0) = 20 and x (1) = 10e , where e = 2.718 , the value Q61 If the characteristic equation of the differential
of x (2) is______. d 2y dy
equation + 2a + y = 0 has two equal roots, then
dx2 dx
the values of a are
GATE 2014 EC01 ONE MARK (A) ! 1 (B) 0, 0
(C) ! j (D) ! 1/2
Q52 For matrices of same dimension M , N and scalar c ,
which one of these properties DOES NOT ALWAYS hold
GATE 2014 EC03 ONE MARK
?
(A) ^M T hT = M (B) ^cM hT = c ^M hT
Q62 The maximum value of the function
(C) ^M + N hT = MT + NT (D) MN = NM
f ^x h = ln ^1 + x h - x (where x > - 1) occurs at x = ____
Q53 In a housing society, half of the families have a single Q63 Which ONE of the following is a linear non-
child per family, while the remaining half have two children homogeneous differential equation, where x and y are the
per family. The probability that a child picked at random, independent and dependent variables respectively ?
has a sibling is ______ dy
(A) dx + xy = e-x dy
(B) dx + xy = 0
dy -y dy
(C) dx + xy = e (D) dx + e-y = 0
Q54 C is a closed path in the z -plane by z = 3 . The
z 2 - z + 4j
value of the integral c# z + 2j m
dz is Q64 Match the application to appropriate numerical
C
Q70 If a and b are constants, the most general solution of Q77 The system of linear equations
J2 1 3NJa N J 5 N
the differential equation K OK O K O
d 2 x + 2 dx + x = 0 is K3 0 1OKb O = K- 4O has
dt K1 2 5OKc O K 14 O
dt2 L PL P L P
-t
(A) ae (B) ae-t + bte-t (A) a unique solution
(C) aet + bte-t (D) ae-2t (B) infinitely many solutions
(C) no solution
xy
Q71 The directional derivative of f ^x, y h = ^x + y h at (D) exactly two solutions
^ h
1 , 1 in the direction of the unit vector at an2 angle of p4
with y -axis, is given by______. Q78 The real part of an analytic function f ^z h where
z = x + jy is given by e-y cos ^x h. The imaginary part of
GATE 2014 EC01 TWO MARKS f ^z h is
(A) ey cos ^x h (B) e-y sin ^x h
Q72 The Taylor series expansion of 3 sin x + 2 cos x is (C) - ey sin ^x h (D) - e-y sin ^x h
3 3
(A) 2 + 3x - x2 - x + .... (B) 2 - 3x + x2 - x + ....
2 2 Q79 The maximum value of the determinant among all
3 3
(C) 2 + 3x + x2 + x + .... (D) 2 + 3x + x2 + x + .... 2 # 2 real symmetric matrices with trace 14 is _____.
2 2
Q80 If rv = xatx + yaty + zatz and rv = r , then
Q73 For a function g ^ t h, it is given that
div ^r d ^ln r hh = ______.
2
(A) 0 (B) - j
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 2 Engineering Mathematics Page 9
GATE 2012 ONE MARK Q99 A fair coin is tossed till a head appears for the first
time. The probability that the number of required tosses
Q94 With initial condition x (1) = 0.5 , the solution of the is odd, is
differential equation (A) 1/3 (B) 1/2
t dx + x = t , is (C) 2/3 (D) 3/4
dt
(A) x = t - 1 (B) x = t 2 - 1
2 2 Q100 The maximum value of f (x) = x3 - 9x2 + 24x + 5 in
2
t the interval [1, 6] is
(C) x = t (D) x = 2 (A) 21 (B) 25
2
(C) 41 (D) 46
Q95 Given f (z) =1 - 2 .
z+1 z+3
Q101 Given that
If C is a counter clockwise path in the z -plane such that
-5 -3 1 0
A=> H and I = >
z + 1 = 1, the value of 1 # 0 1H
f (z) dz is ,
2p j C 2 0
(A) - 2 (B) - 1 the value of A3 is
(C) 1 (D) 2 (A) 15A + 12I (B) 19A + 30I
(C) 17A + 15I (D) 17A + 21I
Q96 If x = - 1, then the value of xx is
- p/2
(A) e (B) e p/2 GATE 2011 ONE MARK
(C) x (D) 1
Q102 Consider a closed surface S surrounding volume V .
Get More Study Material If r is the position vector of a point inside S , with nt the
v
unit normal on S , the value of the integral ## 5rv $ nt dS is
by Whatsapp. Send
S
(A) 3V (B) 5V
Q97 Consider the differential equation Q104 The value of the integral # - 2
3z + 4 dz where c
(z + 4z + 5)
d 2 y (t) dy (t) is the circle z = 1 is given by c
+2 + y (t) = d (t) (A) 0 (B) 1/10
dt 2 dt
dy (C) 4/5 (D) 1
with y (t) t = 0 =- 2 and =0
-
dt t = 0 -
dy
The numerical value of is GATE 2011 TWO MARKS
dt t = 0 +
(A) - 2 (B) - 1
Q105 A numerical solution of the equation
(C) 0 (D) 1
f (x) + x - 3 = 0 can be obtained using Newton- Raphson
method. If the starting value is x = 2 for the iteration, the
Q98 The direction of vector A is radially outward from value of x that is to be used in the next step is
the origin, with A = krn . where r2 = x2 + y2 + z2 and k is (A) 0.306 (B) 0.739
a constant. The value of n for which d:A = 0 is (C) 1.694 (D) 2.306
(A) - 2 (B) 2
(C) 1 (D) 0
Q106 The system of equations
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 2 Engineering Mathematics Page 11
has NO solution for values of l and μ given by GATE 2010 TWO MARKS
(A) l = 6, m = 20 (B) l = 6, m =
Y 20
(C) l =
Y 6, m = 20 (D) l =
Y 6, m = 20 Q111 If ey = x1/x , then y has a
(A) maximum at x = e (B) minimum at x = e
-1
(C) maximum at x = e (D) minimum at x = e-1
Q107 A fair dice is tossed two times. The probability that
the second toss results in a value that is higher than the
first toss is Q112 A fair coin is tossed independently four times. The
(A) 2/36 (B) 2/6 probability of the event “the number of time heads shown
(C) 5/12 (D) 1/2 up is more than the number of times tail shown up”
(A) 1/16 (B) 1/3
(C) 1/4 (D) 5/16
GATE 2010 ONE MARKS
(A) 0 (B) 2
3
(C) 1 (D) 2 3
2 2 (A) p11 p12 - p12 p21 = 1 (B) p11 p22 - p12 p21 =- 1
(C) p11 p22 - p12 p21 = 0 (D) p11 p22 + p12 p21 = 0
(C) c 1 m (D) 10C2 b 1 l
10 10
2 2
Q124 The system of linear equations
4x + 2y = 7
Q119 If f (z) = c 0 + c1 z-1 , then # 1 +zf (z) dz is given 2x + y = 6 has
by unit circle (A) a unique solution
(A) 2pc1 (B) 2p (1 + c0) (B) no solution
(C) 2pjc1 (D) 2p (1 + c0) (C) an infinite number of solutions
(D) exactly two distinct solutions
(B) xn + 1 = xn - e-x n
1+e n
x n2 - e-x (1 - xn) - 1
n Q135 The following plot shows a function which varies
(D) xn + 1 = 2
xn - e-x n
linearly with x . The value of the integral I = #1 ydx is
(A) - 1 (B) - 1
32 16
(C) 1 (D) 1
16 32
(A) 1.0 (B) 2.5
(C) 4.0 (D) 5.0
0 1
Consider the matrix P = =
- 2 - 3G
Q131 . The value of e p
is Q136 For x << 1, coth (x) can be approximated as
(A) x (B) x2
2e-2 - 3e-1 e-1 - e-2
(A) > -2 H (C) 1 (D) 12
2e - 2e-1 5e-2 - e-1 x x
e-1 + e-1 2e-2 - e-1
(B) > -1 H sin b q l
2e - 4e2 3e-1 + 2e-2 2
Q137 lim is
q"0 q
5e-2 - e-1 3e-1 - e-2 (A) 0.5 (B) 1
(C) > -2 H
2e - 6e-1 4e-2 + 6-1 (C) 2 (D) not defined
R V
S1 1 1 W
Q147 The rank of the matrix S1 - 1 0 W is
SS1 1 1 WW
(A) 0 T 1 X
(B)
(A) f1 (t) and f2 (t) are orthogonal
(C) 2 (D) 3
(B) f1 (t) and f3 (t) are orthogonal
(C) f2 (t) and f3 (t) are orthogonal
Q148 4#4# P , where P is a vector, is equal to
(D) f1 (t) and f2 (t) are orthonormal (A) P # 4# P - 4 2 P (B) 4 2 P + 4 (4 # P)
(C) 4 2 P + 4# P (D) 4 (4$ P) - 4 2 P
Q143 If the semi-circular control D of radius 2 is as shown
1
in the figure, then the value of the integral #
(s 2
- 1 )
ds is
Q149 ## (4 # P) $ ds , where P is a vector, is equal to
D
(A) # P $ dl (B) # 4#4# P $ dl
Q150 A probability density function is of the form to a university. The percentage of computers supplied
p (x) = Ke- a x , x ! (- 3, 3). The value of K is by them and the probability of those being defective are
(A) 0.5 (B) 1 tabulated below
(C) 0.5a (D) a
Company % of Computer Probability of being
Supplied supplied defective
Q151 A solution for the differential equation
xo (t) + 2x (t) = d (t) with initial condition x (0-) = 0 is X 60% 0.01
(A) e - 2t u (t) (B) e2t u (t) Y 30% 0.02
(C) e - t u (t) (D) et u (t) Z 10% 0.03
p
GATE 2005 ONE MARK
Q155 The integral #0 sin3 qdq is given by
Q161 A fair dice is rolled twice. The probability that an Group I Group II
odd number will follow an even number is
5. Interpolation
(A) 1/2 (B) 1/6
(C) 1/3 (D) 1/4 6. Calculation of
Eigenvalues
(A) E - 6, F - 1, G - 5, H - 3
Q162 A solution of the following differential equation is
d2 y dy (B) E - 1, F - 6, G - 4, H - 3
given by -5 + 6y = 0
dx 2 dx (C) E - 1, F - 3, G - 4, H - 2
(A) y = e2x + e-3x (B) y = e2x + e3x (D) E - 5, F - 3, G - 4, H - 1
(C) y = e-2x + 33x (D) y = e-2x + e-3x
-4 2
Given the matrix =
4 3G
Q166 , the eigenvector is
GATE 2005 TWO MARKS
3 4
(A) = G (B) = G
2 3
Q163 In what range should Re (s) remain so that the
Laplace transform of the function e(a + 2) t + 5 exits. 2 -1
(C) = G (D) = G
(A) Re (s) > a + 2 (B) Re (s) > a + 7 -1 2
(C) Re (s) < 2 (D) Re (s) > a + 5
2 - 0.1 1
a
Q167 Let, A = = G and A - 1 = = 2 G. Then (a + b) =
Q164 The derivative of the symmetric function drawn in 0 3 0 b
given figure will look like (A) 7/20 (B) 3/20
(C) 19/60 (D) 11/20
2
1
#0 exp c- x m dx
3
Q168 The value of the integral I =
2p 8
is
(A) 1 (B) p
(C) 2 (D) 2p
Group I Group II R1 V R1 V
E. Newton-Raphson 1. Solving nonlinear S4 0 0 0 W S2 0 0 0W
S0 14 0 0 W S0 1
2 0 0
W
method equations (A) S 1 W (B) S 1 W
F. Runge-kutta method 2. Solving linear S0 0 2 0 W S0 0 2 0W
1
S0 0 0 2 W S0 0 0 12 W
simultaneous T X TR XV
R1 0 0 0 V 1
0 0 0W
G. Simpson’s Rule 3. Solving ordinary S W S4
differential S0 1 0 0 W S0 1
4 0 0
W
(C) S W (D) S 1 W
H. Gauss elimination 4. Numerical integration S
0 0 1 0
W S0 0 4 0W
S0 0 0 1 W S0 0 0 14 W
T X T X
***********
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 2 Engineering Mathematics Page 17
SOLUTION
S1 Correct option is (C). Thus x =1
& M8 = M 4 = I & M7 = M-1
& M12 = M8 = I & M11 = M-1 S7 Correct answer is 0.
3
& M16 = M12 = I & M15 = M-1 f (Z ) = 2z3 + b z
______________________ For b = 0 , f (z) becomes polynomial
Thus M-1 = M 4k + 3 , K is a natural number. so it is analytic every where only when b = 0
If q = 0
| I | = 15 0 < q < p
2
If q = p
2 15 # q # 5
|I |= 5
z 2
z 3! 5!
S6 Correct answer is x = 1. 3
= 1 - z + z - ......
For eigen value of A is to be zero, det (A) = 0 z 3! 5!
3 "(- 63 + 7x) + 52, - 2 "(- 81 + 9x) + 78, + Res. f ^z h = 1
+ 4 {- 36 + 42} = 0 z =0
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 18 Engineering Mathematics Chapter 2
8 8 2p 8
= 1 & 3 sin q - 3 cos q + 20q 0 r2 5
2p =
p
0
2
8
p#f #z 4.5
3
8 8
= 1 &b- 3 + 40p l - b- 3 l0
3 8
2p p p
= 1 (25 - 9) # a 4 - 8 k # (4.5 - 3)
= 20 2
Thus v = 4.71 m3
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 2 Engineering Mathematics Page 19
^6 - x - y h dxdy
3
Volume = ## zdxdy # #
x=0 y=0
3
= 10
RpV R VR VR V
For the given ellipse, we have S W 1 S1 1 1 1 2WS1 0 2 0 WSAW
x 2 + 4y 2 = 1 Sq W = S1 W 3 W 3 WS0 W 3 0 WSBW
or x2 = 1 - 4y2 (1) SSr WW 3 SS1 W 2 W 4WWSS0 0 W 4WWSSC WW
3 3 3
Area of rectangle is T X T XT XT X
RpV R 2 4VR V
A = 4xy S W 1 S1 W 33 W 36WSAW
Now, we have to determine the point of maxima, so we Sq W = S1 W 3 W 3 WSBW (2)
consider SSr WW 3 SS1 W 4 W 8WWSSC WW
3 3
z = A2 = 16x2 y2 T X T XT X
W3 = e j 3 = cos ^120ch + j sin ^120ch
2 p
So,
When z will be maximum, A will also be maximum. So we
determine point of maxima for z as -1 + j 3
=
z = 16x2 y2 2
= 16y2 ^1 - 4y2h Again, we consider the equation (1),
dz = 0 Ra V R 1 VWRSAVW
For maxima, S W 1 S1 1
dy Sb W = S1 ^W 3-1h ^W 3-2h*WSBW
*
dy T X T XT X
8 Ra V R VR V
2 - 16 # 3 # < 0 1 S W 1 S1 1 1-1WSAW
8 or Sb W = S1 w w WSBW
SSc WW 3 SS1 w-1 w WWSSC WW
-4 < 0
T X T XT X
Therefore, z is maximum at Since, the relation between cube roots of unity is given as
2
y = 1 as d z2 <0 1 + w + w2 = 0 ; w3 = 1
8 dx y = 1 2
w = w ; w = w
1
2
1
8
w = w2 ; w 2 = w
A max = 4xy = 1 b1 - 4 l = 4 = 1
1/2
Hence, So, we solve the matrix equation as
8 8 4 Ra V R VR V
S W 1 S1 1 1-1WSAW
NOTE : Sb W = S1 w w WSBW
Point of maxima can also be evaluated by directly differ- SSc WW 3 SS1 w-1 w WWSSC WW
entiating A. But is may lead to tedious calculation. T X T XT X
Again, we consider the equation (2),
RpV R -1 VR V
S W 1 S1 w w WSAW
S42 Correct option is (C).
Sq W = S1 1 1 WSBW
Given relation is SSr WW 3 SS1 w w-1WWSSC WW
RAV R1 1 1VW RSa VW
S W S T X T X
T we apply Xelementary
SBW = S1 W 3-1 W 3-2W Sb W In above equation, row operation as
SSC WW SS1 W -2 W -4WW SSc WW R1 * R 2
3 3 RpV R VR V
TSX T1 444 2 444 3X TSX S W 1 S1 1 -1 1 WSAW
P D Q
Sq W = S1 w w WSBW
Comparing it with the DFT concept of taking fourier SSr WW 3 SS1 w w-1WWSSC WW
transform by matrix form. We may calculate that here we T X T XT X
are taking the 3 order DFT of 6a b c@T whose transformed Again, R2 * R3
output is 6A B C @T . So, RpV R VR V
P = DQ (DFT) S W 1 S1 1 1-1WSAW
1 Sq W = S1 w w WSBW
or Q = D P = D * P & IDFT
-1
SSr WW 3 SS1 w-1 w WWSSC WW
3
Ra V R V T X T XT X
S W 1 S1 1 1W RSAVW Hence, we can conclude that
or Q = Sb W = S1 ^W 3-1h* ^W 3-2h*W SBW (1) 8p q r B = 8c a bB
SSc WW 3 SS1 ^W -2h* ^W -4h*WW SSC WW
8q r pB = 8a b cB
3 3
T X T XT X or
Again, we have
S43 Correct option is (B).
We have the differential equation,
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 2 Engineering Mathematics Page 23
d 2y dy
2 + 2 dt + y = 0
s = 1+1 = 3
dt 2 2
and y ^0 h = yl^0 h = 1 Hence, E ^X h = 3 = 1.5
2
Given equation is linear constant coefficient differential
equation. Let S46 Correct option is (C)
d =D dx = 10 - 0.2x
dt dt
So, D2 + 2D + 1 = 0 dx + 0.2x = 10
or ^D + 1h2 = 0 dt
or D =- 1, - 1 For the differential equation, we have
Therefore, y ^ t h = ^C1 + C2 t h e-t I.F. = e # 0.2dt
For t = 0 , y ^ 0 h = 1 = C1 I.F. = e0.2t
Again, yl^ t h = C2 e-t + ^C1 + C2 t h^- e-t h #
xe0.2t = 10e0.2t dt + C
For t = 0 , yl^0 h = 1 = C2 - C2
0.2t
or C 2 = 1 + C1 = 2 xe0.2t = 10 ;e E + C
Hence, y ^ t h = ^1 + 2t h e-t 0.2
xe0.2t = 10 # 10e0.2t + C
2
S44 Correct option is (B).
f ^x h = e-x ^x2 + x + 1h x ^ t h = 50 + Ce-0.2t
f l^x h =- e-x ^x2 + x + 1h + e-x ^2x + 1h At t = 0 , x ^0 h = 50 + Ce0 = 1
= e-x 6- x2 - x - 1 + 2x + 1@ 50 + C = 1
= e-x 6- x2 + x @ C =- 49
= ^e-x h^x h^1 - x h Hence, x ^ t h = 50 - 49e-0.2t
f l^x h = 0 , x = 0 , 1
This condition is satisfied by the graph shown in option(B). S47 Correct answer is 3.
We solve the given integral as
12 cos 2pt sin 4pt dt
#
3
S45 Correct answer is 1.5. I =
-3 4pt
Let X be random variable which denote number of tosses
= 12 2 cos 2pt sin 4pt dt
#
3
to get two heads. 4p - 3 t
P ^X = 2h = HH = 1 # 1 sin 6ptdt + 3 sin 2ptdt
= 3; # # E
3
2 2
p 0 t 0 t
P ^X = 3h = THH = 1 # 1 # 1 Since, sin A - cos B = sin ^A + B h + sin ^A - B h, so we can
2 2 2
rewrite the integral as
P ^X = 4h = TTHH = b 1 l
4
2 2 2 with s = 0 , i.e.
Again, let s = ^2 hb 1 l + 3 b 1 l + 4 b 1 l .....
2 3 4
(1) I = 3 ;L & sin 6pt 0 + L & sin 2pt 0E
2 2 2 p t t
I = 3< 6p 2p dsF with s = 0
# #
3
2 ^ h 2
s = 2 b 1 l3 + 3 b 1 l4 + 4 b 1 l5 .....
3
(2) or ds +
2 2 p s s2 + 36p2 s s + 4p2
2
3
Subtracting equation (2) from (1), = 3 =6p $ 1 tan-1 d s n + 2p$ 1 tan-1 c s m H
p 6p 6p 2p 2p s
2 6 @ 2 ^ h
s = 2 b 1 l2 + b 1 l3 3 - 2 + b 1 l4 4 - 3 .....
2 2 with s = 0
s = 2 b 1 l2 + b 1 l3 + b 1 l4 + b 1 l5 .....
2 2 2 2 2 = 3 =tan-1 3 - tan-1 d s n + tan-1 ^3h - tan-1 c s mF
3 4 5
p 6p 2p
s - 1 = b 1 l + b 1 l + b 1 l .....
2 2 2 2 2 = 3 < p - tan-1 0 + p - tan-1 0F
p 2 2
s - 1 = _ 2 i = b 1 l2
1 3
2 2 1 - 12 2 = 3 < p - 0 + p - 0F = 3 # p = 3
p 2 2 p
s =1+1
2 2 4 S48 Correct answer is 0.5.
1 Re ^z h dz
#
2p j C
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 24 Engineering Mathematics Chapter 2
jq
f l (5) = 3 (5) 2 - 10 (5) + 6 = 31
Let z =e
So, x1 = 5 - 22 = 5 - 0.7097
dz = je jq dq 31
Taking limit from 0 to 2p = 4.2903
= 1 o Re ^e jq h je jq dq
2p
2pj 0 #
S51 Correct answer is 0.856.
2pj 0 ^
cos2 q + j sin q cos qh dq
2p
= 1 # Given
d2 x (t)
+3
dx (t)
+ 2x (t) = 0
dt 2 dt
2p 2p
= 1 < cos2 dq + j sin q cos qdqF
# # where x (0) = 20 , x (1) = 10 , e = 2.718
2p 0 0 e
2p 6
= 1 n - 0@ = = 0.5
1
This is homogeneous equation. So particular solution is
2
zero. We obtain auxiliary equation as
S49 Correct answer is 6. m2 + 3m + 2 = 0
We have m =- 1, - 2
Probability of getting 3 = 16 x (t) = Ae-t + Be-2t
Probability of not getting 3 = 1 - 16 = 56 x (0) = A + B = 20 (1)
Now, the random variable X represents the number of -1
x (1) = Ae + Be =-2 10 (2)
e
throws required for getting 3. So,
X = 1, P (x = 1) = 1 Solving equations (1) and (2),
6 10e - 20
A = b e - 1 l, B = 10e
e-1
X = 2 , P (x = 2) = 5 # 1
6 6 10e - 20 10e
x (t) = b e - 1 l e-t + b e - 1 l e-2t
X = 3 , P (x = 3) = 5 # 5 # 1
6 6 6
Put t = 2
X = 4 , P (x = 4) = 5 # 5 # 5 # 1 10e - 20 10e
x (2) = b e - 1 l e-2 + b e - 1 l e-4
6 6 6 6
E 6X @ = xP (x)
/ x (2) = 0.8556
1 5 1 5 2 1 5 3 1
= (1) b 6 l + (2) b 6 lb 6 l + 3 b 6 l b 6 l + 4 b 6 l b 6 l .....
S52 Correct option is (D).
5 5 2 5 3
= 1 ;1 + 2 b 6 l + 3 b 6 l + 4 b 6 l .......E Let the matrices
6
m1 m 2
M =>
m 3 m 4H
5 5 2 5 3
Let S = 1 + 2 b 6 l + 3 b 6 l + 4 b 6 l (1)
n1 n 2
N =>
n 3 n 4H
5 5 2 5 3 5 4
b 6 lS = 5 + 2b 6 l + 3b 6 l + 4b 6 l (2)
6
Equation (1)-(2), Now, we check the given properties in options for the two
5 5 2 5 3 matrices.
S - 5 S = 1 + b 6 l (2 - 1) + b 6 l + (3 - 2)+b 6 l (4 - 3)..... Option (A) :
6
5 = 1 + 5 + b 5 l2 + b 5 l3 ...... m1 m 2 T m1 m 3
MT = > H =>
6 6 6 6 m3 m4 m2 m 4H
5 = 1 = 6 or S = 36 m1 m 3 T m1 m 2
6 1 - 56 So, ^M h = >m m H = >m m H
T T
2 4 3 4
Hence, the expected value of X is =M
E 6x @ = 36 = 6 i.e. property holds always
6
Option (B) :
S50 Correct answer is 4.29. m1 m 2 Cm1 Cm2
CM = C > H =>
f (x) = x3 - 5x2 + 6x - 8 m3 m4 Cm 3 Cm 4H
x0 = 5 (initial point) Option (C) :
2
f (x) = 3x - 10x + 6
l m1 m 2 n1 n 2 m1 + n1 m 2 + n 2
M+N => H +> H =>
By Newton-Raphson method, m3 m4 n3 n4 m 3 + n 3 m 4 + n 4H
f (x 0) f (5)
x1 = x 0 - = 5- m1 m 2 T n1 n 2 T m1 m 3 n1 n 3
f l (x 0) f l (5)
M +N =>
m 3 m 4H
+>
n 3 n 4H
=>
m2 m 4H >n2 n 4H
T T
+
So, f (5) = (5) 3 - 5 (5) 2 + 6 (5) - 8 = 22
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 2 Engineering Mathematics Page 25
m1 + n1 m 3 + n 3 l2 = 1
=>
m2 + n2 m 4 + n 4H l =! 1
Hence, the positive eigen value is
= ^M + N hT
l=1
i.e. the property holds always.
Option (D) : S56 Correct answer is 0.33.
m1 m 2 n1 n 2
MN = >
m 3 m 4H>n 3 n 4H
Given that three random variables X1 , X2 , and X 3 are
uniformly distributed on 60, 1@. So, we have following
m1 n1 + m 2 n 3 m1 n 2 + m 2 n 4
=>
m 3 n1 + m 4 n 3 m 3 n2 + m 4 n 4H
possible values
X1 > X 2 > X 3
n1 n 2 m1 m 2 X1 > X 3 > X 2
NM = >
n 3 n 4H>m 3 m 4H X 2 > X1 > X 3
n1 m1 + n 2 m 3 n1 m 2 + n 2 m 4 X 2 > X 3 > X1
=>
n 3 m1 + n 4 m 3 n 3 m2 + n 4 m 4H X 3 > X1 > X 2
MN ! NM X 3 > X 2 > X1
i.e. property does not hold always. Since, all the three variables are identical, the probabilities
for all the above inequalities are same. Hence, the
S53 Correct answer is 0.67 probability that X1 is the largest is the largest is
Let one child family = x P "X1 is the largest, = 2 = 1 = 0.33
So, Two children family = x 6 3
Therefore, the total number of children in the society is S57 Correct answer is 200.
x + 2x = 3x Given the determinent of matrix A and B as | A | = 5 ,
The number of children having sibling is 2x . | B | = 40 . From the property of matrix, we have
Thus, the probability that a child picked at random, has | AB | = | A || B | = 5 # 40 = 200
a sibling is
P = 2x = 2 = 0.67 S58 Correct answer is 50.
3x 3
Given that the random variable X is uniformly chosen
S54 Correct option is (C). from the set of positive odd number less than 100. So, we
Given the closed path, have
z =3 X = 1, 3, 5, 7.....99
z 2 - z + 4j
Integral, f ^z h = So, the total number of values in set of X is
z + 2j
n = 50
So, we have the singularity Since, X is uniformly chosen from the set of numbers. So,
z + 2j = 0 the probability density function for each value of X is
or z =- 2j
Since, z =- 2j lies inside z = 3 . Therefore, using cauchy’s fX (x ) = 1 = 1
n 50
integral, we get Hence, we obtain the expected value of X as
# z2 - z + 4j
z + 2j
= 2pj 6Sum of residue of z =- 2j @ /
E [X ] = XfX (x )
So, d 6f (x)@ = 1 - 1 = 1 + x - 1
& - e-t + 4e-2t = 0 dx x+1 x+1
& t = log e 4 To obtain the point of maxima, we put
Now, we check this value for point of maxima. We have d 6f (x)@ = 0
f ll (t ) = d (- e-t + 4e-2t) = e-t - 8e-2t dx
dt
or = -x = 0
Substituting t = log e 4 in above expression, x+1
f ll (t = log e 4) = e- log 4 - 8e-2 log 4
e e
Hence, x =0
1 2
= 1 - 8b 4 l = 1 - 1 = - 1 < 0
4 4 2 4 S63 Correct option is (A)
Hence, t = log e 4 is the point of maxima. Consider a linear differential equation of form,
dy
+ f (x) y = g (x)
S60 Correct option is (C). dx
The exponential function arises whenever a quantity The differential equation is homogenous, if
grows or decays at a rate proportional to its current value. g (x) = 0
Bernouli defined the exponential function as Given differential equations in option (A),
1 n 1 x dy
e= / b1 + n l or e = lim b1 + x l dx
+ xy = e-x
n"3
n"3
This is linear and also have
Alternative g (x) ! 0
The function given is a standard exponential term, however So, the differential equation given in option (A) is linear
we can also prove it by using Taylor’s series. Let and non-homogenous.
1 x
y = b1 + x l
S64 Correct option is (B)
Taking logarithm both the sides,
1 x S65
log e y = log e :b1 + x l D
Correct option is (C).
P (4th head at 10th toss)
1
& log e y = x log e b1 + x l = P (getting 3 heads in first 9 tosses)
# P (getting a head in 10th toss)
1 1 1 = 9 C 3 p3 q6 # p
& log e y = x :x - 2x2 + 3x3 - ...D
where p is the probability of getting a head in a toss, i.e.
& log e y = 1 - 1 + 1 2 - .... p=1
2x 3x 2
1 1 - ...
& y = ec1 - 2x + 3x2 m and q is probability of getting a tail, in a toss, i.e.
q =1
2
lim y = lim 8ec1 - 2x + 3x B
1 1 - ....
& 2 m
x"3 x"3
Hence, we get
1 x
& lim b1 + x l = e1 = e P (4th head at 10th toss)
x"3 3 6
= 9 C3 b 1 l b 1 l # b 1 l
S61 Correct option is (A). 2 2 2
10
Given the differential equation, = 9! # b 1 l = 0.082
d2 y dy 3! 6! 2
+ 2a + y = 0
dx2 dx S66 Correct option is (C)
or D 2 + 2a D + 1 = 0 Given Z = xy ln (xy)
The above differential equation has the equal roots if its So, 2 z = y ln (xy) + y = y [ln xy + 1]
discriminant is zero, i.e. 2x
(2a) 2 - 4 = 0 and 2x = x [ln xy + 1]
& a =! 1 2y
Hence, we get
2z
S62 Correct answer is 0. y
2x
=
Given function,
2z
2y
x
f (x) = ln (1 + x) - x
x2z = y2z
2x 2y
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 2 Engineering Mathematics Page 27
E8 x B x fX ^x h dx sin x = x - x + x - ...........
#
3
3! 5!
-3
2 4
Since, x = even function cos x = 1 - x + x - ........
2! 4!
and fX ^x h = even function
Substituting it in equation (1), we get
E8 x B = 2 # x 1 e-x /2 dx
3 2
f ^x h = 3 c x - x + .....m + 2 b1 - x + ......l
3 2
So,
0 2p 3! 2!
3
2
# = 3x - x + 2 - x2 + ......
3 2
= xe-x /2 2
2p 0
3
Let x2 = z = 2 + 3x - x2 - x + .....
2 2
So, xdx = dz
Therefore, the expected value is S73 Correct option is (B).
E8 x B = 2 # Given the relations
3-z
e dz
2p 0 # g ^ t h e-jwt dt = we-2w
3 2
...(1)
E8 x B = 2 = 0.797 -3
p
y^t h = g ^t h dt
t
#
-3
...(2)
S70 Correct option is (B).
Given differential equation, The Fourier transformation of f ^ t h is defined as
F ^ jwh = f ^ t h e-jwt dt
#
3
d2 x + 2 dx + x = 0
-3
dt2 dt So, we may write
G ^ jwh = g ^ t h e-jwt dt
#
3
Characteristic equation will be
-3
D2 + 2D + 1 = 0 -2w2
= we [From eq (1)]
^D + 1h2 = 0 Now, from equation (2), we have
D =- 1, - 1
y^t h = g ^t h dt
t
= # g ^t h u ^t - t h dt
3
solution of the differential equation is
x ^ t h = ae-t + bte-t -3
= g^t h * u^t h
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 28 Engineering Mathematics Chapter 2
jw S W
2 S0 0 0 0 0 1W
=- je-2w T
Therefore, we obtain the matrix P asX
Since, we have R V
S 1 0 0 0 0 aW
Y ^ jwh = # y ^ t h e-jwt dt
3
-3
S 0 1 0 0 a 0W
So, we obtain S 0 0 1 a 0 0W
#
3
y ^ t h dt = lim Y ^ jwh P = I 6 + aJ 6 = S W
-3 w"0
S 0 0 a 1 0 0W
S 0 a 0 0 1 0W
= lim 6- je-2w @
2
S W
w"0 Sa 0 0 0 0 1W
=- j T
Hence, the determinant of matrix is X
det ^P h = 1 - a 6
S74 Correct answer is 864. Given that the determinant of P is zero. So, we get
We have the triangular surface in x -y plane as shown in 1 - a6 = 0
figure below. a =! 1
Since, a is non-negative real number. Hence,
a=1
r2 4 (ln r) = r2 r2 = rv
-y v
= e sin x + f (x )
r
where f (x ) is a function of x . Hence, we get
Again, we obtain div ^r2 4 (ln r)h = div (rv)
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 30 Engineering Mathematics Chapter 2
= 2x+ 2y+ 2z = 1+1+1 point, but we have to determine the maximum value of
2x 2y 2z the function.
=3 At x = 1 f ^x h = 2 ^1 h3 - 9 ^1 h2 + 12 ^1 h - 3
= 2 - 9 + 12 - 3 = 2
S81 Correct answer is 0.2. At x = 2 , f ^x h = 2 ^2 h3 - 9 ^2 h3 + 12 ^2 h - 3
3
= 16 - 36 + 24 - 3
Given the integral, # sin c (5t) dt
2
=1
Let the function -3
So, x = 2 is point of local minima, after which function
x (t ) = sin C (5t) = sin 5pt will be increasing. As boundary, we have
5pt
At x = 3 f ^x h 2 ^3h3 - 9 ^3h2 + 12 ^3h - 3
Now, we have the fourier transform pair = 54 - 81 + 36 - 3
sin wt * X (jw) = 1, | w | < W
pt * = 90 - 84 = 6
0, | w | > W Hence, this will be the maxima value in the given interval.
So, for the signal x (t ) = sin (5t), we get
1 , | w | < 5p S83 Correct option is (B).
X (jw) = * 5
We consider the statement given in option (B).
0, | w | > 5p
If A is real symmetric, the eigen value or A are always
1/5, | f | < 2.5
or X (f ) = * real and positive.
0 , | f | > 2.5 Now, we take an example of real symmetric matrix,
The signal in the frequency domain can be represented as -3 0
A =>
0 4H
Here, the eigen values are - 3 and 4. These are real but
not positive. Hence, the given statement in option (B) is
not true.
= 6x2 - 18x + 12
x=2
Substituting in equation (1), 2 3
E ^x h - 1 E ^x h = 2 b 1 l + b 1 l + b 1 l + ...
2 3
= 5
9
25
9
S88 Correct option is (D).
Given unilateral Laplace transform,
f ^ t h * F ^s h = 2 1
s +s+1
From the transformation property, we have
So, the desired probability is obtained as
g ^ t h = tf ^ t h * - d F ^s h
P "X1 + X2 < X 3, = P #Y < X 3- ds
Hence, we get
# # ]Y g^1hdxdy
x 1
= 2s + 1
g^t h *
^s + s + 1h
0 0 2 2
1 2
x dx = ;x3 E1 = 1 = 0.166
= #
0 2 6 0 6 S89 Correct option is (C).
We draw the right angled triangle as
S86 Correct answer is 0.541.
Given differential equation,
d 2 y 4dy
+ + 4y = 0
dx2 dx
and the initial value is
y ^0 h = yl^0 h = 1
Taking Laplace transform of the given differential equation,
we get
8s2 Y ^s h + 4sY ^s h + 4Y ^s hB - sy ^0 h - yl^0 h - 4y ^0 h = 0
^s2 + 4s + 4h Y ^s h = ^s + 5h Given h+b = c (1)
Hence, we get the output response, where c is a constant. Also, we have
^s + 5h ^s + 5h p2 + b2 = h2 (2)
Y ^s h = 2 =
^s + 4s + 4h ^s + 2h2 Area of the triangle is given by
= 1 + 3 A = 1 pb = 1 ^ h2 - b2 h^b h
2 2
^s + 2h ^s + 2h2
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 32 Engineering Mathematics Chapter 2
= 1 8^c - b h2 - b2B $ b 3 5 2
2
= 5 12 7
= 1 b2 8^c - b h2 - b2B 2 7 5
2
For A to be maximum, b2 8^c - b h2 - b2B should be maximum. = 3 ^60 - 49h - 5 ^25 - 14h + 2 ^35 - 24h
Now, we assume = 33 - 55 + 22
s = b2 8^c - b h2 - b2B =0
= b2 ^c2 - 2cb h = b2 c2 - 2cb3 Hence, it satisfied the characteristic equation and so, the
To obtain the point of maxima, minimum eigen value is
ds = 0 l=0
db
2bc2 - 2b2 # 3c = 0
c = 3b
Get More Study Material
For this value, area of triangle will be maximum.
Substituting it in equation (1), we get
by Whatsapp. Send
or
h+b = c
h + b = 3b
Your College Pin Code,
or h = 2b
Hence, to have maximum area of the triangle, the angle
Branch and BTech year to
between the hypotenuse and the side is given by
cos q = b = b = 1
9414243489 by whatsapp
h 2b 2
S92 Option (D) is correct.
or q = 60c
Given, the polynomial
S90 Option (B) is correct. f ^x h = a 4 x 4 + a 3 x3 + a2 x2 + a1 x - a 0
Here, as we know Since, all the coefficients are positive so, the roots of
Lim sin q . 0 equation is given by
q"0 f ^x h = 0
but for 10% error, we can check option (B) first, It will have at least one pole in right hand plane as there
q = 18c = 18c # p = 0.314 will be least one sign change from ^a1h to ^a 0h in the Routh
180c
matrix 1 st column. Also, there will be a corresponding
sin q = sin 18c = 0.309 pole in left hand plane
% error = 0.314 - 0.309 # 100% = 0.49% i.e.; at least one positive root (in R.H.P)
0.309
Now, we check it for q = 50c and at least one negative root (in L.H.P)
Rest of the roots will be either on imaginary axis or in
q = 50c = 50c # p = 0.873
180c L.H.P
sin q = sin 50c = 0.77
% error = 0.77 - 0.873 =- 12.25%
0.873
Get More Study Material
so, the error is more than 10% . Hence, for error less than
10%, q = 18c can have the approximation
by Whatsapp. Send
sin q . q Your College Pin Code,
S91 Option (A) is correct.
For, a given matrix 6A@ the eigen value is calculated as
Branch and BTech year to
A - lI = 0
where l gives the eigen values of matrix. Here, the
9414243489 by whatsapp
minimum eigen value among the given options is S93 Option (B) is correct.
l=0
Consider the given matrix be
We check the characteristic equation of matrix for this R V
S2 1 1 1W
eigen value S1 2 1 1W
A - lI = A (for l = 0 ) Im + AB = S
S1 1 2 1WW
S1 1 1 2W
T X
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 2 Engineering Mathematics Page 33
Integrating factor,
= 1 + 1
# dt
Pdt t
= 1 1 + ln x ^- x- x h = 12 - ln2
(1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (1, 5), (1, 6), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, dy 1
Now 2
6); dx xx x x
(3, 4), (3, 5), (3, 6), (4, 5), (4, 6), (5, 6) which are 15. For maxima and minima :
dy
Thus P (E) = No. of favourable outcomes = 12 (1 - ln x) = 0
No. of total outcomes dx x
= 15 = 5 ln x = 1 " x = e 1
36 12 d 2y 2 2 1 1
Now 2 =- 3 - ln x b- 3 l - 2 b x l
S108 Option (C) is correct. dx x x x
Eigen value of a Skew-symmetric matrix are either zero or 2
=- 2 + 2 ln x - 31
x x3 x
pure imaginary in conjugate pairs.
d 2x - 2 2
= 2 + 3- 3<0 1
dy 2 at x = e e e e
S109 Option (C) is correct.
1
1
So, y has a maximum at x = e
For a function x (t) trigonometric fourier series is
3
x (t) = Ao + / [An cos nwt + Bn sin nwt] S112 Option (D) is correct.
n=1
According to given condition head should comes 3 times
Where, Ao = 1 # x (t) dt T0 " fundamental period
T0 T or 4 times
0
P (Heads comes 3 times or 4 times)
An = 2 # x (t) cos nwt dt = 4C 4 b 1 l + 4C 3 b 1 l b 1 l
4 3
T0 T 2 2 2
0
= 1: 1 +4:1 :1 = 5
Bn = 2 # x (t) sin nwt dt 16 8 2 16
T0 T
0
coth x = cosh x = 2-
23 - 22 + 4 (2) - 4
=4
sinh x 2 3
3 (2) - 2 (2) + 4
as x << 1, cosh x . 1 and sinh x . x
Thus coth x . 1 S142 Option (C) is correct.
x
For two orthogonal signal f (x) and g (x)
+3
S137 Option (A) is correct. #- 3 f (x) g (x) dx = 0
sin ^ q2 h sin ^ q2 h 1 lim sin ^ 2 h = 1 = 0.5
q
lim = lim = i.e. common area between f (x) and g (x) is zero.
q"0 q q " 0 2^ q h 2 q " 0 ^ q2 h 2
2
#0 ` 3 sin q -4 sin 3q j dq
p
S150 Option (C) is correct. = sin 3q = 3 sin q - 4 sin3 q
#
3
We know p (x) dx = 1
= :- 3 cos qD = : ws3q D
p p
-3
4 12 0
#
3
Thus Ke- a x dx = 1 0
-3
= 8 3 + 3 B- 8 1 + 1 B = 4
0 4 4 12 12 3
# # Ke
3
or Keax dx + - ax
dx = 1
-3 0
a 6 @- 3 (- a) 6 @0
or K eax 0 + k e- ax 3 = 1 S156 Option (D) is correct.
Let d " defective and y " supply by Y
K +K =1 y P (y + d)
or
a a pa k =
d P (d)
or K =a P (y + d) = 0.3 # 0.02 = 0.006
2
P (d) = 0.6 # 0.1 + 0.3 # 0.02 + 0.1 # 0.03
S151 Option (A) is correct. = 0.015
y
We have xo (t) + 2x (t) = s (t) P a k = 0.006 = 0.4
Taking Laplace transform both sides d 0.015
sX (s) - x (0) + 2X (s) = 1
or sX (s) + 2X (s) = 1 Since x (0 -) = 0 S157 Option (C) is correct.
4 2
X (s) = 1 A ==
2 4G
s+2 We have
Now taking inverse Laplace transform we have Now 6A - lI @[X] = 0
x (t) = e - 2t u (t)
4 - l 2 101 0
or = 2 4 - l G=101G = =0 G
S152 Option (A) is correct.
Sum of the Eigen values must be equal to the sum of or (101)( 4 - l) + 2 (101) = 0
element of principal diagonal of matrix. or l=6
6 2
Only matrix = G satisfy this condition. S158 Option (A) is correct.
2 6
d2 y
We have 2
+ k2 y = 0
dx
S153 Option (B) is correct.
or D2 y + k2 y = 0
We have W = ln z
The AE is m2 + k2 = 0
u + jv = ln (x + jy)
or eu + jv = x + jy The solution of AE is m = ! ik
or eu e jv = x + jy Thus y = A sin kx + B cos kx
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 40 Engineering Mathematics Chapter 2
***********
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 42 Networks Chapter 3
CHAPTER 3
NETWORKS
z11 z12
The z -parameter matrix >
z21 z22H
Q13 for the two-port
network shown is
(C) 9 W (D) 8 W 2 -2 2 2
20 15 (A) >
-2 2 H
(B) > H
2 2
Q10 In the circuit shown in the figure, the magnitude of 9 -3 9 3
(C) >
6 9H
the current (in amperes) through R2 is ______ (D) > H
6 9
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 44 Networks Chapter 3
0.3 0.2 15 5
(A) >
0.2 0.3H
(B) >
5 15H
(A) 5 V, 25 V (B)10 V, 30 V
(C) 15 V, 35 V (D) 0 V, 20 V 3.33 5 0.3 0.4
(C) >
5 3.33H
(D) >
0.4 0.3H
Get More Study Material Q19 The voltage (Vc ) across the capacitor (in Volts) in
Q17 In the circuit shown, at resonance, the amplitude Q21In the circuit shown, the voltage Vx (in Volts) is
of the sinusoidal voltage (in Volts) across the capacitor _______.
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 3 Networks Page 45
expressed as
2
(A) R C (B) 22L
2L RC
(C) R C (D) 2 L
2 L R C
(C) s11 + s11 s22 + s12 s21 (D) s11 - s11 s22 + s12 s21
1 - s22 1 - s22
GATE 2014 EC01 ONE MARK Q36 In the figure shown, the ideal switch has been open
for a long time. If it is closed at t = 0 , then the magnitude
Q32 For maximum power transfer between two cascaded of the current (in mA) through the 4 kW resistance at
sections of an electrical network, the relationship between t = 0+ is _____.
the output impedance Z1 of the first section to the input
impedance Z2 of the second section is
(A) Z2 = Z1 (B) Z2 =- Z1
*
(C) Z2 = Z 1 (D) Z2 =- Z 1*
response i ^ t h is _____.
GATE 2014 EC02 TWO MARKS GATE 2014 EC03 TWO MARKS
Q45 In the h -parameter model of the 2-port network given Q49 Consider the building block called ‘Network N ’
in the figure shown, the value of h22 (in S ) in _____. shown in the figure.
Let C = 100 mF and R = 10 kW .
(A) 1 (B) 2
3 RC 3 RC
(C) 1 (D) 2
RC RC
Q54 In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of vo ^ t h (A) k2 (B) k
(in volts) for t " 3 is _______. (C) 1/k (D) k
V2 ^s h
Q58 The transfer function of the circuit shown
V1 ^s h
below is
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 50 Networks Chapter 3
Q59 A source vs ^ t h = V cos 100pt has an internal Get More Study Material
impedance of ^4 + j3h W . If a purely resistive load connected
to this source has to extract the maximum power out of
the source, its value in W should be
by Whatsapp. Send
(A) 3
(C) 5
(B) 4
(D) 7
Your College Pin Code,
Branch and BTech year to
GATE 2013 TWO MARKS
9414243489 by whatsapp
Q60 In the circuit shown below, if the source voltage
VS = 100+53.13c V then the Thevenin’s equivalent voltage Q63 Three capacitors C1 , C2 and C 3 whose values are 10 mF
in Volts as seen by the load resistance RL is , 5 mF , and 2 mF respectively, have breakdown voltages of
10 V, 5 V and 2 V respectively. For the interconnection
shown below, the maximum safe voltage in Volts that can
be applied across the combination, and the corresponding
total charge in mC stored in the effective capacitance
across the terminals are respectively,
Q64 The current IS in Amps in the voltage source, and (C) 1 A (D) 0 A
voltage VS in Volts across the current source respectively, 1+j
are
(A) 13, - 20 (B) 8, - 10 GATE 2012 TWO MARKS
(C) - 8, 20 (D) - 13, 20
Q69 If VA - VB = 6 V then VC - VD is
Q65 The current in the 1W resistor in Amps is
(A) 2 (B) 3.33
(C) 10 (D) 12
(A) zero
(B) a step function
(C) an exponentially decaying function
(D) an impulse function
Q67 The average power delivered to an impedance (A) 0.8 W (B) 1.4 W
(4 - j3) W by a current 5 cos (100pt + 100) A is (C) 2 W (D) 2.8 W
(A) 44.2 W (B) 50 W
(C) 62.5 W (D) 125 W
Common Data Question 71 and 72
Q68 In the circuit shown below, the current through the With 10 V dc connected at port A in the linear
inductor is nonreciprocal two-port network shown below, the following
were observed :
(i) 1 W connected at port B draws a current of 3 A
(ii) 2.5 W connected at port B draws a current of 2 A
Q73 In the given circuit, the Norton equivalent current in (A) 1.4+0c A (B) 2.0+0c A
amperes with respect to the terminals P and Q is (C) 2.8+0c A (D) 3.2+0c A
4 -2 1 - 0.5
(A) >
4H
(B) >
1H
S S
-2 - 0.5
1 0.5 4 2
(C) >
1H
(D) >
4H
S S
0.5 2
(A) 0 W (B) 5 W
Q80 For parallel RLC circuit, which one of the following (C) 10 W (D) 100 W
statements is NOT correct ?
(A) The bandwidth of the circuit decreases if R is increased
GATE 2009 ONE MARK
(B) The bandwidth of the circuit remains same if L is
increased
Q84 In the interconnection of ideal sources shown in the
(C) At resonance, input impedance is a real quantity figure, it is known that the 60 V source is absorbing power.
(D) At resonance, the magnitude of input impedance
attains its minimum value.
n=1
(A) 2 ^e t - e t h (B) 2 te 2 t
-1 3 -1
2 2
3 3
(C) 2 e 2 t cos c 3 t m (D) 2 e 2 t sin c 3 t m
-1 -1
3 2 3 2
The component values are
(A) L = 5 H, R = 0.5 W, C = 0.1 F Q97 For t > 0 , the voltage across the resistor is
(A) 1 _e - e- 2 t i
(B) L = 0.1 H, R = 0.5 W, C = 5 F 2
3t 1
(C) L = 5 H, R = 2 W, C = 0.1 F 3
(D) L = 0.1 H, R = 2 W, C = 5 F 3 1 sin 3 t
=cos c 2 t m - c 2 mG
-1 t
(B) e 2
3
(C) 2 e 2 t sin c 3 t m
-1
Q95 The circuit shown in the figure is used to charge
3 2
the capacitor C alternately from two current sources as
indicated. The switches S1 and S2 are mechanically coupled (D) 2 e 2 t cos c 3 t m
-1
-3 3 -3 -1 (C) 4
V, 23 W (D) 4 V, 2 W
(A) =
- 1 0.67 G
(B) =
3 0.67 G
3
Q102 Two series resonant filters are as shown in the GATE 2006 TWO MARKS
figure. Let the 3-dB bandwidth of Filter 1 be B1 and that
of Filter 2 be B2 . the value B1 is Q106 A two-port network is represented by ABCD
B2
parameters given by
V1 A B V2
=I G = =C D G=- I G
1 2
(C) R $ 2 L (D) R = 1
C LC
(A) 1 W (B) 10 W
Q120 If R1 = R2 = R4 = R and R3 = 1.1R in the bridge
(C) 0.25 W (D) 0.5 W circuit shown in the figure, then the reading in the ideal
voltmeter connected between a and b is
Q116 The first and the last critical frequency of an RC
-driving point impedance function must respectively be
(A) a zero and a pole (B) a zero and a zero
(C) a pole and a pole (D) a pole and a zero
Q117 For the circuit shown in the figure, the instantaneous (A) 0.238 V (B) 0.138 V
current i1 (t) is (C) - 0.238 V (D) 1 V
(A) a (B) b
(C) c (D) d
(A) L1 + L2 + M (B) L1 + L2 - M
Q128 For the lattice shown in the figure, Za = j2 W
(C) L1 + L2 + 2M (D)L1 + L2 - 2M and Zb = 2 W . The values of the open circuit impedance
z11 z12
parameters 6z @ = =
z21 z22 G
are
Q125 The circuit shown in the figure, with R = 13 W, L = 14 H
and C = 3 F has input voltage v (t) = sin 2t . The resulting
current i (t) is
(C) 6 W (D) 3 W
5 2
Q154 The z parameters z11 and z21 for the 2-port network
in the figure are (A) - 16 V (B) 4 V
(C) - 6 V (D) 16 V
Q158 Use the data of the figure (a). The current i in the
circuit of the figure (b)
(A) z11 = 6 W; z21 = 16 W (B) z11 = 6 W; z21 = 4 W
11 11 11 11
(A) - 2 A (B) 2 A
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 64 Networks Chapter 3
(C) - 4 A (D) 4 A
***********
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 66 Networks Chapter 3
SOLUTION
S1 Correct option is (D). RB + jxB = 3 + jw
A two port network is reciprocal in transmission parameters RB = 3 W
if AD - BC = 1 i.e. Determinant (T) = 1
S6 Correct option is (B).
S2 Correct option is (B). Given
Maximum power delivered by the source to any load Vi ^ t h = 2 cos ^200t h + 4 sin 500t
2 Let us apply SPT [Super Position Theorem] only consider
Pmax = V s (W )
4R 2 cos 200t , then circuit becomes
Here power absorbed by the load
PL = vL .IL (W ) = (Vs - IL .R) .IL
= Vs .IL - I L2 R (W )
If IL = Vs
2R
Vs 2
PL = Vs . Vs - b 2R l .R
2R
2 2 2
= V s - V s = V s (W )
2R 4R 4R
PL = Pma
So, V0l^ t h = 2 cos 200t
S3 Correct option (D). Now only consider 4 sin 500t , then circuit becomes
10
Vc (0-) = b 5 l .2 = 4 V = Vc (0+)
Vc (3) = 5 # 2 = 10 V
t = Req.C = 6 # 0.1 = 0.6 sec
Vc (t) = 10 + (4 - 10) e-t/T
-1
= 10 - 6e 0.6 V for 0 # t # 3
= 10 10 # 10-6
S7 Correct option is (A).
10 # 10-3
= 1 = 0.3163
10
| IL |
So, = Q = 0.3163
| IR |
S5 Correct answer is 3.
2s s zA + zC zC
z (s) = > H => H Consider a series RLC-Circuit with voltage source
s 3 + 2s zC zB + zC
Here
Here, zC = s V (t) = a1 cos w 0 t + a2 cos 2w 0 t + a 3 cos 3w 0 t
and zB + zC = 3 + 2s i (t) = b1 cos (w 0 t + f 2) + b 3 cos ^2w 0 t + f 2h
zB + s = 3 + 2s + b 3 cos (3w 0 t + f 3)
zB = 3 + s
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 3 Networks Page 67
3
= 0.53 W
i (t) = / b cos (kw t + f )
k 0 k
= 8 W
k=1
15
Where bk ! ak for all k
S10 Correct answer is 5.
S8 Correct answer is 0.8. Nodal & v - 60 - 0.04v + v = 0
x
5 8
where vx = 5v
8
& v = 40v
So, IR2 = I 3W
= V = 40 A
8 8
5 = 5A
V0 = b 2k l .2k = 2 V
V0c = Vth = V40k = i 40k .40k S11 Correct answer is 0.98 to 1.02.
Here direction of current & correct component was not
200
= b 50k l .40k mentioned
Circuit at t = 0-
= 160 V
Isc = 200 = 20 mA
10k
So, i ]0 +g = - 4
4
=- 1A
The magnitude of the current is 1 Amp
KVL
- V2 - 2I1 + 0 = 0
- V2 =- 2I1
& Z21 =- 2W
Nodal Also
^V - 8h V ^V - 8h V So, Z22 = V2
+ + + =0 I2 I = 0
1 1 1 1 1
= 3//6 = 2W
4V = 16
V = 4 Volts Z21 = V1
I2 I = 0
Now KCL KVL 1
i-4+4+1 = 0 - V1 - 2I2=0
i =- 1A V1=- 2I1
Z21=- 2W
S13 Correct option is (A). Z12=- 2W
2 -2
Z =>
-2 2 H
This is in Lattice form Thus W
where Za = 3W
Zb = 0W S14 Correct answer is 100.
Zc = 0W The equivalent resistance across terminal a -b is obtained
Zd = 6W by solving the circuit as
But it is not symmetrical & balanced
So, Z11 = V1
I1 I2 = 0
= 3//6 = 2 W
Z21 = V2
I1 I2 = 0
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 3 Networks Page 69
So, E = 1 CV 2
2
= 1 # .1 # 10-6 # 3 # 3
2
= 0.45 mJ
VC = QV = 2.5 # 10 = 25 volts
Hence, Rab = R = 300 W = 100 W
3 3
S18 Correct option is (*).
S15 Correct option is (A).
The admittance matrix is defined as
Given circuit is I1 y11 y12 V1
>I H = >y y H>V H
2 21 22 2l
I1 = y11 V1 + y12 V2
I2 = y21 V2 + y22 V2
Now, from the given circuit we have
I1 = V1 + V1 - V2
10 5
I1 = 0.3V1 - 0.2V2
By Nodal analysis
V2 - V1 = V1 + V1 + 2I
4 4 4
V2 - V1 = 5 (V1 /4 = I , or V1 = 4I )
4
V2 - V1 = 20
V2 = 20 + V1
V2 = 20 + 4I b 5 = I + I + 2I, or I = 54 l
Also, I2 = V2 + V2 - V1
10 5
Since, V1 = 4I = 5 V
Hence, V2 = 20 + 5 = 25 V I2 = V2 + V2 - V1
10 5 5
S16 Correct option is (C). I2 =- 0.2V1 + 0.3V2
For the given circuit, we have Hence, the admittance matrix is
0.3 - 0.2
Y =>
- 0.2 0.3 H
Thus, we can observe that any of the options is not correct.
= 2 2 45c
At t = 3,
circuit So, I 0 = V0 b 1 + 1 l = V0 b 3 l
2 4 4
Vc ^ t h t = 3 = 2 # 10 = 4 V
2+3 V0 = 4 = 1.333
Therefore, Vc ^ t h = Vc ^3h - 6Vc ^3h - Vc ^0 h@e-t/t I0 3
= 4 ^1 - e- t h
t
Req = R norton = 1.333 .
where t = Req C = R thevein C = ^3112h # 56
S29 Correct answer is 1.5.
= 65 # 56 = 1 The capacitor can be represented in Laplace domain as
Hence, Vc ^ t h = 4 ^1 - e-t h
At t = 1, Vc ^ t h t = 1 = 2.5284 V
30s + 4 15s + 2
=L
L2 C 3
=
1 - R2 C 15s + 2
w= 1
L
LC = 3d 12 n
15 s + 15
Hence, f = 1 1 - R2 C
2p LC L
= 1d 1 2 n
5 s + 15
S28 Correct answer is 1.33.
i ^ t h = 1 e- t u ^ t h
2
Therefore, 15
5
Hence, energy dissipated
# t2 ^t hRdt = 251 # e-^4/15ht ^10hdt
0 3
-3 0
= 10 # e ^ h dt
3 - 4/15 t
25 0
5
Hence, i = b 5 + 5 + 10 l # 2 = 0.5
C 0 #
For this voltage-current relation, we obtain the circuit as
Load delivered to Z1 is
P1 = 10 kW
Applying KVL in the circuit, cos f 1 = 0.8 , leading
- 20 + ^2 + 1 + 4 + 3h i - 8 = 0 So, we obtain the complex power delivered to Z1 as
s1 = P1 + jQ1 = 10 + jP1 tan f 1
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 76 Networks Chapter 3
= 10 + j10 ^- 0.75h = 10 - j 7.5 For the response i ^ t h to be critically damped we must have
Again, the delivered power to load Z2 as equal roots of denominator. The roots of denominator is
s2 = 10 kVA given by
cos f 2 = 0.8 , lagging 4Cs2 + 40Cs + 1 = 0
So, we obtain the complex power delivered to load Z2 as - 40C ! ^40C h2 - 4 ^4C h
s=
s2 = P2 + jQ2 2 ^4C h
= S2 cos f 2 + j S2 sin f 2
For the roots to be equal, the required conditions is
= ^10h^0.8h + j ^10h^0.6h
^40C h2 - 4 ^4C h = 0
= 8 + j6
C ^1600C - 16h = 0
Hence, the total complex power delivered by the source
is C = 16 F
1600
s1 + s2 = ^10 - j 7.5h + ^8 + j 6h
= 10 mF
= ^18 - j1.5h kVA
This is the required value of C to have critically damped
response i ^ t h.
S43 Correct answer is 0.408.
We have the waveform of periodic variable x as shown
S45 Correct answer is 1.24.
below.
S46 Correct answer is 0.45 r/sec.
Given that 56% of the total flux emanating from one coil
Get More Study Material
links the other coil. So, we have the coupling factor
k = 56%
by Whatsapp. Send
or k = 0.56
So, the value of mutual inductance is Your College Pin Code,
M = k L1 L 2
= 0.56 4 # 5 = 2.50 H Branch and BTech year to
S49 Correct option is (B). 9414243489 by whatsapp
We redraw the given network N as
Since RC = 1
So, the Thevenin equivalent of the circuit is
Vxxl = Vth = R V (s) Using Nodal analysis,
1
R+ 1 1 1
sC V1 :- j3 + 4 D - V2 = 4 + I (1)
4
s
= a s + 1 k V1 (s) 1 1 1
and V2 : 4 + 6 + j6 D - V1 =- I (2)
1 4
R#
and Rth = R < 1 = sC
Adding equations (1) and (2), we get
sC R+ 1
sC
V1 + V2 [1 - j] = 4 (3)
= R = R - j3 6
sRC + 1 s + 1
Again, from the given circuit, we have
Thus, we draw the Thevenin equivalent circuit as
V1 - V2 = 10
or V1 = 10 + V2
Substituting it in equation (3),
j (10 + V2) V2
+ [ 1 - j] = 4
3 6
or 2 (10 + V2) j + V2 [1 - j] = 24
24 - j 20
Hence, V2 =
1+j
From the circuit, we get
V3 (s) (24 - j 20) (1 - j)
= R =
2
Vth R + Rth + 1 4 - j 44
sC = = 2 - j 22
V3 (s) R 2
=
^ s +s 1 h V1 (s) bR + R + 1 l
s+1
sC
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 78 Networks Chapter 3
or A ^w h = 1 1
2 1 + j wRCo
Since, the output amplitude is A ^wh = 0.25 , so we get
1 1 =1
From the circuit, we have 2 1 + ^RwCo h2 4
jw
X L = jw L =
2 or 1 + ^RwCo h2 = 4
-j
XC = 1 = or RwCo = 3
jw L w
Hence, the Norton-equivalent impedance is 2
jw w= (C 0 = 3C/2 )
1 j 3 RC
Z = (R < XL) + XC = # jw2 -
1+ 2 w
S54 Correct answer is 31.25.
jw j jw (2 - jw) j At t " 3 circuit becomes as
= - = -
2 + jw w 4 + w2 w
2jw j w 2
= 2 - w +
4+w 4 + w2
For Z to be real, we must have
2w - 1 = 0
4w 2 w
or 2w 2 = 4 + w 2
or w =2
From the circuit, we have
S53 CCorrect option is (B). vo ^ t h = 5ix (1)
The given circuit can be redrawn as and vo ^ t h = 2ix + 5 ^10 - ix h (2)
From equations (1) and (2), we get
5ix = 2ix + 50 - 5ix
or 8ix = 50
ix = 50
8
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 3 Networks Page 79
^ h^ h
So, VYZ = 0.8 1.25 = 1 Equivalent voltage is (max. value)
VWX Vmax = V1 = 2.8
or, VYZ = VWX So, charge stored in the effective capacitance is
at
V
VWX = 100 V ; YZ = 100
1
Q = Ceq Vmax = b 80 l # ^2.8h = 32 mC
1
VWX 1
100 7
V
at VWZ = 100 V ; WX = 100
2
S64 Option (D) is correct.
2
VYZ 2
100
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 3 Networks Page 81
Alternate Method:
Z = (4 - j3) W ,
I = 5 cos (100pt + 100) A
Pavg = 1 Re $ I Z .
2
2
= 1 # Re "(5) 2 # (4 - j3),
2
= 1 # 100 = 50 W
2
At the node 1, voltage is given as
V1 = 10 volt S68 Option (C) is correct.
Applying KCL at node 1
IS + V1 + V1 - 2 = 0
2 1
IS + 10 + 10 - 2 = 0
2 1
IS = - 13 A
Also, from the circuit,
VS - 5 # 2 = V1 & VS = 10 + V1 = 20 volt
Thevenin Impedance :
VTh,10 V
IL =
RTh + RL
For RL = 1 W , IL = 3 A
V
3 = Th,10 V ...(i)
RTh + 1
ZTh = R For RL = 2.5 W , IL = 2 A
Thevenin Voltage : V
2 = Th,10 V ...(ii)
VTh = 3 0c V RTh + 2.5
Now, circuit becomes as Dividing above two
3 = RTh + 2.5
2 RTh + 1
3RTh + 3 = 2RTh + 5
RTh = 2 W
Substituting RTh into equation (i)
VTh,10 V = 3 (2 + 1) = 9 V
Note that it is a non reciprocal two port network. Thevenin
voltage seen at port B depends on the voltage connected
at port A. Therefore we took subscript VTh,10 V . This is
Current in the circuit, I1 = 10 - 3 Thevenin voltage only when 10 V source is connected
2+R
at input port A. If the voltage connected to port A is
Power transfer from circuit A to B different, then Thevenin voltage will be different. However,
P = (I 12) 2 R + 3I1 Thevenin’s resistance remains same.
= :10 - 3D R + 3 :10 - 3D
2
VTh,10 V
For RL = 7 W , IL = = 9 = 1A
2 + RL 2 + 7
VTh, 6 V = RTh # 7 + 1 # 7 = 2 # 7 + 7 = 7 V
3 3 3 3
This is a linear network, so VTh at port B can be written
as
VTh = V1 a + b
For parallel combination of R and C equivalent impedance
where V1 is the input applied at port A.
is
We have V1 = 10 V , VTh,10 V = 9 V
9 = 10a + b ...(i) R$ 1
` jw C R
When V1 = 6 V , VTh, 6 V = 9 V Zp = =
R+ 1 1 + jwRC
` 7 = 6a + b ...(ii) jw C
Solving (i) and (ii) Transfer function can be written as
a = 0.5 , b = 4 R
Vout = Z p 1 + j wRC
Thus, with any voltage V1 applied at port A, Thevenin =
Vin Zs + Zp R+ 1 + R
voltage or open circuit voltage at port B will be jwC 1 + jwRC
So, VTh, V = 0.5V1 + 4
1
jwRC
For V1 = 8 V =
jwRC + (1 + jwRC) 2
VTh,8 V = 0.5 # 8 + 4 = 8 = Voc (open circuit j
voltage) = Here w = 1
j + (1 + j) 2 RC
Vout = j
S73 Option (A) is correct. =1
Vin (1 + j) 2 + j 3
Replacing P - Q by short circuit as shown below we have V
Thus v out = b p l cos (t/RC)
3
Thus R1 = Ra Rb = 6.6 = 2W
Ra + Rb + Rc 6 + 6 + 6
Here R1 = R 2 = R 3 = 2 W
Replacing in circuit we have the circuit shown below :
3
= 100 - 150e- (2 # 10 t)
Now ic (t) = C dV
dt
3 3
= 50 # 10-6 # 150 # 2 # 103 e-2 # 10 t A = 15e-2 # 10 t
ic (t) = 15 exp (- 2 # 103 t) A
At t = 0 , inductor current does not change simultaneously,
So the circuit is
S79 Option (A) is correct.
Given circuit is as shown below
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 3 Networks Page 85
20 j -
RL
V0 (s) 1 + sRL C RL
(- 20j) = =
=c
20j + 400 - 20j m
: 20 =- j Vi (s) R+ R L R + RRL sC + RL
1 +RsR
L LC 1
= =
Current in resistor R is R + RRL sC + RL 1+ R + RsC
V j RL
I = Z =- =- j A
2
S86 Option (C) is correct. resistance Req i.e. RL = Req . The open circuit and short
The energy delivered in 10 minutes is circuit is as shown below
t t
E = #0 VIdt = I #0Vdt = I # Area
Zth = (1 + s) ( s1 + 1)
(1 + s)( s1 + 1) [ s1 + 1 + 1 + s]
= =
(1 + s) + ( s1 + 1) s + s1 + 1 + 1
or Zth = 1
Alternative :
Here at DC source capacitor act as open circuit and Only option C satisfy this waveform.
inductor act as short circuit. Thus we can directly
calculate thevenin Impedance as 1 W
S96 Option (D) is correct.
Writing in transform domain we have
S94 Option (D) is correct. Vc (s) 1
s = 1 s = 2 1
Z (s) = R 1 sL = 2 C Vs (s) ^s + s + 1h (s + s + 1)
sC s + s
+ 1
RC LC Since Vs (t) = d (t) " Vs (s) = 1 and
We have been given
Vc (s) = 2 1
Z (s) = 2 0.2s (s + s + 1)
s + 0.1s + 2
3
Comparing with given we get Vc (s) = 2 = G
2
or
1 = 0.2 or C = 5 F 3 (s + 12 ) 2 + 43
C Taking inverse Laplace transform we have
1 = 0.1 or R = 2 W
Vt = 2 e- sin c 3 t m
t
RC 2
2
3
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 88 Networks Chapter 3
At input port V1 = re I1
At output port V2 = r0 (I2 - bI1) =- r0 bI1 + r0 I2
Comparing standard equation
Time constant of the circuit is V1 = z11 I1 + z12 I2
t = Req C = 10k # 4m = 0.04 s V2 = z21 I1 + z22 I2
Using direct formula z12 = 0 and z21 =- r0 b
Vc (t) = VC (3) - [Vc (3) - Vc (0)] e-t/t
= VC (3) (1 - e-t/t) + VC (0) e-t/t S108 Option (B) is correct.
= 5 (1 - e-t/0.04) For series RC network input impedance is
or Vc (t) = 5 (1 - e-25t) Zins = 1 + R = 1 + sRC
dV (t) sC sC
Now IC (t) = C C
dt Thus pole is at origin and zero is at - 1
RC
= 4 # 10-6 # (- 5 # 25e-25t) = 0.5e-25t
For parallel RC network input impedance is
mA
1 R
Zin = sC = sC
1 +R 1 + sRC
S105 Option (D) is correct. sC
(5 - 3j) # (5 + 3j)
Impedance = (5 - 3j) (5 + 3j) =
5 - 3j + 5 + 3j Thus pole is at - 1 and zero is at infinity.
RC
(5) 2 - (3j) 2
= = 25 + 9 = 3.4
10 10
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 90 Networks Chapter 3
Thus x = 1
n
Here pole is at origin and zero is at s =- 1/RC , Thus Rth = Vth = 7.5 = 2.5 W
Isc 3
therefore first critical frequency is a pole and last critical Here current source being in series with dependent
frequency is a zero. voltage source make it ineffective.
For RC parallel network the driving point impedance is
R 1 S120 Option (C) is correct.
Zinp = Cs = R
1 1 + sRC Here Va = 5 V because R1 = R2 and total voltage drop is
R+
Cs 10 V.
Here pole is s =- 1/RC and zero is at 3, therefore first Now Vb = R3 # 10 = 1.1 # 10 = 5.238 V
R3 + R4 2.1
critical frequency is a pole and last critical frequency is a V = Va - Vb = 5 - 5.238 =- 0.238 V
zero.
S121 Option (D) is correct.
S117 Option (A) is correct.
For h parameters we have to write V1 and I2 in terms of
Applying KCL we get
I1 and V2 .
i1 (t) + 5+0c = 10+60c
V1 = h11 I1 + h12 V2
or i1 (t) = 10+60c - 5+0c = 5 + 5 3j - 5
I2 = h21 I1 + h22 V2
or i1 (t) = 5 3 +90c = 10 3 +90c Applying KVL at input port
2
V1 = 10I1 + V2
Applying KCL at output port
S118 Option (B) is correct. V2 = I + I
If L1 = j5W and L3 = j2W the mutual induction is 20 1 2
= -6 2 1 = 2 106
10 s + s + 1 s + 106 s + 106
we get
R V
SR + sL + 1 - sL W I1 (s) -V
=> s H
sC W=
S G
SS - sL R + sL + 1 WW I2 (s) 0
sC
T X
Now z11 = V1 = 2 + 0.5 + 0.25 = 2.75
S141 Option (B) is correct. I1 I = 0
2
will pass through 2 W resistor. Thus As phase current leads phase voltage
Vx =- 2.5 # 20 =- 50 V ZL = 90+ - q = 90+ - 32.44c
1500 = 3 c VL mc VL m cos q
3 3 ZL
Now applying nodal analysis we have
(400) 2 (.844) e0 - 80 + e0 + e0 - 16 = 0
ZL = = 90 W 10 + 2 12 6
1500
As power factor is leading or 4e0 = 112
So, cos q = 0.844 " q = 32.44 e0 = 112 = 28 V
4
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 96 Networks Chapter 3
+I2 = +90c
+ tan-1 wCR2
I2 = E m wC + (90c - tan-1 wCR2)
2 2 2
1 + w C R2
At w = 0 I2 = 0
and at w = 3, I2 = Em
R2
Thus it is a band reject filter.
Only figure given in option (A) satisfies both conditions.
S156 Option (D) is correct.
S153 Option (A) is correct. Applying KCL we get
Xs = wL = 10 W iL = eat + ebt
For maximum power transfer
Now V (t) = vL = L diL = L d [eat + ebt] = aeat + bebt
RL = Rs2 + Xs2 = 102 + 102 = 14.14 W dt dt
Req = 5W 20W + 4W
S160 Option (A) is correct.
For a 2-port network the parameter h21 is defined as Req = 5.20 + 4 = 4 + 4 = 8 W
5 + 20
h21 = I2
I1 V = 0 (short circuit)
2
S163 Option (D) is correct.
Delta to star conversion
R1 = Rab Rac = 5 # 30 = 150 = 3 W
Rab + Rac + Rbc 5 + 30 + 15 50
R2 = Rab Rbc = 5 # 15 = 1.5 W
Rab + Rac + Rbc 5 + 30 + 15
R3 = Rac Rbc = 15 # 30 = 9 W
Rab + Rac + Rbc 5 + 30 + 15
Applying node equation at node a we get
Va - V1 + Va - 0 + Va - 0 = 0 S164 Option (C) is correct.
R R R
No. of branches = n + l - 1 = 7 + 5 - 1 = 11
3Va = V1 & Va = V1
3
S165 Option (B) is correct.
V1 - V1 In nodal method we sum up all the currents coming &
V1 - Va 3 = 2V1
Now I1 = =
R R 3R going at the node So it is based on KCL. Furthermore we
***********
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 98 Signals & Systems Chapter 4
CHAPTER 4
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS
sin (4pt)
Q5 The energy of the signal x (t) = is _____
4pt
-t
Y : Unit step Q : t - T (1 - e T )
Z : Ramp R : e-t/T
(A) X " R, Y " Q , Z " P
(B) X " Q, Y " P, Z " R
(C) X " R, Y " P , Z " Q
(D) X " P , Y " R, Z " Q
= "3, 2, 3, 4, is
X 6k @ = #X 60@, X 61@, X 62@, X 63@-
= "12, 2j, 0, - 2j ,
If X1 6k @ is the DFT of the 12-point sequence x1 6n@
x1 68@
= "3, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 3, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, , The value of is
x1 611@
______
1 if a # t # b
f ^t h = )
0 otherwise
e2 (a - b)
(A) a - b (B)
s s
-as -bs s (a - b)
(C) e - e (D) e
s s
The filter can be used to approximate a
(A) low-pass filter (B) high-pass filter Q23 The signal cos ^10pt + p4 h is ideally sampled at a
(C) band-pass filter (D) band-stop filter sampling frequency of 15 Hz. The sampled signal is
passed through a filter with impulse response p1t sin (pt)
cos ^40pt - p2 h. The filter output is
GATE 2015 EC01 ONE MARK
(A) 15 cos a 40pt - p k
2 4
Q18 The waveform of a periodic signal x (t) is shown in sin (pt)
(B) 15 c cos 10pt + p n
the figure. 2 pt m d 4
(A) x (t + t 0) (B) x (t - t 0)
(C) x (- t + t 0) (D) x (- t - t 0)
(A) 2, 3 (B) 1 , 3
2
(C) 1 , 1 (D) 2, 1
2 3 3
(B) G1 G 2 G 3 G 4
1 + G 1 G 2 H1 + G 3 G 4 H 2 + G 2 G 3 H 3 + G 1 G 2 G 3 G 4 H1 H 2
(C) 1
1 + G 1 G 2 H1 + G 3 G 4 H 2 + G 2 G 3 H 3 + G 1 G 2 G 3 G 4 H1 H 2
(D) 1
1 - G 1 G 2 H1 - G 3 G 4 H 2 - G 2 G 3 H 3 + G 1 G 2 G 3 G 4 H1 H 2
Q31 Input x (t) and output y (t) of an LTI system are related
by the differential equation yll (t) - yl (t) - 6y (t) = x (t)
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 102 Signals & Systems Chapter 4
. If the system is neither causal nor stable, the impulse Suppose x1 [n] = a0.5n u [n], where a is a positive real
response h (t) of the system is number and u [n] is the unit step sequence. Assume
(A) 1 e3t u (- t +) + 1 e-2t u (- t) x 2 [ n] = *
1.5
for n = 0 , 1 otherwise
5 5
0
(B) - 1 e3t u (- t) + 1 e-2t u (- t)
5 5 Then the value of a is______.
3 3
Q35 Consider a continuous-time signal defined as
sin ^ p2t h 3
x (t) = f pt p * /
d (t - 10n)
^2h n =- 3
GATE 2014 EC01 ONE MARK
Q49 The sequence x 6n@ = 0.5n u 6n@, where u 6n@ is the unit
step sequence, is convolved with itself to obtain y 6n@. Then
+3
/ y6n@ is ______.
n =- 3
GATE 2014 EC03 ONE MARK (C) is 1 > z > 1 (D) does not exist
3 9
Q45 Let x ^ t h = cos ^10pt h + cos ^30pt h be sampled at Q51 Consider a discrete time periodic signal x 6n@ = sin ^ p5n h
20 Hz and reconstructed using an ideal low-pass filter with . Let ak be the complex Fourier series coefficients of x 6n@
cut-off frequency of 20 Hz . The frequency/frequencies . The coefficients "ak , are non-zero when k = Bm ! 1,
present in the reconstructed signal is/are where m is any integer. The value of B is ______.
(A) 5 Hz and 15 Hz only
(B) 10 Hz and 15 Hz only Q52 A system is described by the following differential
(C) 5 Hz, 10 Hz and 15 Hz only equation, where u ^ t h is the input to the system and y ^ t h
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 104 Signals & Systems Chapter 4
(A) 0.2 + 0.8e-5t (B) 0.2 - 0.2e-5t causal it needs to be cascaded with another LTI system
having a transfer function H1 ^s h. A correct choice for
(C) 0.8 + 0.2e-5t (D) 0.8 - 0.8e-5t
H1 ^s h among the following options is
(A) s + 3 (B) s - 2
GATE 2014 EC02 TWO MARKS (C) s - 6 (D) s + 1
Q53 Consider a discrete-time signal Q59 A causal LTI system has zero initial conditions and
n for 0 # n # 10 impulse response h ^ t h. Its input x ^ t h and output y ^ t h are
x 6n@ = )
0 otherwise related through the linear constant-coefficient differential
If y 6n@ is the convolution of x 6n@ with itself, the value of equation
y 64@ is ______. d 2 y^t h dy ^ t h
+a + a2 y ^ t h = x ^ t h
dt 2 dt
Q54 The input-output relationship of a causal stable LTI Let another signal g ^ t h be defined as
dh ^ t h
g ^ t h = a2 h ^t h dt + + ah ^ t h
t
system is given as #
y 6n@ = a y 6n - 1@ + bx 6n@ 0 dt
If the impulse response h 6n@ of this system satisfies the If G ^s h is the Laplace transform of g ^ t h, then the number
n = 0 h 6n@ = 2 , the relationship between a and
condition S 3 of poles of G ^s h is______.
b is
(A) a = 1 - b/2 (B) a = 1 + b/2 Q60 The N -point DFT X of a sequence x 6n@,
(C) a = 2b (D) a =- 2b 0 # n # N - 1 is given by
N-1
X 6k @ = 1 x 6n@e-j N nk ,
2p
N n=0
/ 0 # k # N-1
GATE 2014 EC03 TWO MARKS
Denote this relation as X = DFT ^x h. For N = 4 , which one
of the following sequences satisfies DFT ^DFT ^x hh = x ?
Q55 Let H1 ^z h = ^1 - pz-1h-1 , H2 ^z h = ^1 - qz-1h-1 , (A) x = 81 2 3 4B (B) x = 81 2 3 2B
H ^z h = H1 ^z h + rH2 ^z h. The quantities p, q , r are real
(C) x = 81 3 2 2B (D) x = 81 2 2 3B
numbers. Consider p = 12 , q =- 14 , r < 1. If the zero of
H ^z h lies on the unit circle, then r = ____.
GATE 2013 ONE MARK
Q56 Let h ^ t h denote the impulse response of a causal
system with transfer function s +1 1 . Consider the following Q61 Two systems with impulse responses h1 ^ t h and
three statements. h2 ^ t h are connected in cascade. Then the overall impulse
S1 : The system is stable response of the cascaded system is given by
S2 : ^h^t h h is independent of t for t > 0 (A) product of h1 ^ t h and h2 ^ t h
h t+1
X ^z h = 1 (C) u ^t - 1h (D) t - 1 u ^t - 1h
2 , with the region of convergence z > 2 . 2 2
^1 - 2z-1h
Then, x 62@ is ______.
Q63 For a periodic signal v ^ t h = 30 sin 100t + 10 cos 300t +
+ 6 sin ^500t + p4 h, the fundamental frequency in rad/s
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 4 Signals & Systems Page 105
(C) 2 s (D) 2 2s + 1 2
Q69 A system described by the differential equation (s + s + 1) 2 (s + s + 1)
dt + 6y ^ t h = x ^ t h . Let x ^ t h be a rectangular pulse
d2 y
dt2
+ 5 dy
given by
1 0<t<2 Q73 If x [n] = (1/3) n - (1/2) n u [n], then the region of
x^t h = * convergence (ROC) of its z -transform in the z -plane will
0 otherwise
be
dy
Assuming that y ^0 h = 0 and = 0 at t = 0 , the Laplace
dt
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 106 Signals & Systems Chapter 4
Q83 The first six points of the 8-point DFT of a real Q87 For a N -point FET algorithm N = 2m which one of
valued sequence are 5, 1 - j 3, 0, 3 - j 4, 0 and 3 + j 4 . the following statements is TRUE ?
The last two points of the DFT are respectively (A) It is not possible to construct a signal flow graph with
(A) 0, 1 - j 3 (B) 0, 1 + j 3 both input and output in normal order
(C) 1 + j3, 5 (D) 1 - j 3, 5 (B) The number of butterflies in the m th stage in N/m
(C) In-place computation requires storage of only 2N data
(D) Computation of a butterfly requires only one complex
GATE 2010 ONE MARK multiplication.
Q90 The transfer function of a discrete time LTI system Q95 A system with transfer function H (z) has impulse
is given by response h (.) defined as h (2) = 1, h (3) =- 1 and h (k) = 0
2 - 34 z-1 otherwise. Consider the following statements.
H (z) =
1 - 34 z-1 + 18 z-2 S1 : H (z) is a low-pass filter.
Consider the following statements: S2 : H (z) is an FIR filter.
S1: The system is stable and causal for ROC: z > 1/2 Which of the following is correct?
S2: The system is stable but not causal for ROC: z < 1/4 (A) Only S2 is true
S3: The system is neither stable nor causal for ROC: (B) Both S1 and S2 are false
1/4 < z < 1/2 (C) Both S1 and S2 are true, and S2 is a reason for S1
Which one of the following statements is valid ? (D) Both S1 and S2 are true, but S2 is not a reason for S1
(A) Both S1 and S2 are true
(B) Both S2 and S3 are true Q96 Consider a system whose input x and output y are
#
3
(C) Both S1 and S3 are true related by the equation y (t) = x (t - t) g (2t) dt where
-3
(D) S1, S2 and S3 are all true h (t) is shown in the graph.
3 2 Q98 2
Q101 A linear, time - invariant, causal continuous time (A) X (k) 2 (B) 1 / X (r) X (k + r)
N r=0
system has a rational transfer function with simple poles N-1
at s =- 2 and s =- 4 and one simple zero at s =- 1. (C) 1 / X (r) X (k + r) (D) 0
N r=0
A unit step u (t) is applied at the input of the system.
At steady state, the output has constant value of 1. The
impulse response of this system is Statement For Linked Answer Q 106 and 107
(A) [exp (- 2t) + exp (- 4t)] u (t) In the following network, the switch is closed at t = 0- and
(B) [- 4 exp (- 2t) - 12 exp (- 4t) - exp (- t)] u (t) the sampling starts from t = 0 . The sampling frequency is
(C) [- 4 exp (- 2t) + 12 exp (- 4t)] u (t) 10 Hz.
(D) [- 0.5 exp (- 2t) + 1.5 exp (- 4t)] u (t)
Q104 Let x (t) be the input and y (t) be the output of a Statement For Linked Answer Q 108 and 109
continuous time system. Match the system properties P1, The impulse response h (t) of linear time - invariant
P2 and P3 with system relations R1, R2, R3, R4 continuous time system is given by h (t) = exp (- 2t) u (t),
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 110 Signals & Systems Chapter 4
3 t=0
#
3
(D) d (t) = ) and d (t) dt = 1
Q111 The 3-dB bandwidth of the low-pass signal e u (t), -t 0 otherwise -3
where u (t) is the unit step function, is given by Q118 If the region of convergence of x1 [n] + x2 [n] is
(A) 1 Hz (B) 1 2 - 1 Hz 1 < z < 2 then the region of convergence of x [n] - x [n]
2p 2p 3 3 1 2
includes
(C) 3 (D) 1 Hz
(A) 1 < z < 3 (B) 2 < z < 3
3 3
Q112 A 5-point sequence x [n] is given as x [- 3] = 1, (C) 3 < z < 3 (D) 1 < z < 2
x [- 2] = 1, x [- 1] = 0, x [0] = 5 and x [1] = 1. Let X (eiw) 2 3 3
denoted the discrete-time Fourier transform of x [n]. The
p
value of #
-p
X (e jw) dw is Q119 In the system shown below, x (t) = (sin t) u (t) In
steady-state, the response y (t) will be
(A) 5 (B) 10p
(C) 16p (D) 5 + j10p
(A) E - 3, F - 2, G - 4, H-1
(B) E - 1, F - 3, G - 2, H-4
(C) E - 1, F - 2, G - 3, H-4
(D) E - 2, F - 1, G - 4, H-3
Q137 The z -transform of a system is H (z) = z -z0.2 . If the (A) - 1 X (f/2) e-jpf (B) - 1 X (f/2) e j2pf
ROC is z < 0.2 , then the impulse response of the system 2 2
is (C) - X (f/2) e j2pf (D) - X (f/2) e-j2pf
(A) (0.2) n u [n] (B) (0.2) n u [- n - 1]
(C) - (0.2) n u [n] (D) - (0.2) n u [- n - 1]
GATE 2003 ONE MARK
n =- 3
Q139 Consider the sequence x [n] = [- 4 - j51 + j25]. The
conjugate anti-symmetric part of the sequence is - (A) 5 + j3 (B) - 3 - j5
(A) [- 4 - j2.5, j2, 4 - j2.5] (C) - 5 + j3 (D) 3 - j5
(B) [- j2.5, 1, j2.5]
(C) [- j2.5, j2, 0] Q145 Let x (t) be the input to a linear, time-invariant
(D) [- 4, 1, 4] system. The required output is 4p (t - 2). The transfer
function of the system should be
(A) 4e j4pf (B) 2e-j8pf
Q140 A causal LTI system is described by the difference
(C) 4e-j4pf (D) 2e j8pf
equation
2y [n] = ay [n - 2] - 2x [n] + bx [n - 1]
The system is stable only if Q146 A sequence x (n) with the z -transform
(A) a = 2 , b < 2 (B) a > 2, b > 2 X (z) = z 4 + z2 - 2z + 2 - 3z-4 is applied as an input to a
(C) a < 2 , any value of b (D) b < 2 , any value of a linear, time-invariant system with the impulse response
h (n) = 2d (n - 3) where
1, n = 0
Q141 The impulse response h [n] of a linear time invariant d (n) = )
0, otherwise
system is given as The output at n = 4 is
- 2 2 n = 1, - 1 (A) - 6 (B) zero
h [ n] = * 4 2 n = 2, - 2 (C) 2 (D) - 4
0 otherwise
If the input to the above system is the sequence e jpn/4 ,
GATE 2003 TWO MARKS
then the output is
(A) 4 2 e jpn/4 (B) 4 2 e-jpn/4
(C) 4e jpn/4 (D) - 4e jpn/4 Q147 Let P be linearity, Q be time-invariance, R be
causality and S be stability. A discrete time system has
the input-output relationship,
Q142 Let x (t) and y (t) with Fourier transforms F (f) and x (n) n$1
Y (f) respectively be related as shown in Fig. Then Y (f) is y (n) = *0, n= 0
x (n + 1) n # - 1
where x (n) is the input and y (n) is the output. The above
system has the properties
(A) P, S but not Q, R (B) P, Q, S but not R
(C) P, Q, R, S (D) Q, R, S but not P
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 114 Signals & Systems Chapter 4
Common Data Question 148 and 149 (A) e2t u (t) - 2e-t u (t) (B) - e2t u (- t) + 2e-t u (t)
The system under consideration is an RC low-pass filter (C) - e2t u (- t) - 2e-t u (t) (D) e2t u (- t) - 2e-t u (t)
(RC-LPF) with R = 1 kW and C = 1.0 mF.
Q155 If the impulse response of discrete - time system
Q148 Let H (f) denote the frequency response of the is h [n] =- 5n u [- n - 1], then the system function H (z) is
RC-LPF. Let f1 be the highest frequency such that equal to
H (f1)
0 # f # f1 $ 0.95 . Then f1 (in Hz) is (A) - z and the system is stable
H (0) z-5
(A) 324.8 (B) 163.9 (B) z and the system is stable
(C) 52.2 (D) 104.4 z-5
(C) - z and the system is unstable
z-5
Q149 Let tg (f) be the group delay function of the given
RC-LPF and f2 = 100 Hz. Then tg (f2) in ms, is (D) z and the system is unstable
z-5
(A) 0.717 (B) 7.17
(C) 71.7 (D) 4.505 GATE 2001 ONE MARK
GATE 2002 ONE MARK Q156 The transfer function of a system is given by
H (s) = 2 1 . The impulse response of the system is
Q150 Convolution of x (t + 5) with impulse function (A) (t2 *se-(s2t)-u2()t) (B) (t * e2t) u (t)
d (t - 7) is equal to (C) (te-2 t) u (t) (D) (te-2t) u (t)
(A) x (t - 12) (B) x (t + 12)
(C) x (t - 2) (D) x (t + 2) Q157 The region of convergence of the z - transform of a
unit step function is
Q151 Which of the following cannot be the Fourier series (A) z > 1 (B) z < 1
expansion of a periodic signal? (C) (Real part of z ) > 0 (D) (Real part of z ) < 0
(A) x (t) = 2 cos t + 3 cos 3t
(B) x (t) = 2 cos pt + 7 cos t Q158 Let d (t) denote the delta function. The value of the
(C) x (t) = cos t + 0.5 # d (t) cos b 3t l dt is
3
integral
-3 2
(D) x (t) = 2 cos 1.5pt + sin 3.5pt
(A) 1 (B) - 1
(C) 0 (D) p2
Q152 The Fourier transform F {e-1 u (t)} is equal to
1 . Therefore, F ' 1
1 + j2pt 1
is
1 + j 2p f Q159 If a signal f (t) has energy E , the energy of the
(A) e f u (f) (B) e-f u (f) signal f (2t) is equal to
(C) e f u (- f) (D) e-f u (- f) (A) 1 (B) E/2
(C) 2E (D) 4E
Q153 A linear phase channel with phase delay Tp and
group delay Tg must have GATE 2001 TWO MARKS
(A) Tp = Tg = constant
(B) Tp \ f and Tg \ f Q160 The impulse response functions of four linear
(C) Tp = constant and Tg \ f ( f denote frequency) systems S1, S2, S3, S4 are given respectively by
(D) Tp \ f and Tp = constant u (t)
h1 (t) = 1, h2 (t) = u (t), h3 (t) =
t+1
and h 4 (t) = e-3t u (t) where u (t) is the unit step function.
GATE 2002 TWO MARKS Which of these systems is time invariant, causal, and
stable?
Q154 The Laplace transform of continuous - time signal (A) S1 (B) S2
x (t) is X (s) = s -5 -s -s 2 . If the Fourier transform of this signal
2
(C) S3 (D) S4
exists, the x (t) is
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 4 Signals & Systems Page 115
2
Q162 The Fourier Transform of the signal x (t) = e-3t is
of the following form, where A and B are constants :
2
(A) Ae-B f (B) Ae-Bf
(C) A + B f 2 (D) Ae-Bf
df (w)
(C) wo , -
w
(D) non - linear and time - varying #
o
Q166 Let u (t) be the step function. Which of the GATE 1999 TWO MARKS
waveforms in the figure corresponds to the convolution of
u (t) - u (t - 1) with u (t) - u (t - 2) ?
Q171 The Fourier series representation of an impulse
train denoted by
3
s (t) = / d (t - nT0) is given by
n =- 3
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 116 Signals & Systems Chapter 4
T0 n =- 3 T0 T0 n =- 3 T0
z (z - 1) 2
jpnt j2pnt (C) (D)
(C) 1 / exp (D) 1 / exp
3 3
(z - 1) 2 z
T0 n =- 3 T0 T0 n =- 3 T0
Q178 A distorted sinusoid has the amplitudes A1, A2, A 3, ....
Q172 The z -transform of a signal is given by C (z) of the fundamental, second harmonic, third harmonic,.....
1z-1 (1 - z-4)
= . Its final value is respectively. The total harmonic distortion is
4 (1 - z-1) 2 2 2
Code, Branch and BTech year to Q180 The function f (t) has the Fourier Transform g (w).
9414243489 by whatsapp The Fourier Transform
3
ff (t) g (t) e = # g (t) e-jwt dt o is
Q174 The trigonometric Fourier series of a even time -3
Q175 A periodic signal x (t) of period T0 is given by Q181 The Laplace Transform of eat cos (at) is equal to
1, t < T1 (s - a) (s + a)
(A) (B)
x (t) = * (s - a) 2 + a2 (s - a) 2 + a2
0, T1 < t < T0 1
2 (C) (D) None of the above
The dc component of x (t) is (s - a) 2
(A) T1 (B) T1
T0 2T0
GATE 1996 ONE MARK
(C) 2T1 (D) T0
T0 T1
Q182 The trigonometric Fourier series of an even function
of time does not have the
Q176 The unit impulse response of a linear time invariant
(A) dc term (B) cosine terms
system is the unit step function u (t). For t > 0 , the response
of the system to an excitation e-at u (t), a > 0 will be (C) sine terms (D) odd harmonic terms
(A) ae-at (B) (1/a) (1 - e-at)
(C) a (1 - e-at) (D) 1 - e-at Q183 The Fourier transform of a real valued time signal
has
3 (A) odd symmetry (B) even symmetry
Q177 The z-transform of the time function / d (n - k) is (C) conjugate symmetry (D) no symmetry
k=0
***********
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 4 Signals & Systems Page 117
SOLUTION
S1 Correct option is (C).
If the input to a system is its eigen signal, the response
has the same form as the eigen signal.
9414243489 by whatsapp X1 ^k h = 612, 2j, 0, - 2j, 12, 2j, 0, - 2j, 12, 2j, 0, - 2j @X1 ^8 h
= 12
X1 ^11h =- 2j
X1 ^ 8 h
S11 Correct answer is 8. = 12
X1 ^ 8 h - 2j
Plancheral’s relation is
1 p X (e jw) .Y (e jw) dw =
3 =6
2p - p# /
x (n) y (n)
n =- 3
S14 Correct option is (B)
Y (e jw) = sin2 (2w) H ^e jw h = e jw + e-jw
1 - cos (4w)
= = 2 cos w
2
= 1 - 1 e j4w - 1 e-j4w
2 4 4
y (n) = d (n) - d (n + 4) - 1 d (n - 4)
1 1
2 2 4
1 1 1 It x ^ t h = 2 cos b 2p t l
y (n) = &- 4 , 0, 0, 0, 2 , 0, 0, 0, - 4 0 3
x (n) = "6, 3, 8, 7, 4, w 0 = 2p
3
1 p 3 H ^ jw 0h = 2 cos b 2p l
p #-p
X (e jw) .Y (e jw) dw = 2 / x (n) y (n) 3
= 2 b - 1 l =- 1
n =- 3
3
=2 / x (n) y (n) 2
y ^ t h = 2 cos b 2p t + 180cl
n =- 3
= 2#8#1 = 8 3
2
x ^ t h = cos pt
S12 Correct answer is 0.049 w0 = p
H ^s h = 2 2s + 6 = 2s + 6 H ^ jw 0h = 2 cos ^ph
s + 6s + 8 ^s + 2h^s + 4h =- 2
y ^ t h = 2 cos ^pt + 180ch
= 1 + 1
s+2 s+4
y ^ t h = 2 cos b 2p t + p l - 2 cos ^pt + ph
3
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 4 Signals & Systems Page 119
w 1 = 2p
3
w2 = p
T1 = 3 , T2 = 2 and T0 = 6
w 0 = 2p = p
T0 3
y ^ t h = 2 cos ^2w 0 t + ph - 2 cos ^2w 0 t + ph
C3 = 1
2
roc = ^ z > 2h k _ z < 12 i
=f
No ROC
w H ^e jw h
Taking the sample period - 3 < t < 3 , we obtain
0 0
6 -3 ^ h
3
Pav. = 1 # 2
g t dt
p 10
2
6 -3 ^ h
3
Pav. = 1 # 2
g t dt
p 0
= 1 < b - 3 t + 3 l dt + b 3 t - 3 l dtF
1 2 3 2
= 7d ^ f - 5h + d ^ f + 5hA
1
2
Given filter impulse response, By Mason’s gain formula,
h ^ t h = b sin pt l cos b 40pt - p l T ^s h =
Spx T x
pt 2
T
= ^sin ct h sin ^40pt h
Single loops,
Taking its Fourier transform,
Q1 =- G1 G2 H1
H ^ f h = rect f * 1 7d ^ f - 20h - d ^ f + 20hA
2j
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 4 Signals & Systems Page 121
Q2 =- G 3 G 4 H2
Q 3 =- G2 G 3 H 3
Non touchy loops,
P11 = G1 G2 G 3 G 4 H1 H2
T = 1 + G 1 G 2 H1 + G 3 G 4 H 2 + G 2 G 3 H 3
+ G1 G 2 G 3 G 4 H1 H 2
Forward path = P11 = G1 G2 G 3 G 4
T1 = 1
Hence, T ^s h = G1 G 2 G 3 G 4
1 + G 1 G 2 H1 + G 3 G 4 H 2 + G 2 G 3 H
+ G1 G 2 G 3 G 4 H1 H 2
S26 Correct option is (A).
3
Given y [n] = / a x [ n - i]
i So, we obtain
H ^z h = 6 6
i=0
=
Taking the DTFT (Dicrete time touries transform), 6 b1 - z l + ^z h
5 -1 -1 ^6 - 5 z-1
h + z-1
Y (e jW) = a 0 X (e jW) + a 1 (e jW) -1 X (e jW) 6
= 2 6
+ a 2 (e jW) -2 X ^e jW h + a 3 (e jW) -3 X (e jW) 6z - 5z + 1
jW
Y (e ) jW jW -1 Hence, poles are at
or jW = H (e ) = a 0 + a 1 (e ) + a 2 (e jW) -2
X (e ) z = 1, 1
+ a 3 (e jW) -3 2 3
At zero frequency, put W = 0 S29 Correct answer is 350.
H (e j0) = a 0 + a 1 + a 2 + a 3 We have the input signal,
It should be null. x ^ t h = m ^ t h cos ^2400pt h
For H (e j0) = 0 , only condition required is = m ^ t h cos ^wt h
a 1 = a 2 = 0 ; a 0 =- a 3 and w = 2400 prad . 1200 Hz
So,y ^ t h = 10x ^ t h + x2 ^ t h
S27 Correct option is (B).
By property from LTI systems = 10m ^ t h cos ^2400pt h + m2 ^ t h cos2 ^2400pt h
d (s (t))
h (t) = cos ^2wt h + 1
dt = 10m ^ t h cos ^wt h + m2 ^ t h; E
2
h (t) = impulse response
m2 ^ t h m2 ^ t h cos ^2wt h
s (t) = step response. = + 10m ^ t h cos ^wt h +
2 2
S
+ve frequency
1 444 2 4 44 3 1 4 44 2
6w - W, w + W @ 4 44 3
62w - 2W, 2w + 2W @
S28 Correct option is (C). Ranges
6- q, 2W @
We have the discrete time system as shown in figure below.
Hence H ^s h = 1 = 1 - 1 G
5 ^s - 3h ^s + 2h
and h ^ t h = 1 8- e-3t u ^- t h + e-2t u ^- t hB
5
From the pole-zero plot, we obtain the transfer function as = - 1 e-3t u ^- t h + 1 e-2t u ^- t h
Kz 4 5 5
H ^z h =
^z - 0.5 + j 0.5h^z - 0.5 - j 0.5h S32 Correct answer is 11.
# ^z + 0.5 + j 0.5h^z + 0.5 - j 0.5h Given x1 6n@ = "1, 2, 3, 0, , x2 6n@ = "1, 3, 2, 1,
Kz 4 and X 3 ^k h = X1 ^k h X2 ^k h
=
8^z - 0.5h2 - j 2 ^0.5h2B8^z + 0.5h2 - j 2 ^0.5h2B By convolution circular property of DFT
Circular convolution in time domain = Multiplication in
= Kz 4 fourier domain
^z - z + 0.5h^z2 + z + 0.5h
2
So x1 6n@ 7 x2 6n@ = X1 ^k h X2 ^k h = x 3 6n@
= Kz 4
^z + 0.5h - z2
2 2
= Kz 4
z 4 + ^0.5h2
= K
-4
1+z
4
x 3 60@ = 2 + 6 + 1 = 9
It’s inverse z -transform will be a real function. Thus, h 6n@
Now rotate for second term
is real for all n .
Y ^s h x 3 61@ = 6
= H ^s h = 2 1 So,
X ^s h s -s-6
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 4 Signals & Systems Page 123
f s = 1 = 0.1
Ts
Again, x 3 62@ = 2 + 6 + 3 = 11
s ^ t h = be-4t u ^ t h
So, x ^ t h = abe-4t u ^ t h + be+4t u ^- t h
Now, we have ROC - 4 < Re " s , < + 4 . Taking Laplace
Thus, the multiplication will result in maximum frequency
for given ROC, we have
ab b of 0.2. Hence,
X ^s h = - Nyquist rate = 2 fm = 2 (0.2) = 0.4 sample/sec
s+4 s-4
a ^s - 4h - ^s + 4h
b< F = 2 16 S36 Correct answer is 0.5.
s2 - 16 s - 16
Given
b ;as - 42 a - s - 4 E = 2 16 pn
s - 16 s - 16 x [n] = 1 + cos a 8 k, with N = 16
s ^a - 1h b - ^4 + 4ah b
= 2 16 j2pn
x [n] = 1 + 1 e j 16 + 1 e 16
2 2pn
s - 16 s - 16 2 2
Coefficient of s is zero. From above equation, we conclude
the result as, a1 = a-1 = 1 , a 0 = 1
2
^a - 1h b = 0 For discrete series,
a=1 ak = ak + N
and -^4 + 4ah b = 16 So, a 31 = 0.5 .
b = - 16
8
S37 Correct answer is 1.5.
b =- 2
x1 [n] = a (0.5) n u [n]
Energy of signal x1 [n] is
S34 Correct option is (C). 3 3
Given sequence is absolutely summable, so its Fourier = /x 1
2
[n] = / a (0.5)
2 2n
n=0 n=0
transform (DTFT) exists. Now, the poles are located
1 1
below.
/ b 12 l
2n
= a2 :1 + 4 + 16 .....D
3
= a2
n=0
1
= a ;1 - 1 E = 4 a2
2
4 3
Again, x2 [n] = $ 1.5 , 1.5 , 0, 0, .......
So, energy of signal x2 [n] is
= ^ 1.5 h + ^1.5h
22
= 1.5 + 1.5 = 3
Given that
Energy of signal x1 [n] = Energy of signal x2 [n]
Here, ROC is inside the circle including unit circle. Hence, 4 a2 = 3
it is a non-causal system. 3
a2 = 9
4
S35 Correct answer is 0.4.
sin ^ p2t h a = ! 3 = ! 1.5
x (t) = f pt p * 2
3
^2h /
d (t - 10n)
n =- 3
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 124 Signals & Systems Chapter 4
Since a is a positive real number, so we have value of N . Thus, the given signal is not periodic.
a = 1.5
Alternate Method
S38 Correct option is (C). In the given options (A), (B) and (C), we have the periods
We redraw the given system as respectively as
N1 = p
N 2 = p2
N 3 = p/3
None of the above period is an integer. Since, a discrete
time signal has its period an integer. So, all the three
options are incorrect. Hence, we are left with the option
(D). i.e. the discrete time signal x 6n@ = sin ^p2 n h is not
periodic.
Again, Y [n] =- 5 A [n - 1] + 5 A [n - 2]
3 3
- 5 -1 5 -2
Y (z) = : 3 z + 3 z D A (z)
Y (z)
= - 5 z-1 + 5 z-2 (2)
A (z) 3 3
Multiplying equations (1) and (2), Hence, we have the waveform for the signal
Y (z) -5 -1
z + 5 z-2 z^t h = x^t hy^t h
= 3 -1 32 -2
X (z) 1 - z + 9 z given as
For unit step response,
X (z) = 1
1 - z-1
-5 -1 -1
3 z [1 - z ] 1
So, Y (z) = -1 2 -2 #
1-z + 9z 1 - z-1
= 5 - 5
1 - 13 z-1 1 - 23 z-1
1 n 2 n
Hence, y 6n@ = 5 b 3 l u [n] - 5 b 3 l u [n]
Thus, the signal z ^ t h is band limited to 6- 1.5 kHz, 1.5 kHz@
S39 Correct option is (D). Therefore, the maximum signal frequency for z ^ t h is
Given the discrete time signal, fm = 1.5 kHz
x 6n@ = sin ^p2 n h Hence, the nyquist sampling frequency for z ^ t h is
Let N be the period of the signal, then we have fs = 2fm
x 6n@ = x 6n + N @ = 2 # 1.5
or sin ^p2 n h = sin 6p2 n + p2 n@ = 3 kHz
or sin ^p2 n + 2pk h = sin ^p2 n + p2 N h
Where K is an integer. So, we get S41 Correct answer is 45.
2pk = p2 N Given the impulse response of LTI filter,
or N = 2p2k 3 for 0 # t # 3
p h^t h = )
0 otherwise
For any integer value of k , we cannot have an integer
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 4 Signals & Systems Page 125
= # x ^t - t h h ^t h dt
3
-3 fs - fm = 20 - 5 = 15
3 fs + fm = 20 + 5 = 25
= # 5 # 3dt for all t
0 fm = 5
= 15 6t@30 for all t Corresponding to cos ^30pft h, the frequencies are
= 15 ^3 - 0h for all t fs - fm = 20 - 15 = 5
= 45 for all t fs + fm = 20 + 15 = 35
Thus, the steady state value of output is fm = 15
lim y ^ t h = 45 Now, the signal is reconstructed using an ideal low-pass
t"3
filter with cut-off frequency of 20 Hz . So, the frequencies
S42 Correct option is (C). present at output are 5 Hz and 15 Hz.
Given the FIR system function,
H (z ) = 1 + 7 z-1 + 3 z-2 S46 Correct option is (A).
2 2 Given transfer function of all pass system,
-1
The zeros of the function are obtained as H ^z h = z - b-1
1 + 7 z-1 + 3 z-2 = 0 1 - az
2 2
Converting the z -transform into Fourier transform, we
2
2z + 7z + 3 = 3 have
2
2z + 6z + z + 3 = 0 jw
1 - 23 e-j2pf 3
and 1 < 1 or z > 1
n
e j 6pf 9z 9
b 23 l u ^n + 3h
3
b 23 l
FT
Again, we define i.e. the fourier series coefficients are non-zero for
k = 10 m ! 1 where m = 0 , 1, 2, ......
Y ^z h =
3
/ y6n@z -n
Given that the system coefficients are non-zero for
n =- 3
For z = 1, we get k = Bm ! 1
2 Hence, we get the value
y 6n@ = Y ^z h z = 1 = d 1 n = 4
3
/ 1 - 1/2 B = 10
n=3
9 3
Z 1 n Applying Laplace transform both the sides,
]]b- 9 l 3>n$0
6sY ^s h - y ^0h@ + 5Y ^s h = s1
=[
]-b- 13 l
n
- 3 < n #- 1 sY ^s h - 1 + 5Y ^s h = 1
\ s
So, the z -transform of signal is obtained as
Y ^s h = s + 1
X ^z h = / x6n@z s ^s + 5h
3
-n
n =- 3
Y ^s h = A + B ...(1)
-1 3 s s+5
= ;-b- 1 l E z-n + 1 n -n
n
/ 3 / b- 9 l z
We obtain the constants A and B as
-3 0
-1
A = lim s + 1 = 1
/ ^- 3z h
3
/ b- 91z l
n
-n
=- + s"0 s + 5 5
B = lim s + 1 = - 4 = 4
-3 0
/ ^- 3z h + / b- 91z l
3 3 n
=- n s "- 5 s -5 5
1 0
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 4 Signals & Systems Page 127
&nx 6n@ *- z dz X ^z h0
d
0
Substituting z = 1 in above expression, we have
3
=z 2z-2 = 2z-1
H (1) = / h [n ] = 2 (given) ^1 - 2z-1h ^1 - 2z-1h
2 2
0
Again, we have the property
Again, Substituting z = 1 in equation (1), we get
b x ^n h * X ^z h
H (1) =
1-a x ^n + 1h * zX ^z h
b
& 2= So, 2n + 1 ^n + 1h u ^n + 1h * 2
1-a ^1 - 2z-1h
2
b
& 1-a = or 2n ^n + 1h u ^n + 1h * 1
2 ^1 - 2z h
-1 2
b Hence, we have
& a = 1-
2 x 6n@ = 2n ^n + 1h u ^n + 1h
S55 Correct answer is - 2.5 . At n = 2 , we obtain
Given H1 ^z h = ^1 - pz -1h-1 x 62@ = 22 ^3h = 4 # 3 = 12
and H2 ^z h = ^1 - qz-1h-1
S58 Correct option is (B).
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 128 Signals & Systems Chapter 4
Y ^k h = x ^n h
7x ^0 h x ^3h x ^2 h x ^1 hA = 7x ^0 h x ^1 h x ^2 h x ^3hA
For this relation to be true, we must have
x ^1 h = x ^ 3 h
Observing the given options, we conclude that the result
given in option (B) satisfies the condition, i.e.
Given N -point DFT sequence, x = 81 2 3 2B
N-1
X ^k h = 1 x 6n@e-j N nk
2p
N n=0
/ S61 Option (C) is correct.
Let -j 2p
w =e N If the two systems with impulse response h1 ^ t h and h2 ^ t h
3
are connected in cascaded configuration as shown in figure,
So, X ^k h = 1 x ^n h w kn
/ (for N = 4 ) then the overall response of the system is the convolution
2n=0
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 4 Signals & Systems Page 129
Therefore, output of the matched filter is Comparing Eq. (1) and (2), we conclude that
G 0 ^ f h = e- pf
2 2
X1 ^s h =- 2X ^s h
y1 ^0 h =- 2y ^0 h
S68 Option (B) is correct. Which makes the two equations to be same. Hence, we
Given, the impulse response of continuous time system require to change the initial condition to - 2y ^0 h and the
h ^ t h = d ^t - 1h + d ^t - 3h forcing equation to - 2x ^ t h
From the convolution property, we know
x ^ t h * d ^t - t 0h = x ^t - t 0h S71 Option (A) is correct.
So, for the input Given, the DFT of vector 8a b c dB as
x ^ t h = u ^ t h (Unit step fun n ) D.F.T. %8a b c dB/ = 8a b g dB
The output of the system is obtained as Also, we have
R V
y^t h = u^t h * h^t h Sa b c d W
Sd a b c W
= u ^ t h * 6d ^t - 1h + d ^t - 3h@ 8 p q r s B 8
= a b c d BSc d a b W ...(1)
S W
= u ^t - 1h + u ^t - 3h Sb c d aW
y ^2 h = u ^2 - 1h + u ^2 - 3h = 1 For matrix circular convolution, we T know X
At t = 2 Rh h h VRx V
S 0 2 1WS 0W
S69 Option (B) is correct. x 6n@ * h 6n@ = Sh1 h 0 h2WSx1W
SSh h h WWSSx WW
Given, the differential equation 2 1 0 1
where "x 0, x1, x2, are three point signals for x 6n@ and
T XT X
d2y dy
2 + 5 dt + 6y ^ t h = x ^ t h
dt similarly for h 6n@, h 0 , h1 and h2 are three point signals.
Taking its Laplace transform with zero initial conditions, Comparing this transformation to Eq(1), we get
R VT
we have Sa d c W
s2 Y ^s h + 5sY ^s h + 6Y ^s h = X ^s h ....(1) Sb a d W
Now, the input signal is 6p q r s@ = Sc b aW 8a b c dB
S W
1 0<t<2
x^t h = * Sd c b W
0 otherwise = T6a b c Xd @T * 6a b c d @T
i.e., x ^ t h = u ^ t h - u ^t - 2h R V
Sa W
R V
Sa W
Taking its Laplace transform, we obtain Sb W Sb W
-2s -2s =S W * S W
X ^s h = 1 - e = 1-e Sc W Sc W
s s s
Sd W Sd W
Substituting it in equation (1), we get T X T X
Now, we know that
X ^s h
Y ^s h = 2 x1 6n@ * x2 6n@ = X1DFT 6k @ X2, DFT 6k @
s + 5s + 6
R V R V R V R V
= 21 - e
2s
= 1 - e-2s Sa W Sa W SaW SaW
s ^s + 5s + 6h s ^s + 2h^s + 3h Sb W Sb W SbW SbW
So, Sc W * Sc W = SgW * SgW
S W S W S W S W
S70 Option (D) is correct. Sd W Sd W Sd W Sd W
The solution of a system described by a linear, constant T X T X T X T X
coefficient, ordinary, first order differential equation with = 9a b g d 2C
2 2 2
x [n] = b 1 l - b 1 l u [n]
n n
3 2
x [n] = b 1 l u [n] + b 1 l u [- n - 1] - b 1 l u (n)
n -n n
3 3 2
Taking z -transform
X 6z @ =
3 3
1 n -n 1 -n -n
/ b 3 l z u [ n] + /
b 3 l z u [ - n - 1] -
n =- 3 n =- 3
3
1 n -n
- / b 2 l z u [ n]
n =- 3
3 -1 3
1 n -n 1 -n -n 1 n -n
= / b3l z + /
b3l z - b2l z /
n=0 n =- 3 n=0
3 3 3
1 n 1 m 1 n
= / b 3z l + /
b3zl - /
b 2z l Taking m =- n
n=0 m=1 n=0
14
42 I
4 3 1 44 2
4 II
44 3 1 4
42III
4
43
1 < 1 or z > 1 So, inverse Fourier transform of H (jw)
Series I converges if
3z 3 h (t) = h1 (t) + h2 (t)
Series II converges if 1 z < 1 or z < 3 h (0) = h1 (0) + h2 (0) = 1 + 1 = 1
3 2 2
s. (3s + 1)
z-1 (1 - 0.6z-1) or lim =1
H2 (z) = s"0 s + 4s2 + (k - 3) s
3
(1 - 0.4z-1)
s (3s + 1)
or lim 2 =1
s " 0 s [s + 4s + (k - 3)]
S83 Option (B) is correct.
1 =1
For 8 point DFT, x* [1] = x [7]; x* [2] = x [6]; x* [3] = x [5] and k-3
it is conjugate symmetric about x [4], x [6] = 0 ; x [7] = 1 + j3 or k =4
Y (s) 2 (s + 2) 2 (s + 2) 3 2
H (s) = = 2 = n=0 n =- 3
X (s) s + 4s + 3 (s + 3) (s + 1) n=3 n =- 1
= / b 1 z-1 l - / b 1 z-1 l
n n
-2t
Input x (t) = e u (t) n=0
3 n =- 3
2
or, X (s) = 1 First term gives 1 z-1 < 1 " 1 < z
(s + 2) 3 3
2 (s + 2)
Output Y (s) = H (s) : X (s) = : 1 Second term gives 1 z-1 > 1 " 1 > z
(s + 3) (s + 1) (s + 2) 2 2
By Partial fraction Thus its ROC is the common ROC of both terms. that is
1< z <1
Y (s) = 1 - 1
s+1 s+3 3 2
Taking inverse Laplace transform
y (t) = (e-t - e-3t) u (t) S94 Option (B) is correct.
By property of unilateral Laplace transform
S90 Option (C) is correct. t F (s) 1 0 -
2 - 34 z - 1 -3
#f (t) dt
L
s
+
s -3
f (t) dt #
We have H (z) =
1 - 34 z - 1 + 18 z - 2 Here function is defined for 0 < t < t , Thus
t F (s)
By partial fraction H (z ) can be written as #f (t)
L
s
H (z ) = 1 1 0
1 -1 +
^1 - 2 z h ^1 - 14 z h
-1
2 4 4 2
System is not causal. ROC of H (z ) does not include
unity circle, so it is not stable and S 3 is True
It has the finite magnitude values. So it is a finite impulse
S91 Option (A) is correct. response filter. Thus S2 is true but it is not a low pass
The Fourier series of a real periodic function has only filter. So S1 is false.
cosine terms if it is even and sine terms if it is odd.
S96 Option (B) is correct.
S92 Option (B) is correct. Here h (t) ! 0 for t < 0 . Thus system is non causal. Again
Given function is any bounded input x (t) gives bounded output y (t). Thus
f (t) = sin2 t + cos 2t = 1 - cos 2t + cos 2t it is BIBO stable.
2
Here we can conclude that option (B) is correct.
= 1 + 1 cos 2t
2 2
S97 Option (D) is correct.
The function has a DC term and a cosine function. The
We have x [n] = {1, 0, 2, 3) and N = 4
frequency of cosine terms is
w = 2 = 2pf " f = 1 Hz
N-1
p X [k ] = / x [ n] e -j2pnk/N
k = 0, 1...N - 1
n=0
The given function has frequency component at 0 and 1
3
Hz.
p For N = 4 , X [k ] = / x [ n] e -j2pnk/4
k = 0, 1,... 3
n=0
3
= 1 + 0 - 2 + j3 =- 1 + j3
3 = 1 (e-jw - e jw)
X [ 2] = / x [ n] e -jpn - jw
= 1 (- 2j sin w)
n=0
= x [0] + x [1] e-jp + x [2] e-j2p + x [3] e-jp3 - jw
= 1+0+2-3 = 0 = 2 sin w
3
w
X [ 3] = / x [ n] e -j3pn/2
This is zero at w = p and w = 2p
n=0
= x [0] + x [1] e-j3p/2 + x [2] e-j3p + x [3] e-j9p/2
S103 Option (D) is correct.
= 1 + 0 - 2 - j3 =- 1 - j3 Given h (n) = [1, - 1, 2]
Thus [6, - 1 + j3, 0, - 1 - j3] x (n) = [1, 0, 1]
y (n) = x (n)* h (n)
S98 Option (A) is correct. The length of y [n] is = L1 + L2 - 1 = 3 + 3 - 1 = 5
3
y (n) = x (n) * h (n) = / x (k) h (n - k)
S99 Option (C) is correct. 3
k =- 3
The output of causal system depends only on present and y (2) = / x (k) h (2 - k)
past states only. k =- 3
= x (0) h (2 - 0) + x (1) h (2 - 1) + x (2) h (2 - 2)
In option (A) y (0) depends on x (- 2) and x (4).
= h (2) + 0 + h (0) = 1 + 2 = 3
In option (B) y (0) depends on x (1).
There are 5 non zero sample in output sequence and the
In option (C) y (0) depends on x (- 1). value of y [2] is 3.
In option (D) y (0) depends on x (5).
Thus only in option (C) the value of y (t) at t = 0 depends S104 Option (B) is correct.
on x (- 1) past value. In all other option present value Mode function are not linear. Thus y (t) = x (t) is not
depends on future value. linear but this functions is time invariant. Option (A) and
(B) may be correct.
S100 Option (D) is correct.
The y (t) = t x (t) is not linear, thus option (B) is wrong
We have h (t) = eat u (t) + e bt u (- t)
and (a) is correct. We can see that
This system is stable only when bounded input has
R1: y (t) = t2 x (t) Linear and time variant.
bounded output For stability at < 0 for t > 0 that
implies a < 0 and bt > 0 for t > 0 that implies b > 0 . R2: y (t) = t x (t) Non linear and time variant.
Thus, a is negative and b is positive. R3: y (t) = x (t) Non linear and time invariant
R4: y (t) = x (t - 5) Linear and time invariant
S101 Option (C) is correct.
K (s + 1) S105 Option (A) is correct.
G (s) = , and R (s) = 1 N-1
(s + 2)( s + 4) s
Given : y (n) = 1 /x (r) x (n + r)
K (s + 1) N r=0
C (s) = G (s) R (s) =
s (s + 2)( s + 4) It is Auto correlation.
DFT
= K + K - 3K Hence y (n) = rxx (n) X (k) 2
8s 4 (s + 2) 8 (s + 4)
Thus c (t) = K :1 + 1 e-2t - 3 e-4tD u (t) S106 Option (B) is correct.
8 4 8
Current through resistor (i.e. capacitor) is
At steady-state, c (3) = 1 I = I (0+) e-t/RC
K = 1 or K = 8
Thus
8 Here, I (0+) = V = 5 = 25mA
R 200k
8 (s + 1)
Then, G (s) = = 12 - 4 RC = 200k # 10m = 2 sec
(s + 2)( s + 4) (s + 4) (s + 2)
I = 25e- m A = VR # R = 5e- V
t t
2 2
-3
X (z) = 0.5 -1
1 - 2z
= #0
3 -2t -jwt
e e dt = #0 3e-(2 + jw)t dt
Since ROC includes unit circle, it is left handed system
= 1 x (n) =- (0.5) (2) -n u (- n - 1)
(2 + jw) x (0) = 0
If we apply initial value theorem
S109 Option (D) is correct.
x (0) = lim X (z) = lim 0.5 -1 = 0.5
H (jw) = 1 z"3 z " 31 - 2z
(2 + jw)
That is wrong because here initial value theorem is not
The phase response at w = 2 rad/sec is applicable because signal x (n) is defined for n < 0 .
+H (jw) =- tan-1 w
2
S114 Option (A) is correct.
=- tan-1 2 =- p =- 0.25p A Hilbert transformer is a non-linear system.
2 4
Magnitude response at w = 2 rad/sec is
1 S115 Option (B) is correct.
H (jw) = = 1 5
22 + w2 2 2 H (f) =
1 + j10pf
Input is x (t) = 2 cos (2t)
= 1 # 2 cos (2t - 0.25p) H (s) = 5 = 5 = 1
Output is 1 + 5s 5^s + 15 h s + 1
2 2 5
j2pf
x *( n) = [- 4 + j5, 1 - 2j, 4] f f
e-j2pf (- 1) 1 X b l = e X b l
F
Thus x [2 (t + 1)]
- 2 2 2 2
x *( - n) = [4, 1 - 2j, - 4 + j5] j 2p f f
-e Xc m
F
- - x [2 (t + 1)]
2 2
x (n) - x* (- n)
xcas (n) =
2
S143 Option (C) is correct.
= [- 4 - j 25 , 2j 4 - j 25 ]
- From the Final value theorem we have
lim i (t) = lim sI (s)
t"3 s"0
S140 Option (C) is correct.
= lim s 2 = lim 2 =2
We have 2y (n) = ay (n - 2) - 2x (n) + bx (n - 1) s"0 s (1 + s) s " 0 (1 + s)
Taking z transform we get
2Y (z) = aY (z) z-2 - 2X (z) + bX (z) z-1
S144 Option (D) is correct.
Y (z) bz-1 - 2
or =c m ...(i) Here C3 = 3 + j5
X (z) 2 - az-2
For real periodic signal
z ( b - z) C-k = Ck*
or H (z) = 22 a
(z - 2 ) Thus C-3 = Ck = 3 - j5
It has poles at ! a/2 and zero at 0 and b/2 . For a
stable system poles must lie inside the unit circle of z S145 Option (C) is correct.
plane. Thus y (t) = 4x (t - 2)
a <1 Taking Fourier transform we get
2
Y (e j2pf ) = 4e-j2pf2 X (e j2pf ) Time Shifting property
or a <2 j 2p f
Y (e )
But zero can lie anywhere in plane. Thus, b can be of or j 2p f
= 4e-4jpf
X (e )
any value.
Thus H (e j2pf ) = 4e-4jpf
S141 Option (D) is correct.
S146 Option (B) is correct.
We have x (n) = e jpn/4
We have h (n) = 3d (n - 3)
and
or H (z) = 2z-3 Taking z transform
h (n) = 4 2 d (n + 2) - 2 2 d (n + 1) - 2 2 d (n - 1) 4 2 -4
X (z) = z + z - 2z + 2 - 3z
+ 4 2 d (n - 2) Now Y (z) = H (z) X (z)
Now y (n) = x (n)* h (n)
3 2 = 2z-3 (z 4 + z2 - 2z + 2 - 3z-4)
= / x (n - k) h (k) = / x (n - k) h (k) = 2 (z + z-1 - 2z-2 + 2z-3 - 3z-7)
k =- 3 k =- 2
Taking inverse z transform we have
or y (n) = x (n + 2) h (- 2) + x (n + 1) h (- 1) + y (n) = 2[ d (n + 1) + d (n - 1) - 2d (n - 2)
+ x (n - 1) h (1) + x (n - 2) h (2) + 2d (n - 3) - 3d (n - 7)]
p p p
j (n + 2)
= 4 2e 4
- 2 2 e j (n + 1) - 2 2 e j (n - 1) +
4 4
At n = 4 ,y (4) = 0
p
+ 4 2 e j (n - 2) 4
= 4 2 6e j (n + 2) + e j (n - 2)@ - 2 2 6e j (n + 1) + e j (n - 1)@
p p p p
S147
4 4 4 4
Option (A) is correct.
= 4 2 e j n 6e j + e-j @ - 2 2 e j n 6e j + e-j @
p p p p p p
4 2 2 2 4 4
value
or y (n) =- 4e j n
r
For n # 1 y (- 1) = x (- 1 + 1) = x (0)
4
or z > 1 a
...(i)
9414243489 by whatsapp
2
Thus Cnsq \ 1
n
If we integrate square wave, triangular wave will be
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 4 Signals & Systems Page 141
obtained, -3 (z - 1) (z + 1) (z2 + 1) (z - 1)
= lim z
Hence Cntri \ 12 z"1 4 (z - 1) 2
n -3
= lim z (z + 1) (z2 + 1) = 1
z"1 4
S166 Option (B) is correct.
F (s) = 1 [1 - e-s]
L
u (t) - u (t - 1) = f (t) S173 Option (A) is correct.
s
We have F (s) = 2 w 2
G (s) = 1 [1 - e-2s]
L
u (t) - u (t - 2) = g (t) s +w
s
L lim f (t) final value theorem states that:
f (t)* g (t) F (s) G (s) t"3
1 lim f (t) = lim sF (s)
= 2 [1 - e-s] [1 - e-2s] t"3 s"0
s It must be noted that final value theorem can be applied
= 12 [1 - e-2s - e-s + e-3s] only if poles lies in –ve half of s -plane.
s
-2s -s -3s Here poles are on imaginary axis (s1, s2 = ! jw) so can not
= 12 - e 2 - e 2 + e 2
L
or f (t)* g (t) apply final value theorem. so lim f (t) cannot be determined.
s s s s t"3
Taking inverse Laplace transform we have
S174 Option (D) is correct.
f (t)* g (t) = t - (t - 2) u (t - 2) - (t - 1) u (t - 1) +
+ (t - 3) u (t - 3) Trigonometric Fourier series of a function x (t) is expressed
The graph of option (B) satisfy this equation. as :
3
x (t) = A 0 + / [An cos nwt + Bn sin nwt]
S167 Option (A) is correct. n=1
Taking z -transform we get Series will contain only DC & cosine terms.
3 3
F (z) = / anT z-n = / (aT ) n z-n
n =- 3 n =- 3 S175 Option (C) is correct.
T n
Given periodic signal
/ b az l =
z
3
=
z - aT 1, t < T1
x (t) = *
n=0
0, T1 < t < T0
S169 Option (B) is correct. 2
If L [f (t)] = F (s) The figure is as shown below.
Applying time shifting property we can write
L [f (t - T)] = e-sT F (s)
-1 -4
z (1 - z ) T0 T T0 -T /2
lim (z - 1) F (z) = lim (z - 1)
0 0
-T
1
1
#T
1
-1 -4
z (1 - z ) (z - 1) 1
= lim = 60 + 2T1 + 0@
z"1 4 (1 - z-1) 2 T0
z-1 z-4 (z 4 - 1) (z - 1) A 0 = 2T1
= lim T0
z"1 4z-2 (z - 1) 2
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 142 Signals & Systems Chapter 4
An = 2
3
We have x [n] = / d (n - k) T0 #T x (t) cos nwtdt
k=0 0
Bn = 2
3
X (z) = / x [n] z-n T0 #T x (t) sin nwtdt
k=0 0
-3 -3
by duality property of fourier transform we can write
F if x (t) real x (t) = x (t)
)
g (t) 2pf (- w) 3
so F [g (t)] =
3
# g (t) e -jwt
dt = 2pf (- w)
then X)(jw) = # x (t) e jwt dt = X (- jw)
-3
-3
***********
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Chapter 5 Electronic Devices Page 143
CHAPTER 5
ELECTRONIC DEVICES
GATE 2016 EC01 ONE MARK Q4 A long-channel NMOS transistor is biased in the
linear region with VDS = 50 mV and is used as a resistance.
Q1 A small percentage of impurity is added to intrinsic Which one of the following statements is NOT correct?
semiconductor at 300 K. Which one of the following (A) If the device width W is increased, the resistance
statements is true for the energy band diagram shown in decreases
the following figure? (B) If the threshold voltage is reduced, the resistance
decrease
(C) If the device length L is increased, the resistance
increases
(D) If VGS is increased, the resistance increases.
at x = L is 50 kV/cm in the positive x direction. Assume Y (of thickness t2 = 3 nm and dielectric constant e 2 = 20
that the electric filed is zero in the y and z directions at ). The capacitor in Figure II has only insulator material X
all points. of thickness tEq. . If the capacitors are of equal capacitors,
then the value of tEq (in nm) is ______
Q15 Consider a long-channel NMOS transistor with GATE 2015 EC01 ONE MARK
source and body connected together. Assume that the
electron mobility is independent of VGS and VDS . Given,
Q18 A region of negative differential resistance is
gm = 0.5 mA/V for
observed in the current voltage characteristics of a silicon
VDS = 50 mV and
PN junction if
VGS = 2V
(A) Both the P-region and N-region are heavily doped
gd = 8 mA/V for VGS = 2 V and
VDS = 0 V (B) The N-region is heavily doped compared to the
2I p P-region
where, gm = and
2VGS (C) The P-region is heavily doped compared to the
N-region
gd = 2ID
2VDS (D) An intrinsic silicon region is inserted between the
The threshold voltage (in volts)of the transistor is P-region and the N-region
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send
GATE 2016 EC03 TWO MARKS Your College Pin Code, Branch and BTech year
to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Q16 The injected excess electron concentration profile
in the base region of an npn BJT, biased in the active
region, is linear, as shown in the figure. If the area of the
Q19 A silicon sample is uniformly doped with donor type
emitter-base junction is 0.001 cm2 , m n = 800 cm2 /(V-s) in
impurities with a concentration of 1016/cm3. The electron
the base region and depletion layer widths are negligible,
and hole mobilities in the sample are 1200 cm2/V-s and
then the collector current Ic (in mA) at room temperature
400 cm2/V-s respectively. Assume complete ionization of
is ______
impurities. The charge of an electron is 1.6 # 10-19 C. The
(Given: thermal voltage VT = 26 mV at room temperature,
resistivity of the sample (in W -cm) is_______.
electronic charge q = 1.6 # 10-19 C )
GATE 2015 EC01 TWO MARKS GATE 2015 EC02 TWO MARKS
Q24 For a silicon diode with long P and N regions, the Q28 In a MOS capacitor with an oxide layer thickness
accepter and donor impurity concentrations are 1 # 1017 of 10 mm, the maximum depletion layer thickness is 100
cm-3 and 1 # 1015 cm-3 , respectively. The lifetimes of mm. The permittivities of the semiconductor and the oxide
electrons in P region and holes in N region are both 100 layer are e s and e ox respectively. Assuming e s /e ox = 3 ,
ms. The electron and hole diffusion coefficients are 49 the ratio of the maximum capacitance to the minimum
cm2/s and 36 cm2/s, respectively. Assume kT/q = 26 mV, capacitance of this MOS capacitor is _______.
the intrinsic carrier concentration is 1 # 1010 cm-3 and
q = 1.6 # 10-19 C. When a forward voltage of 208 mV is Q29 The energy band diagram and electron density
applied across the diode, the hole current density (in nA/ profile n (x) in a semiconductor are shown in the figure.
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Chapter 5 Electronic Devices Page 147
qax
Q33 The electric field profile in the depletion region of a
Assume that n (x) = 1015 eb kT lcm , with a = 0.1V/cm and
-3
x expressed in cm. Given kTq = 0.026 V, Dn = 36 cm2 s-1 p-n junction in equilibrium is shown in the figure. Which
, and Dm = kTq . The electron current density (in A/cm2) at one of the following statements is NOT TRUE?
x = 0 is
(A) The left side of the junction is n-type and the right
side is p-type
(A) - 4.4 # 10-2 (B)- 2.2 # 10-2 (B) Both the n-type and p-type depletion regions are
(C) 0 (D) 2.2 # 10-2 uniformly doped
(C) The potential difference across the depletion region is
Q30 A dc voltage of 10V is applied across an n -type silicon 700 mV
bar having a rectangular cross-section and a length of 1 (D) If the p-type region has a doping concentration of 1015
cm as shown in figure. The donor doping concentration cm-3 , then the doping concentration in the n-type
ND and the mobility of electrons m n are 1016 cm-3 and region will be 1016 cm-3
1000 cm2 V-1 s-1 , respectively. The average time (in ms )
taken by the electrons to move from one end of the bar to
other end is ________. GATE 2014 EC01 ONE MARK
GATE 2014 EC02 TWO MARKS the same device, neglecting channel length modulation,
the slope of the ID vs. VGS curve (in A/V ) under
Q48 Assume electronic charge q = 1.6 # 10-19 C , saturation regime is approximately_______.
kT/q = 25 mV and electron mobility m n = 1000 cm2 /V - s
. If the concentration gradient of electrons injected into a Q53 An ideal MOS capacitor has boron doping-
P -type silicon sample is 1 # 1021 /cm 4 , the magnitude of concentration of 1015 cm-3 in the substrate. When a gate
electron diffusion current density ^in A/cm2h is _____. voltage is applied, a depletion region of width 0.5 mm is
formed with a surface (channel) potential of 0.2 V . Given
Q49 Consider an abrupt PN junction (at T = 300 K ) the e 0 = 8.854 # 10-14 F/cm and the relative permittivities
shown in the figure. The depletion region width Xn on of silicon and silicon dioxide are 12 and 4, respectively,
the N -side of the junction is 0.2 mm and the permittivity the peak electric field (in V/mm ) in the oxide region is
of silicon ^e si h is 1.044 # 10-12 F/cm . At the junction, the _______.
approximate value of the peak electric field (in kV/cm)
is_____.
GATE 2014 EC04 TWO MARKS
Q50 When a silicon diode having a doping concentration Q55 Consider two BJTs biased at the same collector current
of NA = 9 # 1016 cm-3 on p-side and ND = 1 # 1016 cm-3 with area A1 = 0.2 mm # 0.2 mm and A2 = 300 mm # 300 mm
on n -side is reverse biased, the total depletion width is . Assuming that all other device parameters are identical,
found to be 3 mm . Given that the permittivity of silicon kT/q = 26 mV , the intrinsic carrier concentration is
is 1.04 # 10-12 F/cm , the depletion width on the p-side 1 # 1010 cm-3 , and q = 1.6 # 10-19 C , the difference
and the maximum electric field in the depletion region, between the base-emitter voltages (in mV) of the two
respectively, are BJTs (i.e., VBE1 - VBE2 ) is _______.
(A) 2.7 mm and 2.3 # 105 V/cm
(B) 0.3 mm and 4.15 # 105 V/cm Q56 An N -type semiconductor having uniform doping is
biased as shown in the figure.
(C) 0.3 mm and 0.42 # 105 V/cm
(D) 2.1 mm and 0.42 # 105 V/cm
Q58 In IC technology, dry oxidation (using dry oxygen) as Q61 The source of a silicon (ni = 1010 per cm3) n -channel
compared to wet oxidation (using steam or water vapor) MOS transistor has an area of 1 sq mm and a depth of
produces 1 mm . If the dopant density in the source is 1019 /cm3 ,
(A) superior quality oxide with a higher growth rate the number of holes in the source region with the above
(B) inferior quality oxide with a higher growth rate volume is approximately
(A) 107 (B) 100
(C) inferior quality oxide with a lower growth rate
(C) 10 (D) 0
(D) superior quality oxide with a lower growth rate
Get More Study Material Q62 In the CMOS circuit shown, electron and hole
mobilities are equal, and M1 and M2 are equally sized.
by Whatsapp. Send The device M1 is in the linear region if
junction is 10 nm. The relative permittivity of Si and SiO 2 GATE 2011 TWO MARKS
, respectively, are 11.7 and 3.9, and e0 = 8.9 # 10-12 F/m .
Common Data Question 68 and 69
The channel resistance of an N-channel JFET shown in
the figure below is 600 W when the full channel thickness
(tch ) of 10 μm is available for conduction. The built-in
voltage of the gate P+ N junction (Vbi ) is - 1 V . When the
gate to source voltage (VGS ) is 0 V, the channel is depleted
by 1 μm on each side due to the built in voltage and hence
the thickness available for conduction is only 8 μm
Statements for Linked Answer Question 74 and 75 Common Data Question 79 and 80
The silicon sample with unit cross-sectional area shown Consider a silicon p - n junction at room temperature
below is in thermal equilibrium. The following information having the following parameters:
is given: T = 300 K electronic charge = 1.6 # 10-19 C Doping on the n -side = 1 # 1017 cm - 3
, thermal voltage = 26 mV and electron mobility Depletion width on the n -side = 0.1mm
= 1350 cm2 / V-s
Depletion width on the p -side = 1.0mm
Intrinsic carrier concentration = 1.4 # 1010 cm - 3
Thermal voltage = 26 mV
Permittivity of free space = 8.85 # 10 - 14 F.cm - 1
Dielectric constant of silicon = 12
Q90 In a p+ n junction diode under reverse biased the that the emitter injection efficiency is 0.995, the base
magnitude of electric field is maximum at transport factor is
(A) the edge of the depletion region on the p-side (A) 0.980 (B) 0.985
(B) the edge of the depletion region on the n -side (C) 0.990 (D) 0.995
(C) the p+ n junction
(D) the centre of the depletion region on the n -side
Common Data Question 95 to 97
The figure shows the high-frequency capacitance -
GATE 2007 TWO MARKS voltage characteristics of Metal/Sio 2 /silicon (MOS)
capacitor having an area of 1 # 10 - 4 cm 2 . Assume that the
Q91 Group I lists four types of p - n junction diodes. permittivities (e0 er ) of silicon and Sio2 are 1 # 10 - 12 F/cm
Match each device in Group I with one of the option in and 3.5 # 10 - 13 F/cm respectively.
Group II to indicate the bias condition of the device in its
normal mode of operation.
Group-I Group-II
P. Zener Diode 1. Forward bias
Q. Solar cell 2. Reverse bias
R. Laser Diode
S. Avalanche Photodiode
Q95 The gate oxide thickness in the MOS capacitor is
(A) P - 1, Q - 2, R - 1, S - 2 (A) 50 nm (B) 143 nm
(B) P - 2, Q - 1, R - 1, S - 2 (C) 350 nm (D) 1 mm
(C) P - 2, Q - 2, R - 1, S- -2
(D) P - 2, Q - 1, R - 2, S - 2 Q96 The maximum depletion layer width in silicon is
(A) 0.143 mm (B) 0.857 mm
Q92 Group I lists four different semiconductor devices. (C) 1 mm (D) 1.143 mm
match each device in Group I with its charactecteristic
property in Group II
Q97 Consider the following statements about the C - V
characteristics plot :
Group-I Group-II S1 : The MOS capacitor has as n -type substrate
P. BJT 1. Population inversion S2 :If positive charges are introduced in the oxide, the
Q. MOS capacitor 2. Pinch-off-voltage C - V polt will shift to the left.
R. Laser Diode 3. Early effect Then which of the following is true?
(A) Both S1 and S2 are true
S. JFET 4. Flat-band voltage
(B) S1 is true and S2 is false
(A) P - 3, Q - 1, R - 4, S - 2 (C) S1 is false and S2 is true
(B) P - 1, Q - 4, R - 3, S - 2 (D) Both S1 and S2 are false
(C) P - 3, Q - 4, R - 1, S - 2
(D) P - 3, Q - 2, R - 1, S - 4 GATE 2006 ONE MARK
Q93 A p+ n junction has a built-in potential of 0.8 V. The Q98 The values of voltage (VD) across a tunnel-diode
depletion layer width a reverse bias of 1.2 V is 2 mm. For corresponding to peak and valley currents are Vp, VD
a reverse bias of 7.2 V, the depletion layer width will be respectively. The range of tunnel-diode voltage for VD
(A) 4 mm (B) 4.9 mm which the slope of its I - VD characteristics is negative
(C) 8 mm (D) 12 mm would be
(A) VD < 0 (B) 0 # VD < Vp
(C) Vp # VD < Vv (D) VD $ Vv
Q94 The DC current gain (b) of a BJT is 50. Assuming
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Chapter 5 Electronic Devices Page 155
Q99 The concentration of minority carriers in an extrinsic E. Varactor diode 1. Voltage reference
semiconductor under equilibrium is
(A) Directly proportional to doping concentration F. PIN diode 2. High frequency switch
(B) Inversely proportional to the doping concentration G. Zener diode 3. Tuned circuits
(C) Directly proportional to the intrinsic concentration H. Schottky diode 4. Current controlled
(D) Inversely proportional to the intrinsic concentration attenuator
(A) E - 4, F - 2, G - 1, H - 3
Q100 Under low level injection assumption, the injected (B) E - 3, F - 4, G - 1, H - 3
minority carrier current for an extrinsic semiconductor is
(C) E - 2, F - 4, G - 1, H - 2
essentially the
(A) Diffusion current (B) Drift current (D) E - 1, F - 3, G - 2, H - 4
(C) Recombination current (D) Induced current
Q105 A heavily doped n - type semiconductor has the
following data:
Q101 The phenomenon known as “Early Effect” in a
Hole-electron ratio : 0.4
bipolar transistor refers to a reduction of the effective
Doping concentration : 4.2 # 108 atoms/m3
base-width caused by
Intrinsic concentration : 1.5 # 10 4 atoms/m 3
(A) Electron - hole recombination at the base
The ratio of conductance of the n -type semiconductor to
(B) The reverse biasing of the base - collector junction that of the intrinsic semiconductor of same material and
(C) The forward biasing of emitter-base junction ate same temperature is given by
(D) The early removal of stored base charge during (A) 0.00005 (B) 2000
saturation-to-cut off switching (C) 10000 (D) 20000
Q102 In the circuit shown below, the switch was connected Q106 The bandgap of Silicon at room temperature is
to position 1 at t < 0 and at t = 0 , it is changed to position (A) 1.3 eV (B) 0.7 eV
2. Assume that the diode has zero voltage drop and a (C) 1.1 eV (D) 1.4 eV
storage time ts . For 0 < t # ts, vR is given by (all in Volts)
Q114 If for a silicon npn transistor, the base-to-emitter Q118 In an abrupt p - n junction, the doping
voltage (VBE ) is 0.7 V and the collector-to-base voltage concentrations on the p -side and n -side are NA = 9 # 1016
(VCB) is 0.2 V, then the transistor is operating in the /cm 3 respectively. The p - n junction is reverse biased and
(A) normal active mode (B) saturation mode the total depletion width is 3 mm. The depletion width on
(C) inverse active mode (D) cutoff mode the p -side is
(A) 2.7 mm (B) 0.3 mm
(C) 2.25 mm (D) 0.75 mm
Q115 Consider the following statements S1 and S2.
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Chapter 5 Electronic Devices Page 157
Q119 The resistivity of a uniformly doped n -type silicon GATE 2003 ONE MARK
sample is 0.5W - mc. If the electron mobility (mn) is 1250
cm 2 /V-sec and the charge of an electron is 1.6 # 10 - 19 Q125 n -type silicon is obtained by doping silicon with
Coulomb, the donor impurity concentration (ND) in the (A) Germanium (B) Aluminium
sample is (C) Boron (D) Phosphorus
(A) 2 # 1016 /cm 3 (B) 1 # 1016 /cm 3
(C) 2.5 # 1015 /cm 3 (D) 5 # 1015 /cm 3
Q126 The Bandgap of silicon at 300 K is
(A) 1.36 eV (B) 1.10 eV
Q120 Consider an abrupt p - n junction. Let Vbi be the (C) 0.80 eV (D) 0.67 eV
built-in potential of this junction and VR be the applied
reverse bias. If the junction capacitance (Cj ) is 1 pF for
Q127 The intrinsic carrier concentration of silicon sample
Vbi + VR = 1 V, then for Vbi + VR = 4 V, Cj will be
(A) 4 pF (B) 2 pF at 300 K is 1.5 # 1016 /m 3 . If after doping, the number
of majority carriers is 5 # 1020 /m 3 , the minority carrier
(C) 0.25 pF (D) 0.5 pF
density is
(A) 4.50 # 1011/m 3 (B) 3.333 # 10 4 /m 3
Q121 Consider the following statements Sq and S2. (C) 5.00 # 1020 /m 3 (D) 3.00 # 10 - 5 /m 3
S1 : The threshold voltage (VT ) of MOS capacitor de-
creases with increase in gate oxide thickness.
Q128 Choose proper substitutes for X and Y to make the
S2 : The threshold voltage (VT ) of a MOS capacitor de-
following statement correct Tunnel diode and Avalanche
creases with increase in substrate doping concentra-
photo diode are operated in X bias ad Y bias respectively
tion.
(A) X: reverse, Y: reverse (B) X: reverse, Y: forward
Which Marks of the following is correct ?
(C) X: forward, Y: reverse (D) X: forward, Y: forward
(A) S1 is FALSE and S2 is TRUE
(B) Both S1 and S2 are TRUE
Q129 For an n - channel enhancement type MOSFET,
(C) Both S1 and S2 are FALSE
if the source is connected at a higher potential than that
(D) S1 is TRUE and S2 is FALSE of the bulk (i.e. VSB > 0 ), the threshold voltage VT of the
MOSFET will
Q122 The drain of an n-channel MOSFET is shorted to (A) remain unchanged (B) decrease
the gate so that VGS = VDS . The threshold voltage (VT ) of (C) change polarity (D) increase
the MOSFET is 1 V. If the drain current (ID) is 1 mA for
VGS = 2 V, then for VGS = 3 V, ID is
(A) 2 mA (B) 3 mA GATE 2003 TWO MARKS
(C) 9 mA (D) 4 mA
Q130 An n -type silicon bar 0.1 cm long and 100 mm2 i
cross-sectional area has a majority carrier concentration
Q123 The longest wavelength that can be absorbed by of 5 # 1020 /m 2 and the carrier mobility is 0.13 m2 /V-s at
silicon, which has the bandgap of 1.12 eV, is 1.1 mm. If 300 K. If the charge of an electron is 1.5 # 10 - 19 coulomb,
the longest wavelength that can be absorbed by another then the resistance of the bar is
material is 0.87 mm, then bandgap of this material is (A) 106 Ohm (B) 10 4 Ohm
(A) 1.416 A/cm 2 (B) 0.886 eV
(C) 10 - 1 Ohm (D) 10 - 4 Ohm
(C) 0.854 eV (D) 0.706 eV
GATE 1999 ONE MARK Q147 The static characteristic of an adequately forward
biased p-n junction is a straight line, if the plot is of
Q142 The early effect in a bipolar junction transistor is (A) log I vs log V (B) log I vs V
caused by (C) I vs log V (D) I vs V
(A) fast turn-on
(B) fast turn-off
Q148 A long specimen of p-type semiconductor material
(C) large collector-base reverse bias (A) is positively charged
(D) large emitter-base forward bias (B) is electrically neutral
(C) has an electric field directed along its length
Get More Study Material (D) acts as a dipole
q
GATE 1999 TWO MARKS Q150 The units of are
kT
(A) V (B) V-1
Q143 An n -channel JEFT has IDSS = 2 mA and Vp =- 4 V (C) J (D) J/K
. Its transconductance gm (in milliohm) for an applied
gate-to-source voltage VGS of - 2 V is
GATE 1997 ONE MARK
(A) 0.25 (B) 0.5
(C) 0.75 (D) 1.0
Q151 For a MOS capacitor fabricated on a p-type
semiconductor, strong inversion occurs when
Q144 An npn transistor (with C = 0.3 pF ) has a unity- (A) surface potential is equal to Fermi potential
gain cutoff frequency fT of 400 MHz at a dc bias current (B) surface potential is zero
Ic = 1 mA . The value of its Cm (in pF) is approximately
(C) surface potential is negative and equal to Fermi
(VT = 26 mV)
potential in magnitude
(A) 15 (B) 30
(D) surface potential is positive and equal to twice the
(C) 50 (D) 96
Fermi potential
GATE 1998 ONE MARK Q152 The intrinsic carrier density at 300 K is
1.5 # 1010 /cm3 , in silicon. For n -type silicon doped to
Q145 The electron and hole concentrations in a intrinsic 2.25 # 1015 atoms/cm3 , the equilibrium electron and hole
semiconductor are ni and pi respectively. When doped with densities are
a p-type material, these change to n and p, respectively, (A) n = 1.5 # 1015 /cm3, p = 1.5 # 1010 /cm3
Then (B) n = 1.5 # 1010 /cm3, p = 2.25 # 1015 /cm3
(A) n + p = ni + pi (B) n + ni = p + pi (C) n = 2.25 # 1015 /cm3, p = 1.0 # 1015 /cm3
(C) npi = ni p (D) np = ni pi (D) n = 1.5 # 1010 /cm3, p = 1.5 # 1010 /cm3
***********
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Chapter 5 Electronic Devices Page 161
SOLUTION
S1 Correct option is (A). S8 Correct answer is 4.836.
Donor energy level close to conduction band.
50 kv/cm - 0
=; E
L-0
-19 17
= 1.6 # 10 # 10-14
11.7 # 8.85 # 10
& L = 3.2358 # 10-6 cm
= 3.2358 # 10-8 m
= 32.358 # 10-9 m
= 32.358 nm
dp
qD p = qm p pe
dx
S15 Correct answer is 1.2 Volts.
dp
m p VT = m p pe I 0 = m n cox W :^Vgs - VT h VDS - 1 V DS
2
D
dx L 2
e = VT
dp
p b NA gm = dID = m n cox W $ VDS
p dx dVgs L
-6
g
& m n cox W = m = 0.5 # 10-3
= VT dNA = VT d ln [NA (x)] L VDS 50 # 10
NA dx dx
= 10 # 10-6
log 10 x1 = 1 mm gd = dID
x1 = 101 mm = 0.001 cm dVgs
log 10 x2 = 2 mm = m n cox W $ 6Vgs - VT @
x2 = 102 mm = 0.01 cm L
ln (1014) = 32.23 8 # 10 = 10 # 10-6 7Vgs - VTA
-6
-6
ln (1016) = 36.84 Vgs - VT = 10 # 10-6
36.84 - 32.23 10 # 10
e = 0.026 : 0.01 - 0.001 D
& VT = Vgs - 0.8
= 0.0133/cm VT = 2 V - 0.8 V
= 1.2 V
S11 Correct option is (C). VT = 1.2 V
Pn (t) = Pn = Pn (0) e-t/t
0
p
P (0)
GR = n dx
tn 0
Pn (0) = GR # t n = Aem n dn
0 0
dx
= 1.5 # 1020 # 0.5 # 10-6
IC = 0.001 # 1.6 # 10-19 # 800 # 0.026
= 7.5 # 1013 /cm3
10 4 - 0 n
At t = 0 #d
0.5 # 10-4
P (t) = Pn (0) .e0 = 7.5 # 1013 /cm3 IC = 6.656 mA
At t = 0.3 ms
0.3 S17 Correct answer is 1.55 to 1.65.
P (t) = Pn (0) e 0.1 = 3.73 # 1011 /cm3
C = eA
d
S12 Correct option is (B).
C = C1 C 2
C1 + C 2
S13 Correct option is (C). 4
# 3 #2010
= > 1 # 410 H 8.8521 # 10-12
-9 -9
2
V0 + VBR = eE CRIT : 1 + 1 D + 20
2q ND NA 1 # 10 -9 -9
3 # 10
= 2.5 # 109 e 0
;P + N " NA >> ND " N1 << N1 E C = er e 0
A D teq
VBR.ND = Constant teq = er e 0 = 4 # e 09
9
Since ECRIT is Constant 2.5 # 10 e 0 2.5 # 10 e 0
-9
= 1.6 # 10 m
S14 Correct answer is 32.358 nm. = 1.6 m
E = eND x & dE = eND
e dx e S18 Correct option is (A).
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Chapter 5 Electronic Devices Page 163
In case of Tunnel diode formed by PN junction, tunnel Lifetime, t n = t p = 100ms = 10-4 sec.
diode gives negative resistance and works in forward bias, Electron diffusion coefficient, Dn = 49 cm2 /s
and in tunnel diode both N and P regions are heavily Hole diffusion coefficient, D p = 36 cm2 /s
doped. Intrinsic carrier concentration, ni = 1 # 1010 cm-3
Applied forward voltage, Va = 208 mV
S19 Correct answer is 0.5208. The hole current density injected from P region to N
Since, we know region is given by
eD p pno
Resistivity ^r h = 1 exp d eva n - 1G
Lp =
Jp = (1)
conductivity (s) kT
Given doped with donor type impurities i.e. n -type. So, Now, we obtain the hole concentration in n -region as
2 20
conductivity will be given by pno = ni = 1 # 1015 = 105 cm-3
s N = em n N D ND 1 # 10
where e = 1.6 # 10-19 C and Lp = Dp t p = 36 # 10-4
(charge on an electron)
ND = 1016 /cm3 (given) = 6 # 10-2 cm
2
m n = 1200 cm /V s (given) Substituting the values in equation (1), we get
^1.6 # 10-19h^36h^105h
-
;exp b 26 l - 1E
Therefore, s N = 1.6 # 10-19 # 1200 # 1016 Jp = 208
= 1.92 ^6 # 10-2h
Hence, r = 1 = 1 = .5208 W-cm = 2.86 # 10-8 A/cm2
sN 1.92 = 28.6 nA/cm2
S20 Correct answer is 1.92.
S25 Correct option is (A).
Semiconductor is doped with phosphorous, so it is N type
Given NMOSFET circuit is
semiconductor.
Given, donor concentration = 1016 /cm3
At this donor concentration, mobility of electron, obtained
from the graph, is
= 1200 cm2 v-1 s-1
So, Conductivity = 6N = em n ND
= 1.6 # 10-19 # 1200 # 1016
= 1.92 cm-1
a tox ka xd max k
(1 + lVDS )
C min =
e ox es So, 1.02 mA = 2
n 2
^1.5 # 1010h2 5 -3
S43 Correct option is (A).
p0 = i
= 15 = 1 # 10 cm
no 2.25 # 10
Conductivity in intrinsic semiconductor is defined as
S37 Correct option is (B). s = ^m p ni e + m n ni e h
and ri = 1 (1)
S38 Correct option is (D).
eni ^m p + m n h
S39 Correct option is (C). Also, we have
ni = KT 3/2 e-E /2kT
g
(2)
S40 Correct option is (D). Taking logarithm of both sides in equation (1),
For p-type material, the concentration profile appears as ln ^r i h =- ln ^ni h - ln ^m p + m n h e
E
=- ln k - 3 ln T + g - ln ^m p + m n h e
2 2kT
In the given graph, ln ^r i h is a linear function (approx.) of
1/T . So, we have
E
ln ^r i h = g + constant
2kT
Hence, the slope of the graph will be equal to slope
Since Pn >> ni Eg
All recombination rate is directly proportional to the area =
2k
under diffusion curve. Also, we have area under diffusion Thus, the slope of the line can be used to estimate band
curve of majority carrier is very less than that of minority gap energy of silicon.
carrier. So,
Recombination rate \ A2 = 1 Tn w S44 Correct answer is 1.129.
2
Given Eg = 1.1 eV
or R \ Tn
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 166 Electronic Devices Chapter 5
rd = 21I = 1
So, the transconductance is given as m n Cox ^VGS - VTH h
W
D
2VGS
L
gm = 2IC 1
2VBE =
V /V 800 # 10 # 100 ^2 + 0.5h
-8
= IS e
BE T
VT = 500 W
-3
-13 0.7/25 # 10
= 10 e S48 Correct answer is 4000 A/cm2 .
25 # 10-3
Given the electronic charge, q = 1.6 # 10-19 C
= 5.785 A/V
electron mobility, m n = 1000 cm2 /V -S
S46 Correct option is (A). electron concentration gradient, dn = 1 # 1021 /cm 4
dx
Given the doping concentration on p-side, Thermal voltage, kT = 25 mV
NA = 1 # 1016 cm-3 q
Now, from einstein equation, we have
Forward bias voltage, Dn = kT
V = 0.3 V mn q
Intrinsic carrier concentration,
Dn = 25 # 10-3 Volt
ni = 1.5 # 1010 cm-3 &
1000 cm2 /V- S
Thermal voltage, VT = kT = 26 mV Dn = 25 cm2 /S
q &
Hence, the diffusion current density is
So, the equilibrium electron concentration on the p-side is
2
^1.5 # 1010h
2 Jn = qDn dn
n0 = n 1 = dx
NA 1 # 1016 = 1.6 # 10-19 # 25 # 1021
= 2.25 # 10 4 cm-3 = 4000 A/cm2
Therefore, the electron at the edge of the depletion region
on the p-side is obtained as S49 Correct answer is 30.7.
n = n 0 eV /V
bi T
Given the depletion region width of N-side of the function,
= ^2.25 # 10 4h e0.3/26 # 10
-3
S51 Correct option is (D). The electric fields ESiO and ESi can be obtained using
2
Given boundary conditions. We have
Donor impurity concentration ND = 1 # 1016 cm-3 e
e r,SiO ESiO = r, si E Si
Acceptor impurity concentration, NA = 5 # 1018 cm-3 2 2
e r, SiO
2
Intrinsic carrier concentration, ni = 1.5 # 1010 cm-3 or E SiO = 12 ESi = 3ESi (1)
2
4
-12
Permittivity of silicon, e si = 1.04 # 10 F/cm
Area under ESi - x graph gives the channel potential, i.e.
Thermal voltage, kT = 26 mv Vt = 1 Esi # w
q 2
So, we obtain the built in potential So, Esi = 0.2 # 2-6 = 4 # 106 V/m
0.5 # 10 5
Vbi = kT ln dVa V
2 n
d
Substituting it in equation (1), we get
q ni
16 18 ESiO = 3 # 4 # 106 V/m
= 26 # 10-3 ln d 10 # 5 # 10 n 5
2
2.25 # 1020
= 0.858 V = 12 V/mm = 2.4 V/mm
5
Hence, the total space change width is obtained as
2e s Vbi Na + Nd S54 Correct answer is 225.
q b Na + Nd l
W Given ND = 1 # 1015 /cm3
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 168 Electronic Devices Chapter 5
ID = kN ^VB - 1h
2
or,
Differentiating both side with respect to ID
1 = kN 2 ^VB - 1hdVB
Here, the material in only of N -type semiconductor, so dID
the separation between conduction band and fermi level Since, VBQ = 2 volt (at D.C. Voltage)
Hence, we obtain
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Chapter 5 Electronic Devices Page 169
dVB = 1 mp COX W
2 b L l8 SD ^ SG
Since, I1 = 2V V - VTp h - V SD 2
B
dID 2kN ^VB - 1h
1 m C
=
2 # 40 # 10-6 # ^2 - 1h & 0 = p OX bW l [2VSD ^VSG - VTp h - V SD
2
]
2 L
= 12.5 # 103 W = 12.5 kW Solving it we get,
2 ^VSG - VTp h = VSD
Get More Study Material & 2 ^5 - Vin - 1h = 5 - VD
Vin = VD + 3
by Whatsapp. Send &
For
2
I1 = 0 , VD = 5 V
Your College Pin Code, So, Vin = 5 + 3 = 4 V
2
So for the NMOS
Branch and BTech year to VGS = Vin - 0 = 4 - 0 = 4 V and
VGS > VTn
9414243489 by whatsapp So it can’t be in cutoff region.
Case 2 : M2 must be in saturation region.
So, I1 = I 2
S61 Option (D) is correct. mp COX W m C
6 @ = n OX W (VGS - VTn) 2
2
For the semiconductor, n 0 p 0 = n i2 2 (VSG - VTp) VSD - V SD
2 20
2 L 2 L
p 0 = n i = 1019 = 10 per cm3 & 2
2 (VSG - VTp) VSD - V SD = (VGS - VTn) 2
n 0 10
& 2 (5 - Vin - 1) (5 - VD) - (5 - VD) = (Vin - 0 - 1) 2
2
Volume of given device, V = Area # depth
& 2 (4 - Vin) (5 - VD) - (5 - VD) 2 = (Vin - 1) 2
= 1 mm 2 # 1 mm
Substituting VD = VDS = VGS - VTn
= 10-8 cm2 # 10-4 cm
and for N -MOS & VD = Vin - 1
= 10-12 cm3
& 2 (4 - Vin) (6 - Vin) - (6 - Vin) 2 = (Vin - 1) 2
So total no. of holes is,
& 48 - 36 - 8Vin =- 2Vin + 1
p = p 0 # V = 10 # 10-12
& 6Vin = 11
= 10-11
Which is approximately equal to zero. & Vin = 11 = 1.833 V
6
So for M2 to be in saturation Vin < 1.833 V or Vin < 1.875 V
S62 Option (A) is correct.
Given the circuit as below : S63 Option (B) is correct.
Gate source overlap capacitance.
Co = dWeox e0 (medium Sio 2 )
tox
-9 -6 -12
= 20 # 10 # 1 # 10 #-93.9 # 8.9 # 10
1 # 10
= 0.69 # 10-15 F
m 2 2 E2 - E1 = kT ln NA
Thus unit of n is = cm / cm = 1 = V-1 ni
Dn V $ sec sec V 17
NA = 4 # 10
ni = 1.5 # 1010
S78 Option (D) is correct. 17
E2 - E1 = 25 # 10-3 e ln 4 # 10 10 = 0.427 eV
Both S1 and S2 are true and S2 is a reason for S1. 1.5 # 10
Hence fermi level goes down by 0.427 eV as silicon is
S79 Option (B) is correct. doped with boron.
We know that
NA WP = ND WN S87 Option (C) is correct.
NA = ND WN
2
or
WP Pinch off voltage VP = eW ND
es
17 -6
= 1 # 10 # 0.1-6# 10 = 1 # 1016 Let VP = VP1
1 # 10 V 2 2
Cj = ;
2 (Vbi + VR)( NA + ND) E
2
-34
By Mass action law 8
= 6.626 # 10 # -310# 10 = 3.62 J
np = ni2 54900 # 10
2 16
p = ni = 1.5 # 10 # 120.5 # 1016 = 4.5 # 1011 Eg (J) -19
In eV Eg (eV) = = 3.62 # 10-19 = 2.26 eV
n 5 # 10 e 1.6 # 10
Alternatively
S128 Option (C) is correct. Eg = 1.24 eV = 1.24 = 2.26 eV
Tunnel diode shows the negative characteristics in forward l (mm) 5490 # 10-4 mm
bias. It is used in forward bias.
Avalanche photo diode is used in reverse bias. S135 Option (D) is correct.
We know that
S129 Option (D) is correct. ID = K (VGS - VT ) 2
2
Thus ID2 = (VGS2 - VT )
S130 Option (A) is correct. ID1 (VGS1 - VT ) 2
rl Substituting the values we have
We that R = , r = 1 and a = nqun
A s 2
ID2 = (1.4 - 0.4) = 4
From above relation we have ID1 (0.9 - 0.4) 2
R= 1 or ID2 = 4IDI = 4 mA
nqmn A
= 0.1 # 10 - 2 S136 Option (B) is correct.
5 # 10 # 1.6 # 10 - 19 # 0.13 # 100 # 10 - 12
20
In n -well CMOS fabrication following are the steps :
= 106 W (A) n - well implant
(B) Source drain diffusion
S131 Option (D) is correct. (C) Metalization
dn = 6 # 1016 - 1017 =- 2 # 1020 (D) Passivation
dx 2 # 10 - 4 - 0
Now Jn = nqme E + Dn q dn S137 Option (D) is correct.
dx For a JFET in active region we have
Since no electric field is present, E = 0 and we get
IDS = IDSS c1 - VGS m
2
So, Jn = qDn dn VP
dx From above equation it is clear that the action of a
= 1.6 # 10 - 19 # 35 # (- 2 # 1020) JFET is voltage controlled current source.
=- 1120 A/cm 2
S138 Option (B) is correct.
S132 Option (C) is correct. At constant current the rate of change of voltage with
LED works on the principal of spontaneous emission. respect to temperature is
dV =- 2.5 mV per degree centigrade
In the avalanche photo diode due to the avalanche effect dT
there is large current gain. Here 3 T = T2 - T1 = 40 - 20 = 20cC
Tunnel diode has very large doping. Thus 3 VD =- 2.5 # 20 = 50 mV
LASER diode are used for coherent radiation. Therefore, VD = 700 - 50 = 650 mV
n
hVT
Ge T The metal area of the gate in conjunction with the insulating
V 0.718
Io e hV - 1
Dsi
e 2 # 26 # 10 - 1
dielectric oxide layer and semiconductor channel, form a
= V = = 4 # 103
-3
or si T
Io 0.1435
e 26 # 10 - 1 parallel plate capacitor. It is voltage controlled capacitor
e hV - 1
DGe
si -3
T
In MOSFET the body (substrate) is connected to power A specimen of p - type or n - type is always electrical
supply in such a way to maintain the body (substrate) neutral.
to channel junction in cutoff condition. The resulting
reverse bias voltage between source and body will have an S149 Option (C) is correct.
effect on device function. The reverse bias will widen the
depletion region resulting the reduction in channel length. S150 Option (B) is correct.
The unit of q is e and unit of kT is eV. Thus unit of e/kT
S142 Option (C) is correct. is e/eV = V-1 .
At a given value of vBE , increasing the reverse-bias voltage
on the collector-base junction and thus increases the S151 Option (D) is correct.
width of the depletion region of this junction. This in turn
S152 Option (C) is correct.
results in a decrease in the effective base width W . Since
We have ni = 1.5 # 1010 /cm3
IS is inversely proportional to W , IS increases and that iC
Nd = 2.25 # 1015 atoms/cm3
increases proportionally. This is early effect.
For n type doping we have electron concentration
n - Nd = 2.25 # 1015 atom/cm3
S143 Option (B) is correct.
For a given temperature
For an n -channel JEFT trans-conductance is
-3 (- 2) np = n i2
gm = - 2IDSS b1 - VGS l = - 2 # 2 # 10 =1 -
(- 4)G
2
(1.5 # 1010) 2
VP VP -4 Hole concentration p = n i =
n 2.25 # 1015
= 10-3 # 1 = 0.5 mho = 1.0 # 105 /cm3
2
***********
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 178 Analog Circuits Chapter 6
CHAPTER 6
ANALOG CIRCUITS
Q2 The following signal Vi of peak voltage 8 V is (A) introduce amplitude stabilization by preventing the
applied to the non-inverting terminal of an ideal Opamp. op-amp from saturating and thus producing sinusoidal
The transistor has VBE = 0.7 V , b = 100 ; VLED = 1.5 V , oscillations of fixed amplitude
VCC = 10 V and - VCC =- 10 V . (B) introduce amplitude stabilization by forcing the op-
amp to swing between positive and negative saturation
and thus producing square wave oscillations of fixed
amplitude
(C) introduce frequency stabilization by forcing the circuit
to oscillate at a single frequency
(D) enable the loop gain to take on a value that produces
square wave oscillations
for a long time. It is opened at time t = 0 and remains Q18 A opamp has a finite open loop voltage gain of 100.
open after that. Assume that the diode has zero reverse Its input offset voltage Vios ^=+ 5mVh is modeled as shown
current and zero forward voltage drop. in the circuit below. The amplifier is ideal in all other
respects. Vinput is 25 mV.
Q17 In the opamp circuit shown, the Zener diodes Z1 and (A) D1 only (B) D2 only
Z2 clamp the output voltage V0 to +5V or - 5 V. The
(C) Both D1 & D2 (D) None of D1 & D2
switch S is initially closed and is opened at time t = 0
is
Q23 For the circuit with ideal diodes shown in the figure,
the shape of the output (Vout ) for the given sine wave input
(Vin ) will be
Q27 In the circuit shown, Vo = VoA for switch SW in Q30 In the circuit shown using an ideal opamp, the 3-dB
position A and Vo = VoB for SW in position B . Assume cut-off frequency (in Hz) is______.
that the opamp is ideal. The value of VoB is______.
VoA
(C) 1 and R = R (D) 1 and R = 4R Q36 For the voltage regulator circuit shown, the input
1 2 1 2
2CR 2CR voltage (Vin) is 20V ! 20% and the regulated output
voltage (Vout) is 10V. Assume the opamp to be ideal. For a
Q33 In the circuit shown, I1 = 80 mA and I2 = 4 mA. load RL drawing 200 mA, the maximum power dissipation
Transistors T1 and T2 are identical. Assume that the in Q1 (in Watts) is ______.
thermal voltage VT is 26 mV at 27°C. At 50°C, the value
of the voltage V12 = V1 - V2 (in mV) is ______.
Q37 The diode in the circuit given below has VON = 0.7
V but is ideal otherwise. The current (in mA) in the 4kW
resistor is ______.
Q34 In the circuit shown, assume that the opamp is
ideal. The bridge output voltage V0 (in mV) for d = 0.05
is ______.
(in Volts) needed to ensure that transistor M1 operates in (A) both D1 and D2 are ON
saturation mode of operation is______. (B) D1 is ON and D2 is OFF
(C) both D1 and D2 are OFF
(D) D1 is OFF and D2 is ON
Q40 In the circuit shown, assume that the op-amp is Q44 In the ac equivalent circuit shown in the figure, if
ideal. If the gain ^Vo /Vin h is - 12, the value of R(in kW ) iin is the input current and RF is very larger, the type of
is______. feedback is
Q60 For the n -channel MOS transistor shown in the figure, (C) For RC = 20 kW , the BJT operates in the cut-off
the threshold voltage VTh is 0.8 V . Neglect channel length region
modulation effects. When the drain voltage VD = 1.6 V (D) For RC = 20 kW , the BJT operates in the linear region
, the drain current ID was found to be 0.5 mA. If VD is
adjusted to be 2 V by changing the values of R and VDD ,
the new value of ID (in mA) is Q63 Assuming that the Op-amp in the circuit shown is
ideal, Vo is given by
(A) 8 (B) 32
(C) 50 (D) 200
transistor is 1 + 0.1 cos (10000pt) mA At 300 K, the rp in (A) low pass filter with f3dB = 1 rad/s
the small signal model of the transistor is (R1 + R2) C
(B) high pass filter with f3dB = 1 rad/s
R1 C
(C) low pass filter with f3dB = 1 rad/s
R1 C
(D) high pass filter with f3dB = 1 rad/s
(R1 + R2) C
(A) 1 V (B) 2 V
(C) 3 V (D) 3.67 V
9414243489 by whatsapp Q89 The amplifier circuit shown below uses a silicon
transistor. The capacitors CC and CE can be assumed to
be short at signal frequency and effect of output resistance
Q86 For the BJT, Q1 in the circuit shown below, b = 3, r0 can be ignored. If CE is disconnected from the circuit,
VBEon = 0.7 V, VCEsat = 0.7 V . The switch is initially closed. which one of the following statements is true
At time t = 0 , the switch is opened. The time t at which
Q1 leaves the active region is
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 6 Analog Circuits Page 193
R2 || R 3
(C) - (D) -b R2 + R 3 l
R1 R1
(A) - R2 (B) - R 3
R1 R1
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 194 Analog Circuits Chapter 6
GATE 2009 TWO MARKS Q97 For small increase in VG beyond 1V, which of the
following gives the correct description of the region of
Q95 In the circuit below, the diode is ideal. The voltage operation of each MOSFET
V is given by (A) Both the MOSFETs are in saturation region
(B) Both the MOSFETs are in triode region
(C) n-MOSFETs is in triode and p -MOSFET is in
saturation region
(D) n- MOSFET is in saturation and p -MOSFET is in
triode region
Q108 The mid-band voltage gain of the amplifier is Q112 For the BJT circuit shown, assume that the b of
approximately the transistor is very large and VBE = 0.7 V. The mode of
(A) –180 (B) –120 operation of the BJT is
(C) –90 (D) –60
GATE 2007 ONE MARK Q113 In the Op-Amp circuit shown, assume that the
diode current follows the equation I = Is exp (V/VT ). For
Q109 The correct full wave rectifier circuit is Vi = 2V, V0 = V01 and for Vi = 4V, V0 = V02 .
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 6 Analog Circuits Page 197
(A) 7.00 to 7.29 V (B) 7.14 to 7.29 V GATE 2006 TWO MARKS
(C) 7.14 to 7.43 V (D) 7.29 to 7.43 V
Q120 For the circuit shown in the following figure, the
capacitor C is initially uncharged. At t = 0 the switch S is
Statement For Linked Answer Q 116 and 117 closed. The Vc across the capacitor at t = 1 millisecond is
Consider the Op-Amp circuit shown in the figure. In the figure shown above, the OP-AMP is supplied with
!15V .
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 198 Analog Circuits Chapter 6
symbol 4
Q121 For the circuit shown below, assume that the zener Q122 Under the DC conditions, the collector-or-emitter
diode is ideal with a breakdown voltage of 6 volts. The voltage drop is
waveform observed across R is (A) 4.8 Volts (B) 5.3 Volts
(C) 6.0 Volts (D) 6.6 Volts
Common Data Question 122 to 124 Q125 The power dissipation across the transistor Q1
In the transistor amplifier circuit shown in the figure shown in the figure is
below, the transistor has the following parameters: (A) 4.8 Watts (B) 5.0 Watts
bDC = 60 , VBE = 0.7V, hie " 3 (C) 5.4 Watts (D) 6.0 Watts
The capacitance CC can be assumed to be infinite.
In the figure above, the ground has been shown by the
Q126 If the unregulated voltage increases by 20%, the
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 6 Analog Circuits Page 199
(A) 30 kW (B) 10 kW
4
(C) 40 kW (D) infinite
Q128 The effect of current shunt feedback in an amplifier (A) Bias current of the inverting input only
is to (B) Bias current of the inverting and non-inverting inputs
(A) increase the input resistance and decrease the output only
resistance
(C) Input offset current only
(B) increases both input and output resistance
(D) Both the bias currents and the input offset current
(C) decrease both input and output resistance
(D) decrease the input resistance and increase the output
Q133 The Op-amp circuit shown in the figure is filter.
resistance
The type of filter and its cut. Off frequency are respectively
(A) 1 V (B) 2 V
(C) 3 V (D) 4 V
Q142 Voltage series feedback (also called series-shunt Q146 In the op-amp circuit given in the figure, the load
feedback) results in current iL is
(A) increase in both input and output impedances
(B) decrease in both input and output impedances
(C) increase in input impedance and decrease in output
impedance
(D) decrease in input impedance and increase in output
impedance
(A) - Vs (B) Vs
R2 R2
(C) - Vs (D) Vs
RL R1
across a resistive load. If PIV is the peak inverse voltage Q152 If the input to the ideal comparators shown in the
of the diode, then the appropriate relationships for this figure is a sinusoidal signal of 8 V (peak to peak) without
rectifier are any DC component, then the output of the comparators
(A) Vdc = Vm , PIV = 2Vm (B) Idc = 2 Vm , PIV = 2Vm has a duty cycle of
p p
(C) Vdc = 2 Vm , PIV = Vm (D) Vdc Vm , PIV = Vm
p p
Q157 The oscillator circuit shown in the figure has an Q161 An ideal sawtooth voltages waveform of frequency
ideal inverting amplifier. Its frequency of oscillation (in of 500 Hz and amplitude 3 V is generated by charging a
Hz) is capacitor of 2 mF in every cycle. The charging requires
(A) Constant voltage source of 3 V for 1 ms
(B) Constant voltage source of 3 V for 2 ms
(C) Constant voltage source of 1 mA for 1 ms
(D) Constant voltage source of 3 mA for 2 ms
(A) 1 V (B) 6 V
(C) 14 V (D) 17 V
Q171 Consider the following two statements : Q174 The oscillator circuit shown in the figure is
Statement 1 :
A stable multi vibrator can be used for generating square
wave.
Statement 2 :
Bistable multi vibrator can be used for storing binary
information.
(A) Only statement 1 is correct
(B) Only statement 2 is correct
(C) Both the statements 1 and 2 are correct
(D) Both the statements 1 and 2 are incorrect
(A) only the temperature (C) - (V1 + V2) sin wt (D) (V1 + V2) sin wt
(B) only the b of the transistor
(C) both temperature and b Q182 The configuration of the figure is a
(D) none of the above
(A) zero (B) infinite Q183 Assume that the op-amp of the figure is ideal. If vi
(C) indeterminate (D) Vin1 + Vin2 is a triangular wave, then v0 will be
2VT
Q181 If the op-amp in the figure, is ideal, then v0 is Q185 In the circuit of figure, assume that the transistor
is in the active region. It has a large b and its base-emitter
voltage is 0.7 V. The value of Ic is
(A) Indeterminate since Rc is not given Q190 Crossover distortion behavior is characteristic of
(B) 1 mA (A) Class A output stage
(C) 5 mA (B) Class B output stage
(D) 10 mA (C) Class AB output stage
(D) Common-base output stage
Q186 If the op-amp in the figure has an input offset
voltage of 5 mV and an open-loop voltage gain of 10000, GATE 1999 TWO MARKS
then v0 will be
Q191 An amplifier has an open-loop gain of 100, an input
impedance of 1 kW,and an output impedance of 100 W. A
feedback network with a feedback factor of 0.99 is connected
to the amplifier in a voltage series feedback mode. The
new input and output impedances, respectively, are
(A) 10 W and 1W (B) 10 W and 10 kW
(A) 0 V (B) 5 mV (C) 100 kW and 1 W (D) 100 kW and 1 kW
(C) + 15 V or –15 V (D) +50 V or –50 V
Q192 A dc power supply has a no-load voltage of 30 V,
GATE 1999 ONE MARK and a full-load voltage of 25 V at a full-load current of 1 A.
Its output resistance and load regulation, respectively, are
(A) 5 W and 20% (B) 25 W and 20%
Q187 The first dominant pole encountered in the frequency
response of a compensated op-amp is approximately at (C) 5 W and 16.7% (D) 25 W and 16.7%
(A) 5 Hz (B) 10 kHz
(C) 1 MHz (D) 100 MHz GATE 1998 ONE MARK
Q188 Negative feedback in an amplifier Q193 The circuit of the figure is an example of feedback
(A) reduces gain of the following type
(B) increases frequency and phase distortions
(C) reduces bandwidth
(D) increases noise
(C) power supply voltages (D) source resistance Q201 For full wave rectification, a four diode bridge
rectifier is claimed to have the following advantages over
a two diode circuit :
Q195 From a measurement of the rise time of the output
(1) less expensive transformer,
pulse of an amplifier whose is a small amplitude square
wave, one can estimate the following parameter of the (2) smaller size transformer, and
amplifier (3) suitability for higher voltage application.
(A) gain-bandwidth product Of these,
(B) slow rate (A) only (1) and (2) are true
(C) upper 3–dB frequency (B) only (1) and (3) are true
(D) lower 3–dB frequency (C) only (2) and (3) are true
(D) (1), (2) as well as (3) are true
Q196 The emitter coupled pair of BJT’s given a linear
transfer relation between the differential output voltage Q202 In the MOSFET amplifier of the figure is the signal
and the differential output voltage and the differential output V1 and V2 obey the relationship
input voltage Vid is less a times the thermal voltage,
where a is
(A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 1
GATE 1998 TWO MARKS Q203 For small signal ac operation, a practical forward
biased diode can be modelled as
Q198 A multistage amplifier has a low-pass response with (A) a resistance and a capacitance in series
three real poles at s =- w1 - w2 and w3 . The approximate (B) an ideal diode and resistance in parallel
overall bandwidth B of the amplifier will be given by (C) a resistance and an ideal diode in series
(A) B = w1 + w2 + w3 (B) 1 = 1 + 1 + 1 (D) a resistance
B w1 w2 w3
(C) B = (w1 + w2 + w3) 1/3 (D) B = w12 + w22 + w23
Get More Study Material
Q199 One input terminal of high gain comparator circuit
is connected to ground and a sinusoidal voltage is applied
by Whatsapp. Send
to the other input. The output of comparator will be
(A) a sinusoid
Your College Pin Code,
(B) a full rectified sinusoid
(C) a half rectified sinusoid
Branch and BTech year to
(D) a square wave 9414243489 by whatsapp
Q200 In a series regulated power supply circuit, the
voltage gain Av of the ‘pass’ transistor satisfies the
GATE 1997 ONE MARK
condition
(A) Av " 3 (B) 1 << Av < 3
Q204 In the BJT amplifier shown in the figure is the
(C) Av . 1 (D) Av << 1
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 6 Analog Circuits Page 209
(A) 0 A (B) 4 A
(C) 1 A (D) None of the above
Q206 In a common emitter BJT amplifier, the maximum GATE 1996 ONE MARK
usable supply voltage is limited by
(A) Avalanche breakdown of Base-Emitter junction
Q210 In the circuit of the given figure, assume that the
(B) Collector-Base breakdown voltage with emitter open diodes are ideal and the meter is an average indicating
(BVCBO) ammeter. The ammeter will read
(C) Collector-Emitter breakdown voltage with base open
(BVCBO)
(D) Zener breakdown voltage of the Emitter-Base junction
Q212 In the circuit shown in the given figure N is a (A) 105 rad/ sec, 2 # 10 4 W
finite gain amplifier with a gain of k , a very large input (B) 2 # 10 4 rad/ sec, 2 # 10 4 W
impedance, and a very low output impedance. The input (C) 2 # 10 4 rad/ sec, 105 W
impedance of the feedback amplifier with the feedback (D) 105 rad/ sec, 105 W
impedance Z connected as shown will be
(A) Z b1 - 1 l (B) Z (1 - k)
k
(C) Z (D) Z
(k - 1) (1 - k)
***********
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 6 Analog Circuits Page 211
SOLUTIONS
S1 Correct option is (B). S3 Correct option is (A).
The circuit shown is a wein bridge oscillator. The amplitude
of oscillations can be determined and stabilized by using
a nonlinear control network. As the oscillations grow, the
diodes start to conduct causing the effective resistance
in the feedback to decrease. Equilibrium will be reached
at the output amplitude that causes the loop gain to be
exactly unity.
Vi crosses 2 V, 3 times
Therefore the LED glows 3 times
II
Vbel = Vt ;Ic E = Vt : Is D
n Is n
Branch and BTech year to Vbe2 = Vbe2 + I2 R2
Vt ln ; I1 E
I2
R2 = Vbe1 - Vbe2 =
I2 I2
1 mA
20 mV ln ;100 mA E
= = 598.67 W
100 mA
S7 Correct option is (A).
The parasitic capacitances are in PF and the coupling
and bypass capacitors are in mF . Therefore for the mid
frequency band, parasitic capacitance act like open
circuits and coupling and bypass capacitances act like T1 = 0.693 ^RA + RB h C
short circuits. = 0.693 ^2.2 k + 4.7 kh 0.022m
= 0.1052 msec
S8 Correct option is (B). Frequency of oscillations ^ f h = 1 = 5.65 kHz
T
Width of PMOS transistors should be halved while width
of NMOS transistors should not be changed, because S12 Correct answer is 1.
NMOS transistors are in parallel. If anyone transistor ON,
output goes to LOW.
S9 Correct answer is 0 V.
Diodes are ideal therefore during Positive cycle of input We can join nodes that are at same potential so network
V0 = 10 - 10 becomes
= 0V
During Negative cycle, the diodes are Reverse biased
V0 = 0V
` V0 = 0 V (always)
= 50 ; 0.1 E
10 k
VC2 = IC2 ^1 kh
50 ^0.1h
10 k ^ h
= 1k
ID (RMS) = 2 m = 1 mA
= 0.5 V 2
S13 Correct answer is V0 = 15 .
S11 Correct answer is 5.65.
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 6 Analog Circuits Page 213
= 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + ...
2 3 4 5
=3
This series is called harmonic series which is a divergent
infinite series
V0 =+ 3 =+ Vsat =+ VCC =+ 15 V
= 60 - 20@e-t/10 , 10 + 20
4 4
= 20 - 20e-t
VN = 10 - VC = 10 - 620 - 20e-t@
=- 10 + 20e-t
For op-amp to change state
VN = VP
- 10 + 20e-t =- 1
u = ^Vipeak - VD h - ^Vipeak - VD h;1 - T E
RC 20e-t = 9
Peak to peak Amplitude of ripple - t = ln ; 9 E
20
V - VD
u = ipeak $T " t = 0.798 sec
RC
If the load is represented by a constant current source
S18 Correct answer is 413.79.
Vipeak - VD
= I0
R V0 = ; A E7Vios + VinputA
1 + Ab
1A. ^1mh
u = I0 $ T = = 2.1 V
C 475 m7 V0 = 100 625 mV + 5 mV@
1 + 100 615 k1+k 1 k @
V0 = g r || 1 || r || r
m1 ; 01 b gm2 02 l 03E
Vin
Here both zener diodes are in RB
VBZ1 = 80 V S22 Correct answer is 57.8745 kHz.
VBZ2 = 70 V
D1 have list saturation current
When we will vary the voltage above 80 V
D1 get breaks down and will replaced by 80 V and through
it ‘3’ current can flow through it. But because of D2
we will take minimum current i.e. net current equals to
reverse saturation current of D2 as we know
CM1 = 50 PF 61 - AV @
AV =- gm RD =- 0.01 # 1
AV =- 10
CM1 = 50PF 61 + 10@
= 0.55 # 10-9 F = 0.55 nF
fp = 1
The diode have least saturation will break down first and 2pRi CM1
it will replaced by its break down voltage and the net fp = 1
current equal upto other diode reverse saturation current. 2p # 5K # 0.55 # 10-9
= 57.8745 kHz
S20 Correct answer is -1.
S23 Correct option is (C).
Vx = 1 + 1 = 1 + 106 + s + 106
Vin 10-6 s s s
V0 = < - 110 F $ Vx = V0 = - s 6 For positive half A1 , we have
1+ s
6
Vx s + 10
V0 = V0 $ Vx = : - s 6 D:s + 106 D
Vin Vx Vin s + 10 s
=- 1
V0 =- 1
Vin
S21 Correct option is (C). So, Vout =- Vin
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 216 Analog Circuits Chapter 6
For negative half A2 , both diode will be OFF. So, or 500 mV =-^- 5hb R1 l + 5 b R1 l
Vout = 0 20k 20k
Hence, the output is obtained as or 500 mV = R1
2k
So, R1 = 500 # 10-3 # 2 # 103
= 1000 W = 1k
VA =5 V V+ = c 1 k m 1V
1k+1k
So, VA < VZ
Hence, diode remain open and V+ = 0.5 V
VA = 5 V = V0 V+ = V- = 0.5 V
5 - 0.5 = 0.5 - V0A
S25 Correct answer is 1. 1k 1k
We have the graph for threshold values as 4.5 = 0.5 - V0A
V0A =- 4 V
When SW is at position B
E1 E2 E3 V0
0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0
0 1 0 0 By virtual ground property, we write
0 1 1 0 V- = Vout b R2 l = V+
R1 + R 2
1 0 0 0 V+ V V - Vout
or + ++ + =0
_ jw2C i R 2R + 1
1
1 0 1 0 jw C
1 1 0 0
jw C V jw C
V+ c jw2C + 1 +
R 2jwCR + 1 m 2jwCR + 1
1 1 1 1 or = out
or I2 = 4 mA = Is eV /hV
2 T S35 Correct answer is - 1.
Again, I1 = 80 mA = Is eV /hV BE T
= Is eV /hV
BE T
= Is eV /hV
1 T
So, I1 = eVh-VV
1 2
I2
T
IC = 200.4mA 1 mA/V2
So, ID1 = (Vus - VTN ) 2
Current through RL is 2
IL = Vout = 200 mA =
1 mA/V2
(2 - 1) 2 = 1 mA (1)
RL 2 2
So, ^VCE hmax = Vin - V0 = 24 - 10 = 14 V ID = 0.5 mA
Power = ^14 Vh # ^200.4 mAh
1
Hence, Now, for M2
= 2.8056 watts VDS = VGS - VTN will hold
2 2
Since, VG = VD
S37 Correct answer is 0.6. So, it will always be in saturation. Therefore
Given circuit is
ID = 1 (k) (VGS - VTN ) 2
2
2
Now, ID = ID (current in series connected components)
1 2
Here, we have
2k = 3k
4k 6k
So, bridge is balanced, and hence, no current will flow
through diode. The equivalent circuit is shown below.
Given V0 =- 12
Vin
Vin - 0 = 0 - VA
10 k 10 k
At node A
VA - 0 + VA + VA - V0 = 0 (1)
10 k R 10 k
Vin =- VA
Current through 4 kW resistor is or VA =- Vin (2)
= c 9 k m 1 mA Substituting equation (2) in (1), we have
6k+9k - Vin - Vin + - Vin - V0 = 0 and V =- 12V
0 in
10 k R 10 k
= 9 k # 1 mA = 3 mA
15 k 5 - Vin - Vin + (- Vin + 12Vin) = 0
= 0.6 mA. 10 k R 10 k
Solving above equation, we get
S38 Correct answer is 12. R = 1k
For the given op-amp,
V+ > V- S41 Correct answer is 5.
So, Vout = Vsaturation = 12 Volts In positive half-cycle ^D1 = ON, D2 = OFFh, we have
Vab = 6p sin wt = 2p sin wt
S39 Correct answer is 3. 3
For M1 to be in saturation, Again, in Negative half-cycle ^D1 = OFF, D2 = ONh, we
VDS > VGS - VTN
1 1 have
VD > 2 - 1
1
Vab = 6p sin wt = 3p sin wt
VD > 1
1
2
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 220 Analog Circuits Chapter 6
and V1 = 10 - b 10 - 0.3 l # 1
1.02
= 10 - 9.7 = 0.49
1.02
Given the forward voltage drops for the two diodes as
VD1 = 0.7 V So, we get V1 < VD1
VD2 = 0.3 V i.e. diode D1 remains OFF, and hence the assumption is
Now, we consider the following cases : correct.
Case I : D1 and D2 both are OFF. Thus, diode D1 is OFF and D2 is ON.
For this case, the equivalent circuit is Alternate Method
Alternatively, we can solve the problem by considering the
current through two diodes. Here, the correct case is only
considered.
Case : Diode D1 is OFF, D2 is ON. For this case. The
equivalent circuit is
R2 = 1
5 # 103 # 2p # 10-8
S46 Correct option is (B).
Given the feedback topology in the amplifier circuit,
or RC = 5 # 2 = 1.07 k
9.3
S51 Correct answer is 0.1 .
So, we obtain Given half-wave rectifier circuit is
v out = Av2 vi2 RL
Ro2 + RL
= 1K 5 50 v
200 + 1K # # 6 in
Hence, vo = 1 5 50 = 34.722
v in 1.2 # # 6
S49 Correct option is (A).
We have the model for transconductance amplifier as This is a peak-detector, and the average value of diode
current is given by
iD = VP = 10 = 0.1
R 100
S52 Correct option is (B).
If the emitter resistance is not bypassed, it will result in a
negative feedback, as shown in figure below.
or ib = 9.3 mA
100
Now, we have to determine the range of input voltage Vi
So, ic = bib
for which the output voltage is
Vo = Vi
= 50 # 9.3 = 9.3 mA
100 2
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 6 Analog Circuits Page 223
This condition is met when both diodes are reverse biased. Thus, the given op-amp circuit represents monostable
For diode D1 to be reverse biased, multivibrator.
Vi - ^- 1h > - 0.7
Vi + 1 > - 0.7 S55 Correct option is (B).
Vi > - 1.7 We have the sample and hold circuit as shown below.
Again, for diode D2 to be reverse biased,
Vi - 2 < 0.7
Vi < 2.7
Thus, combining the two results, we get the range of
input voltage as
- 1.7 < Vi < 2.7
C2 will get charged by - 2 V , and hence Since, the op-amp is ideal, so the voltage at positive and
Vx =- 2 V negative terminals are same; i.e.
Since Vx is negative, Vo will be at + Vsat i.e. + 12 V. Vo will V + = V - = 4.7 V
remain at Vsat due to C1 , Vy = 0 . Applying kirchoff’s law at node V - , we get
Again, if the input voltage Vi is nonzero, it will cause Vx to Vo - V - = V -
1 kW R
raise above 0 V. Hence Vo will make a transistor to - Vsat ,
9 - 4.7 = 4.7
and will again come back to + Vsat . The output waveform 1 kW R
is shown below.
R = 4.7 # 103 W
4.3
= 1.093 # 103 W = 1093 W
2.18 # 10
VT 25 mV
=- 232.36 :since, re = ICS = 2.18 mA D
The thevenin equivalent at input terminal is obtained as
S59 Correct option is (C).
VTh = 12 # R2
R1 + R 2 Given the diode circuit,
= 12 # 11 = 3 V
33 + 11
RTh = 33 # 11 = 33 kW
33 + 11 4
So, the equivalent dc circuit can be redrawn as
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 6 Analog Circuits Page 225
Vin = 0.8 V
ID = 0.5 mA
So, we may deduce that VDS = VGS = 1.6 V or VGS > VTh ,
VDS > VGS - VTh
Therefore, the MOSFET is in saturation, and hence we
write the drain current equation as
Io = 1 m n COX W (VGS - VTh) 2
2 L
& 0.5 m = 1 m n COX W (1.6 - 0.8) 2 ....(i)
and the input voltage is Vi = 5 sin (wt) 2 L
So, we may sketch the waveform of input voltage as Now, the drain voltage changes to
VD = 2 V
So, VDS = VGS = 2 V
Therefore, the current equation becomes
ID = 1 m n COX W (VGS - VTh) 2
2 L
& ID = 1 m n COX W (2 - 0.8) 2 ...(ii)
2 L
Dividing equation (2) by equation (1), we get
2
ID = (2 - 0.8)
Therefore, the maximum and minimum input voltage is 0.5 m (1.6 - 0.8) 2
Vi, max = 5 V (1.2) 2
Vi, min =- 5 V & ID = 0.5 m = 1.125 mA
(0.8) 2
For the maximum voltage, Vi, max = 5 V
The diode is forward biased (Von = 0.7 V). Hence, The S61 Correct answer is 0.9.
maximum output voltage corresponding to maximum We have the MOSFET circuit as shown below.
input voltage is given as
vi, max - vo, max v - 0.7 - 2
= i, max
R1 R1 + R 2
v v - 2.7
vo,max = R1 ; i, max - i, max
R1 + R 2 E
&
R1
5 5 - 2. 7
= 1 : 1 - 1 + 1 D = 5 - 2. 3
3
= 3.85 V
For minimum input voltage, (vi, min =- 5 V), the diode
is reverse biased; i.e. OFF. So, no current flows through
the resistance. Hence, the minimum output voltage
corresponding to minimum input is vo =- 5 V .
From the circuit, we have
S60 Correct option is (C). VG2 = 0
We have the MOS transistor circuit as shown below and VG1 = VDD R2 = 12 # 10
R1 + R 2 10 + 10
=6V
So, both the p-MOS and n -MOS are in saturation region.
Also, we have the drain current, ID1 = ID2 = ID
So, we obtain the drain current as
Io2 = 1 m n COX W (VG2 - VT ) 2
2 L
= 0.1 # [0 - (- 5) - 2] 2
= 0.1 # 9 = 0.9 mA
The gate and drain terminals are common, So we have or ID = 0.9 mA
VGS = VDS
Also, we have S62 Correct option (B).
VD = 1.6 V We have the BJT circuit as
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 226 Analog Circuits Chapter 6
2
or V out = 2 - Vout S66 Correct answer is 0.5.
2
or V out + Vout - 2 = 0 Given R antenna = 50 W
or ^ out + 2h^Vout - 1h = 0
V For C-B, the bre model is shown below.
or Vout = 1, - 2
Vout cannot be negative, hence
Vout = 1
Substituting it in equation (2), we obtain the input voltage
as
Vin = Vout + VTh = 1 + 0.5 = 1.5
Here, we have
re = VT (1)
Ic
Since ro very high, so the parallel combination is
RE || ro = RE
Therefore, the circuit becomes as
40 mA $ 5 For the given circuit, we can make the truth table as below
RL X Y Z
40 # 10-3 $ 5 0 0 0
RL
0 1 1
1 # RL 1 0 0
40 # 10-3 5
1 1 0
5 # RL
40 # 10-3 Logic 0 means voltage is v = 0 volt and logic 1 means
or, 125 W # RL voltage is 5 volt
Therefore, minimum value of RL = 125 W For x = 0 , y = 0 , Transistor is at cut off mode and diode
Now, we know that power rating of Zener diode is given is forward biased. Since, there is no drop across forward
by biased diode.
PR = VZ IZ^maxh So, Z =Y=0
IZ^maxh is maximum current through zener diode in reverse For x = 0 , y = 1, Again Transistor is in cutoff mode, and
bias. Maximum currrent through zener diode flows when diode is forward biased. with no current flowing through
load current is zero. i.e.,
resistor.
IZ^maxh = Is = 10 - 5 = 0.05 So, Z =Y=1
100
Therefore, PR = 5 # 0.05 W = 250 mW For x = 1, y = 0 , Transistor is in saturation mode and so,
z directly connected to ground irrespective of any value
S72 Option (C) is correct. of Y .
i.e., Z = 0 (ground)
Similarly for X = Y = 1
Z = 0 (ground)
Hence, from the obtained truth table, we get
Z =XY
shown.
or, ^ h^ h
3R2 - 0.7 - 10-3 500 = 0
R1 + R 2
3R2 The peak rectifier adds + 1 V to peak voltage, so overall
or, = 0.7 + 0.5
60 kW + R2 peak voltage lowers down by - 1 volt.
or, 3R2 = ^60 kWh^1.2h + 1.2R2 So, vo = cos wt - 1
Vac = Vi # e
4 (r) + 9900 o
Thus Applying KCL at base we have
1 - IE = IB + IB
= 100 mV cos (wt) 0.01
1 2
1 - (b 1 + 1) IB = IB + IB
= 1 cos (wt) mV
1 1 2
I
1 = (700 + 1 + 1) B + IB
2
2 2
Input impedance Ri = RB || r p
Voltage gain AV = gm RC
Now, if CE is disconnected, resistance RE appears in the
circuit
So, 0 - Vi + 0 - Vo = 0
R1 R2
or Vo =- R2
Vi R1
R in = vs = Rs + Rs || rs or Vo =- Vi - 5
is
= (1000 W) + (93 kW || 259 W) = 1258 W At Vi =- 5 V, Vo = 0
At Vi =- 10 V, Vo = 5 V
S93 Option (B) is correct.
S95 Option (A) is correct.
Cut-off frequency due to C2
1 Let diode be OFF. In this case 1 A current will flow in
fo =
2p (RC + RL) C2 resistor and voltage across resistor will be V = 1.V
= 1 = 271 Hz Diode is off, it must be in reverse biased, therefore
2# 3.14 #1250 # 4.7 #10-6 Vi - 1 > 0 " Vi > 1
Lower cut-off frequency Thus for Vi > 1 diode is off and V = 1V
f
fL . o = 271 = 27.1 Hz Option (B) and (C) doesn’t satisfy this condition.
10 10
Let Vi < 1. In this case diode will be on and voltage across
diode will be zero and V = Vi
S94 Option (B) is correct.
Thus V = min (Vi, 1)
The circuit is as shown below
S96 Option (A) is correct.
The R2 decide only the frequency.
Here RC = 3 W and hie = 3 kW The circuit is using ideal OPAMP. The non inverting
Thus V0 . - 150 # 3k Vi terminal of OPAMP is at ground, thus inverting terminal
3k
is also at virtual ground.
.- 150 (A cos 20t + B sin 106 t) Thus we can write
Since coupling capacitor is large so low frequency signal vi = -Rv
will be filtered out, and best approximation is R1 + sL 2
sR C + 1
V0 .- 150B sin 106 t
2 2
or v0 =- R2
vi (R1 + sL)( sR2 C2 + 1)
S101 Option (C) is correct.
For the positive half of Vi , the diode D1 is forward bias, D2 and from this equation it may be easily seen that this is
the standard form of T.F. of low pass filter
is reverse bias and the zener diode is in breakdown state K
because Vi > 6.8 . H (s) =
(R1 + sL)( sR2 C2 + 1)
Thus output voltage is and form this equation it may be easily seen that this is
V0 = 0.7 + 6.8 = 7.5 V the standard form of T.F. of low pass filter
For the negative half of Vi, D2 is forward bias thus
H (s) = 2 K
Then V0 =- 0.7 V as + bs + b
Now VT = 25 mV and I0 = 1 mA
I = 10-6 8e 25 # 10 - 1B = 1 5
V
Thus -3
10
or V = 0.06 V
Now V0 = I # 4k + V
= 1 # 4k + 0.06 = 0.1 V
100k
The Thevenin resistance and voltage are
VTH = 10 # 9 = 3 V
S104 Option (B) is correct. 10 + 20
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 236 Analog Circuits Chapter 6
and total RTH = 10k # 20k = 6.67 kW Applying voltage division rule
10k + 20k v+ = 0.5 V
Since b is very large, therefore IB is small and can be We know that v+ = v-
ignored Thus v- = 0.5 V
Thus IE = VTH - VBE = 3 - 0.7 = 1 mA Now i = 1 - 0.5 = 0.5 mA
RE 2.3k 1k
and i = 0.5 - v0 = 0.5 mA
S108 Option (D) is correct. 2k
The small signal model is shown in fig below or v0 = 0.5 - 1 =- 0.5 V
R
or VD = VT 1n Vi
Is R
For the first condition
VD = 0 - Vo1 = VT 1n 2
Is R
For the first condition
VD = 0 - Vo1 = VT 1n 4
Is R
S110 Option (A) is correct. Subtracting above equation
In the transconductance amplifier it is desirable to have Vo1 - Vo2 = VT 1n 4 - VT 1n 2
Is R Is R
large input resistance and large output resistance.
or Vo1 - Vo2 = VT 1n 4 = VT 1n2
2
S111 Option (C) is correct.
We redraw the circuit as shown in fig. S114 Option (D) is correct.
We have Vthp = Vthp = 1 V
WP WN
and = = 40mA/V2
LP LN
From figure it may be easily seen that Vas for each
NMOS and PMOS is 2.5 V
Thus ID = K (Vas - VT ) 2
mA
= 40 2 (2.5 - 1) 2 = 90 m A
V
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 6 Analog Circuits Page 237
Now V- = V+ = 1 V
1 + sCR i
Applying voltage division rule
(V + Vi)
V+ = R1 (V0 + Vi) = o
R1 + R1 2
1 (V + Vi)
or V = o
1 + sCR i 2
or Vo =- 1 + 2
Vi 1 + sRC
Applying KVL we have
V0 = 1 - sRC VCC - RC (IC + IB) - VCE = 0 ...(1)
Vi 1 + sRC
and VCC - RB IB - VBE = 0 ...(2)
Substituting IC = bIB in (1) we have
S117 Option (C) is correct. VCC - RC (bIB + IB) - VCE = 0 ...(3)
V0 = H (s) = 1 - sRC
Vi 1 + sRC Solving (2) and (3) we get
1 - jwRC VCE = VCC - VCC - VBE ...(4)
H (jw) = 1+ RB
1 + jwRC RC (1 + b)
+H (jw) = f =- tan - 1 wRC - tan - 1 wRC Now substituting values we get
=- 2 tan - 2 wRC VCE = 12 - 12 - 0.7 = 5.95 V
Minimum value, fmin = - p (at w " 3) 1+ 53
Maximum value, fmax = 0( at w = 0) 1 + (1 + 60)
S123 Option (B) is correct.
S118 Option (D) is correct. We have b' = 110 # 60 = 66
100
In the transconductance amplifier it is desirable to have
Substituting b' = 66 with other values in (iv) in previous
large input impedance and large output impedance. solutions
VCE = 12 - 12 - 0.7 = 5.29 V
S119 Option (C) is correct. 53
1+
1 + (1 + 66)
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 238 Analog Circuits Chapter 6
T
0.7 - 1m = 49 mA
The power dissipated in transistor is e1 # 26 # 10
-3
Since the FET has high input resistance, gate current can
be neglect and we get VGS =- 2 V
Since VP < VGS < 0 , FET is operating in active region
Applying KVL we have
ID = IDSS c1 - VGS m
2
Now
VCC - RB IB - VBE - RE IE = 0 VP
orVCC - RB IB - VBE - RE (b + 1) IB = 0 Since IE = IB + bIB (- 2) 2
= 10 c1 -
(- 8) m
= 5.625 mA
or IB = VCC - VBE
RB + (b + 1) RE Now VDS = VDD - ID RD
= 20 - 0.7 = 40m A = 20 - 5.625 m # 2 k = 8.75 V
430k + (50 + 1)1 k
Now IC = bIB = 50 # 40m = 2 mA S139 Option (B) is correct.
VC = VCC - RC IC The transconductance is
= 20 - 2m # 2k = 16 V 2
gm =
VP ID IDSS
S135 Option (A) is correct.
The maximum load current will be at maximum input or, = 2 5.625mA # 10mA = 1.875 mS
8
voltage i.e.
Vmax = 30 V i.e. The gain is A =- gm (rd RD)
So, = 1.875ms # 20 K =- 3.41
Vmax - VZ = I + I 11
L Z
1k
or 30 - 5.8 = I = 0.5 m S140 Option (B) is correct.
L
1k Only one diode will be in ON conditions
or IL = 24.2 - 0.5 = 23.7 mA When lower diode is in ON condition, then
Vu = 2k Vsat = 2 10 = 8 V
S136 Option (D) is correct. 2.5k 2.5
when upper diode is in ON condition
S137 Option (B) is correct. Vu = 2k Vsat = 2 (- 10) =- 5 V
The small signal model is as shown below 2.5k 4
and at w = 0 V0 = 1 or R = 70W
Vin 12 - 5 = 500 mA
At IL = 500 mA VZ = 5 V
R
S144 Option (D) is correct. or R = 14 W
When IC >> ICO Thus taking minimum we get R = 14 W
IC
gm = = 1mA = 0.04 = 40 mA/V S148 Option (B) is correct.
VT 25mV
b 100
rp = = = 2.5 kW
gm 40 # 10-3 S149 Option (C) is correct.
The Thevenin equivalent is shown below
S145 Option (A) is correct.
The given circuit is wein bridge oscillator. The frequency
of oscillation is
2pf = 1
RC
or C = 1 = 1 = 1 m
2pRf 3
2p # 10 # 10 3 2p
IE = VT - VBE = 1 - 0.7 = 3 mA
RE 300
Now VCE = 5 - 2.2kIC - 300IE
= 5 - 2.2k # 1m - 300 # 1m = 2.5 V
40 $ 11 # 10 - 3
R
or R # 3636W Thus R # 1818W
rp
tr = 0.35
1 2
2
at C2 i 0 =- gm2 Vp fH
2
from eq (1) and (2) where fH is upper 3 dB frequency. Thus we can obtain
upper 3 dB frequency it rise time is known.
gm1 Vp + i 0 =- i 0
1
gm2 rp 2
= 4 = 0.4 mA
(10 kW) p p
***********
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 7 Digital Electronics Page 249
CHAPTER 7
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
GATE 2016 EC01 ONE MARK being the more significant select bit.
GATE 2016 EC01 TWO MARKS GATE 2016 EC02 TWO MARKS
Q7 Identify the circuit below. Q10 An 8 Kbyte ROM with an active low Chip Select
input ^CSh is to be used in an 8085 microprocessor based
system. The ROM should occupy the address range 1000
H to 2FFFH. The address lines are designed as A 15 to A 0
, where A 15 is the most significant address bit. Which one
of the following logic expressions will generate the correct
CS signal for this ROM?
(A) A 15 + A 14 + ^A 13 $ A 12 + A 13 $ A 12h
(B) A 15 $ A 14 $ ^A 13 + A 12h
(C) A 15 + A 14 $ ^A 13 $ A 12 + A 13 $ A 12h
(D) A 15 + A 14 + A 13 $ A 12
(A) Binary to Gray code converter Q11 In an N bit flash ADC , the analog voltage is fed
(B) Binary to XS3 converter simultaneously to 2N - 1 comparators. The output of the
(C) Gray to Binary converter comparators is then encoded to a binary format using
(D) XS3 Binary converter digital circuits. Assume that the analog voltage source Vin
(whose output is being converted to digital format) has a
source resistance of 75W as shown in the circuit diagram
Q8 The functionality implemented by the circuit below below and the input capacitance of each comparator is 8
is pF. The input must settle to an accuracy of 1/2 LSB even
for a full scale input change for proper conversion. Assume
that the time taken by the thermometer to binary encoder
is negligible.
(A) P QSX + P QS X + QR S X + QRS X Q16 A 16 Kb ( = 16, 384 bit) memory array is designed
(B) QSX + QS X as a square with an aspect ratio of one (number of rows is
(C) QSX + QS X equal to the number of columns). The minimum number
(D) QS + QS of address lines needed for the row decoder is_____.
Q14 For the circuit shown in the figure, the delay of the (A) NOR, OR (B) OR, NAND
bubbled NAND gate is 2ns and that of the counter is
(C) NAND, OR (D) AND, NAND
assumed to be zero
GATE 2015 EC01 TWO MARKS Q27 A 1-to-8 demultiplexer with data input D in , address
inputs S 0 , S1 , S2 (with S 0 as the LSB) and Y0 to Y7 as the
Q23 All the logic gates shown in the figure have a eight demultiplexed output, is to be designed using two
propagation delay of 20 ns. Let A = C = 0 and B = 1 until 2-to-4 decoders (with enable input E and address input
time t = 0 . At t = 0 , all the inputs flip (i.e., A = C = 1 A 0 and A1 ) as shown in the figure D in , S 0 , S1 and S2 are
and B = 0 ) and remain in that state. For t > 0 , output to be connected to P , Q , R, and S , but not necessarily in
this order. The respective input connections to P, Q , R
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 7 Digital Electronics Page 253
Q33 The Boolean expression Q40 The circuit shown in the figure is a
^X + Y h^X + Y h + ^XY h + X simplifies to
(A) X (B) Y
(C) XY (D) X + Y
Q48 The outputs of the two flip-flops Q1, Q2 in the figure GATE 2014 EC03 TWO MARKS
shown are initialized to 0, 0. The sequence generated at
Q1 upon application of clock signal is
Q50If WL is the Word Line and BL the Bit Line, an
SRAM cell is shown in
(A) F = WX + W X + Y Z (B) F = WX + W X + Y Z
(C) F = WX Y + W XY (D) F = ^W + X h Y Z (A) Y = ABC + AC D (B) Y = ABC + ABD
(C) Y = ABC + ACD (D) Y = A BD + ABC
Q52 If X and Y are inputs and the Difference ^D = X - Yh
and the Borrow (B) are the outputs, which one of the Q54 A 16-bit ripple carry adder is realized using 16
following diagrams implements a half-subtractor ? identical full adders (FA) as shown in the figure. The
carry-propagation delay of each FA is 12 ns and the sum-
propagation delay of each FA is 15 ns. The worst case
delay (in ns) of this 16-bit adder will be ______.
executed.
MVI A, 05H;
MVI B, 05H;
PTR: ADD B;
DCR B;
JNZ PTR;
ADI 03H;
HLT; In this circuit, the race around
At the end of program, accumulator contains (A) does not occur
(A) 17H (B) 20H (B) occur when CLK = 0
(C) 23H (D) 05H (C) occur when CLK = 1 and A = B = 1
(D) occur when CLK = 1 and A = B = 0
GATE 2013 TWO MARKS
Q60 The output Y of a 2-bit comparator is logic 1
Q58 There are four chips each of 1024 bytes connected to whenever the 2-bit input A is greater than the 2-bit input
a 16 bit address bus as shown in the figure below, RAMs B . The number of combinations for which the output is
1, 2, 3 and 4 respectively are mappped to addresses logic 1, is
(A) 4 (B) 6
(C) 8 (D) 10
(A) Y = A B + C (B) Y = (A + B) C
(C) Y = (A + B ) C (D) Y = AB + C
(A) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (B) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3
(C) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1 (D) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1
Q74 The Boolean function realized by the logic circuit GATE 2009 TWO MARKS
shown is
Q78 If X=1 in logic equation
7X + Z {Y + (Z + XY )}A{X + X (X +Y)} = 1, then
(A) Y = Z (B) Y = Z
(C) Z = 1 (D) Z = 0
(A) 11, 10, 00, 11, 10,... (B) 01, 10, 11, 00, 01...
(C) 00, 11, 01, 10, 00... (D) 01, 10, 00, 01, 10...
(A) 00H (B) 45H
(C) 67H (D) E7H Statement For Linked Answer Q 80 and 81
Two products are sold from a vending machine, which has
GATE 2009 ONE MARK two push buttons P1 and P2 .
When a buttons is pressed, the price of the corresponding
product is displayed in a 7 - segment display. If no buttons
Q76 The full form of the abbreviations TTL and CMOS
are pressed, '0' is displayed signifying ‘Rs 0’.
in reference to logic families are
If only P1 is pressed, ‘2’ is displayed, signifying ‘Rs. 2’
(A) Triple Transistor Logic and Chip Metal Oxide
If only P2 is pressed ‘5’ is displayed, signifying ‘Rs. 5’
Semiconductor
If both P1 and P2 are pressed, 'E' is displayed, signifying
(B) Tristate Transistor Logic and Chip Metal Oxide ‘Error’
Semiconductor The names of the segments in the 7 - segment display, and
(C) Transistor Transistor Logic and Complementary the glow of the display for ‘0’, ‘2’, ‘5’ and ‘E’ are shown
Metal Oxide Semiconductor below.
(D) Tristate Transistor Logic and Complementary Metal
Oxide Silicon
(A) M1 = (P OR Q) XOR R
Q83 Refer to the NAND and NOR latches shown in the
figure. The inputs (P1, P2) for both latches are first made (B) M1 = (P AND Q) X OR R
(0, 1) and then, after a few seconds, made (1, 1). The (C) M1 = (P NOR Q) X OR R
corresponding stable outputs (Q1, Q2) are (D) M1 = (P XOR Q) XOR R
(A) NAND: first (0, 1) then (0, 1) NOR: first (1, 0) then
(0, 0)
(B) NAND : first (1, 0) then (1, 0) NOR : first (1, 0) then
(1, 0)
(C) NAND : first (1, 0) then (1, 0) NOR : first (1, 0) then
(0, 0)
(D) NAND : first (1, 0) then (1, 1) NOR : first (0, 1) then
(0, 1) (A) Q goes to 1 at the CLK transition and stays at 1
(B) Q goes to 0 at the CLK transition and stays 0
GATE 2008 TWO MARKS (C) Q goes to 1 at the CLK tradition and goes to 0 when
D goes to 1
Q84 The logic function implemented by the following (D) Q goes to 0 at the CLK transition and goes to 1 when
circuit at the terminal OUT is D goes to 1
PC = 6140H PC = 6140H
(C) (D)
HL = 6140H HL = 2715H
(A) P = 1, Q = 0; P = 1, Q = 0; P = 1, Q = 0 or
P = 0, Q = 1
(A) X = ABC + ABC + ABC + ABC (B) P = 1, Q = 0; P = 0, Q = 1; or
(B) X = ABC + ABC + ABC + ABC P = 0, Q = 1; P = 0, Q = 1
(C) X = AB + BC + AC (C) P = 1, Q = 0; P = 1, Q = 1; P = 1, Q = 0 or
(D) X = AB + BC + AC P = 0, Q = 1
(D) P = 1, Q = 0; P = 1, Q = 1; P = 1, Q = 1
Q96 The Boolean expression Y = ABC D + ABCD +
+ ABC D + ABC D can be minimized to Q99 An 8255 chip is interfaced to an 8085 microprocessor
(A) Y = ABC D + ABC + AC D system as an I/O mapped I/O as show in the figure. The
(B) Y = ABC D + BCD + ABC D address lines A0 and A1 of the 8085 are used by the 8255
(C) Y = ABCD + BC D + ABC D chip to decode internally its thee ports and the Control
register. The address lines A3 to A7 as well as the IO/M
(D) Y = ABCD + BC D + ABC D signal are used for address decoding. The range of addresses
for which the 8255 chip would get selected is
Q97 The circuit diagram of a standard TTL NOT gate is
shown in the figure. Vi = 25 V, the modes of operation of
the transistors will be
(A) Q1: revere active; Q2: normal active; Q3: saturation; Q4:
cut-off
(B) Q1: revere active; Q2: saturation; Q3: saturation; Q4:
cut-off
(C) Q1: normal active; Q2: cut-off; Q3: cut-off; Q4: saturation
(D) Q1: saturation; Q2: saturation; Q3: saturation; Q4:
normal active
Statement For Linked Answer Q 101 and 102 GATE 2006 TWO MARKS
Q103 After execution of line 7 of the program, the status (A) output 7 (B) output 5
of the CY and Z flags will be (C) output 2 (D) output 0
(A) CY = 0, Z = 0 (B) CY = 0, Z = 1
(C) CY = 1, Z = 0 (D) CY = 1, Z = 1 Q107 For the circuit shown in figures below, two 4 - bit
parallel - in serial - out shift registers loaded with the data
Q104 For the circuit shown, the counter state (Q1 Q0) shown are used to feed the data to a full adder. Initially,
follows the sequence all the flip - flops are in clear state. After applying two
clock pulse, the output of the full-adder should be
(A) 00, 01, 10, 11, 00 (B) 00, 01, 10, 00, 01
(C) 00, 01, 11, 00, 01 (D) 00, 10, 11, 00, 10 (A) S = 0, C0 = 0 (B) S = 0, C0 = 1
(C) S = 1, C0 = 0 (D) S = 1, C0 = 1
GATE 2006 ONE MARK
Q108 A new Binary Coded Pentary (BCP) number
Q105 The number of product terms in the minimized system is proposed in which every digit of a base-5 number
sum-of-product expression obtained through the following is represented by its corresponding 3-bit binary code. For
K - map is (where, "d" denotes don’t care states) example, the base-5 number 24 will be represented by its
BCP code 010100. In this numbering system, the BCP
code 10001001101 corresponds of the following number is
base-5 system
(A) 423 (B) 1324
(C) 2201 (D) 4231
big UP counter, as shown in the following figure. Which of The output f will be
the following waveforms will be observed at V0 ?
In the figure shown above, the ground has been shown by GATE 2005 ONE MARK
the symbol 4
Q113 Decimal 43 in Hexadecimal and BCD number
system is respectively
(A) B2, 0100 011 (B) 2B, 0100 0011
(C) 2B, 0011 0100 (D) B2, 0100 0100
Q118 The given figure shows a ripple counter using Q121 If in addition following code exists from 019H
positive edge triggered flip-flops. If the present state of the onwards,
counter is Q2 Q1 Q0 = 001 then is next state Q2 Q1 Q will be ORI 40 H
ADD M
What will be the result in the accumulator after the last
instruction is executed ?
(A) 40 H (B) 20 H
(C) 60 H (D) 42 H
Q155 The circuit in the figure has two CMOS NOR gates.
This circuit functions as a: (A) indeterminate (B) A 5 B
(C) A 5 B (D) C (A 5 B ) + C (A 5 B)
(A) flip-flop
(B) Schmitt trigger
(C) Monostable multivibrator
(D) astable multivibrator
Q161 In the DRAM cell in the figure, the Vt of the (C) 1,1,1 (D) 0,1,1
NMOSFET is 1 V. For the following three combinations
of WL and BL voltages.
Q166 The number of hardware interrupts (which require
an external signal to interrupt) present in an 8085
microprocessor are
(A) 1 (B) 4
(C) 5 (D) 13
(A) S - R Flip-Flop with inputs X = R and Y = S Q177 The minimized form of the logical expression
(B) S - R Flip-Flop with inputs X = S and Y = R (ABC + ABC + ABC + ABC ) is
(C) J - K Flip-Flop with inputs X = J and Y = K (A) AC + BC + AB (B) AC + BC + AB
(D) J - K Flip-Flop with input X = K and Y = J (C) AC + BC + AB (D) AC + BC + AB
Q173 The logical expression y = A + AB is equivalent to Q180 The ripple counter shown in the given figure is
(A) y = AB (B) y = AB works as a
(C) y = A + B (D) y = A + B
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 7 Digital Electronics Page 275
(A) 1 (B) 2 Q196 In standard TTL, the ‘totem pole’ stage refers to
(A) the multi-emitter input stage
(C) 3 (D) 4
(B) the phase splitter
(C) the output buffer
Q192 The current I through resistance r in the circuit
shown in the figure is (D) open collector output stage
The peripheral will correspond to I/O address in the range GATE 1997 TWO MARKS
(A) 60 H to 63 H (B) A4 to A 7H
(C) 30 H to 33 H (D) 70 H to 73 H Q203 For the NMOS logic gate shown in the figure is the
logic function implemented is
Q201 The following instructions have been executed by
an 8085 mP
ADDRESS (HEX) INSTRUCTION
6010 LXI H, 8 A 79 H
6013 MOV A, L
6015 ADDH
6016 DAA
6017 MOV H, A
6018 PCHL
From which address will the next instruction be fetched ? (A) ABCDE (B) (AB + C ) : (D + E )
(A) 6019 (B) 6379 (C) A : (B + C) + D : E (D) (A + B ) : C + D : E
(C) 6979 (D) None of the above
Q204 In a J–K flip-flop we have J = Q and K = 1
Q202 A signed integer has been stored in a byte using the . Assuming the flip flop was initially cleared and then
2’s complement format. We wish to store the same integer clocked for 6 pulses, the sequence at the Q output will be
in a 16 bit word. We should
(A) copy the original byte to the less significant byte of
the word and fill the more significant with zeros
(B) copy the original byte to the more significant byte of
the word and fill the less significant byte with zeros
(C) copy the original byte to the less significant byte of
the word and make each fit of the more significant
byte equal to the most significant bit of the original
(A) 010000 (B) 011001
byte
(C) 010010 (D) 010101
(D) copy the original byte to the less significant byte as
well as the more significant byte of the word
Q205 The gate delay of an NMOS inverter is dominated
Get More Study by charge time rather than discharge time because
(A) the driver transistor has larger threshold voltage than
the load transistor
Material by (B) the driver transistor has larger leakage currents
compared to the load transistor
Whatsapp. Send Your (C) the load transistor has a smaller W/L ratio compared
to the driver transistor
(A) to reduce propagation delay discharge current of 1 pA, the storage capacitance of the
(B) to increase noise margins cell is
(C) to increase packing density (A) 4 # 10-6 F (B) 4 # 10-9 F
(D) to increase fan-out (C) 4 # 10-12 F (D) 4 # 10-15 F
Q209 A 12-bit ADC is operating with a 1 m sec clock Q213 A memory system of size 26 K bytes is required to
period and the total conversion time is seen to be 14 m sec be designed using memory chips which have 12 address
. The ADC must be of the lines and 4 data lines each. The number of such chips
(A) flash type required to design the memory system is
(B) counting type (A) 2 (B) 4
(C) intergrating type (C) 8 (D) 13
(D) successive approximation type
Q214 The following sequence of instructions are executed
Q210 The total number of memory accesses involved by an 8085 microprocessor:
(inclusive of the op-code fetch) when an 8085 processor 1000 LXI SP, 27 FF
executes the instruction LDA 2003 is 1003 CALL 1006
(A) 1 (B) 2 1006 POP H
The contents of the stack pointer (SP) and the HL, register
(C) 3 (D) 4
pair on completion of execution of these instruction are
(A) SP = 27 FF, HL = 1003
GATE 1996 TWO MARKS (B) SP = 27 FD, HL = 1003
(C) SP = 27 FF, HL = 1006
Q211 A dynamic RAM cell which hold 5 V has to be (D) SP = 27 FD, HL = 1006
refreshed every 20 m sec, so that the stored voltage does
not fall by more than 0.5 V. If the cell has a constant
***********
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 7 Digital Electronics Page 279
SOLUTIONS
S1 Correct option is (C). 1 1 1
Y = ABC 5 AB 5 BC = AB (C 5 1) 5 BC
= ABC 5 BC = B (AC 5 C )
= B 8ACC + AC .C B S6 Correct option is (A).
= B 6^A + C h C + AC @ = B 6AC + C + AC @ Minimum number of NAND gates required for 2-input
= B 6C + AC @ = B [C + A] " Y = B (A + C) EX-OR gate=4
A B Y Hence it is a “4 to 1 multiplexer”.
0 0 0
S9 Correct option is (C).
0 1 0 Push takes 12T states due to pre decrement and pop takes
1 0 0 10T states.
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 280 Digital Electronics Chapter 7
fs , max = 1 = 1 Hz
Tsmin 0.15 # 10-6
. 6 Megasamples S18 Correct option is (A).
We need Y = AB + C D
S12 Correct option is (B). As Y is sum of two literals, so G2 should be OR gate.
It is a 5-variable K-map Again, to get AB literal G2 should be NOR-gate, i.e.
= Q S X + QS X
= A+B
= AB
S13 Correct answer is 6
T = 0 " NOR " MUXI " MUX2
2ns 1.5ns 1.5ns S19 Correct option is (D).
` Delay = 2 + 1.5 + 1.5 = 5ns SBI BE (H)
T = 1 " NOT " MUXI " NOR " MUX2 This instruction subtract the immediate data from
1ns 1.5ns 2ns 1.5ns
accumulator and store the result in accumulator. So,
` Delay = 1 + 1.5 + 2 + 1.5 = 6ns
accumulator is affected.
` Maximum delay = 6 n sec
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 7 Digital Electronics Page 281
At t = 0- , A = C = 0, B = 1
Z = AB 5 C
Z = 050
Z =0
At t = 3, A = C = 1, B = 0
Z = AB 5 C
Z = 151
Z =0
So, we obtain the output pulses as
S21
Correct option is (C).
We check the given options.
The codes given in option (C), executes the following
instructions
MVI A 00H (loading the accumulator with OOH)
LOOP ADD C (adding the contents of C to
accumulator and store it to accumulator)
DCR B (Decrementing the content of registers B)
JNZ LOOP
HLT
Hence, decreasing the number in B as many time as
adding the another number C will result in product of two
numbers till value in registers B is zero.
and R =C
M ^P, Q, Rh = PQ + QR + RP
So, = M ^b c + b a + a c, ab + bc + ca, c h
= ^b c + b a + a c h^ab + bc + ca h
+^ab + bc + ca h c + c ^b c + b a + a c h
= b ca + abc + abc + b ac
We obtain truth table for the function as
a b c M
0 0 0 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
1 0 0 1
Hence, it is modulo 5 counter.
1 0 1 0
1 1 0 0 S27 Correct option is (D).
1 1 1 1 We need to implement 1:8 DEMUX
So, F = Sm ^2, 4, 6, 7h
S R Q
0 0 hold
0 1 reset
1 0 Set
1 1 Not Defined
So, the waveform at Q 3 changes its state after 2 4 = 16
clock pulses. Hence, the frequency of waveform at Q 3 is
The above truth table can be obtained from the given
given as
circuit, if we change 5 V to ground.
f
f 3 = clock
16
S31 Correct option is (C).
In general, the only universal gates are NAND and NOR = 1 MHz = 1000 kHz
16 16
gates but none of the given question is NAND/NOR gate. = 62.5 kHz
However, we must observe the given Gate 3. All the
Boolean function can be implemented by using the gate. S35 Correct option is (D).
Hence it is a universal gate. A prime implicant of a function is an implicant that can
not be reduced to a more general form.
S32 Correct option is (C). For example, we consider the K-map of variables A, B .
X Y Difference N Borrow M
0 0 0 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 1 0
1 1 0 0
= ^A + B h^A + B h = AB + AB
S38 Correct answer is 0.25 .
Maximum quantization error is given by S42 Correct option is (A).
e =T Given circuit is 3 input NAND Gate. Hence, the output is
2
Y = A$B$C = A+B+C = A+B+C
where T = VPP = 8
L 16
S43 Correct option is (A).
Hence, e = 8 = 1 = 0.25
32 4 We have the digital logic circuit as
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 7 Digital Electronics Page 285
I1 = I 3 = I 6 = D
Hence, the output logic function is
Y = ABCI1 + ABCI 3 + ABC I 6
= ABCD + ABCD + ABC D
= ACD ^B + B h + ABC
= ACD + ABC
A B Y(Bulb) From to
up(1) up(1) OFF(0) A15 0 0
Down(0) Down(0) OFF(0) A14 0 0
up(1) Down(0) ON(1) A13 0 0
Down(0) up(1) ON(1) A12 0 0
When the switches A and B are both up or both down, A11 1 1
output will be zero (i.e. Bulb will be OFF). Any of the A10 0 0
switch changes its position leads to the ON state of bulb. A9 0 1
Hence, from the truth table, we get
A8 0 1
Y = A5B
i.e., the XOR gate A7 0 1
A6 0 1
S56 Option (A) is correct. A5 0 1
The program is being executed as follows
A4 0 1
MVI A, 0.5H; A = 05H
MVI B, 0.5H; B = 05H A3 0 1
At the next instruction, a loop is being introduced in A2 0 1
which for the instruction “DCR B” if the result is zero A1 0 1
then it exits from loop so, the loop is executed five times A0 0 1
as follows :
In Hexadecimal & 0800 H to 0BFFH
Content in B Output of ADD B (Stored value at A) Similarly, for chip 2, we obtain the range as follows
05 05 + 05 E = 1 for S1 S 0 = 0 1
04 05 + 05 + 04 so, A13 = 0 and A12 = 1
and also the I/P = 1 for A10 = 0 , A11 = 1, A14 = 0 , A15 = 0
03 05 + 05 + 04 + 03
so, the fixed inputs are
02 05 + 05 + 04 + 03 + 02
01 05 + 05 + 04 + 03 + 02 + 01 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10
00 System is out of loop 0 0 0 1 1 0
From to a1 a0 b1 b0 Y
A0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
In hexadecimal it is from 1800 H to 1BFFH . There is 1 1 0 0 1
no need to obtain rest of address ranged as only (D) is
1 1 0 1 1
matching to two results.
1 1 1 0 1
S58 Option (A) is correct.
The given circuit is Total combination = 6
Y = 1, when A > B
A = a1 a 0, B = b1 b 0
a1 a0 b1 b0 Y
0 1 0 0 1
1 0 0 0 1
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 7 Digital Electronics Page 289
(PQ QR ) PR = (PQ + QR PR ) QB ^t + 1h
= PQ + QR + PR
= PQ + QR + PR
If any two or more inputs are ‘1’ then output y will be 1.
QB ^t + 1h = Q A
S64 Option (A) is correct.
For the output to be high, both inputs to AND gate should
be high.
The D-Flip Flop output is the same, after a delay.
Let initial input be 0; (Consider Option A)
st
then Q = 1 (For 1 D-Flip Flop). This is given as input
to 2nd FF. DA = Q A Q B + QA QB
Let the second input be 1. Now, considering after 1 time
interval; The output of 1st Flip Flop is 1 and 2nd FF is also
1. Thus Output = 1. S68 Option (C) is correct.
Initially Carry Flag, C = 0
S65 Option (D) is correct. MVI A, 07 H ; A = 0000 0111
F = S1 S 0 I 0 + S1 S 0 I1 + S1 S 0 I 2 + S1 S 0 I 3 RLC ; Rotate left without carry.
I0 = I3 = 0 A = 0000 1110
F = PQ + PQ = XOR (P, Q) ( S1 = P, S 0 = Q ) MVO B, A ; B = A = 0000 1110
RLC ; A = 0001 1100
S66 Option (A) is correct. RLC ; A = 0011 1000
All the states of the counter are initially unset. ADD B ; A = 0011 1000
; + 0000 1110
; 0100 0110
RRC ; Rotate Right with out carry,
A = 0010 0011
Thus A = 23 H
^2D00 - 2DFF h
+A B C D + A B C D + A B C D + ABC D
1 44 2m
4
4 3 1 44 2 m
4
4 3 1 44 2
m
44 3 S
m
5 9 8 12
F = / m (2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 12)
CLK J1 K1 Q1 J2 K2 Q2 For the NOR latche the stable states are as follows
1 1 1 0 1 1 0
2 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 0 0 1 0 1 0
4 1 1 0 1 1 0
P1 P2 a b c d e f g
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Since the lower MOSFETs are shorted to ground, node S
is 0 only when input P and Q are 1. This is the function
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
of AND gate.
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 S84 Option (B) is correct.
MSB of both number are 1, thus both are negative number.
From truth table we can write Now we get
a =1 11101101 = (- 19) 10
b = P 1 P 2 + P1 P 2 = P 2 1 NOT Gate and 11100110 = (- 26) 10
c = P1 P2 + P1 P2 = P1 1 NOT Gate P - Q = (- 19) - (- 26) = 7
d = 1 = c+e Thus 7 signed two’s complements form is
and c = P1 P2 = P1 + P2 1 OR GATE (7) 10 = 00000111
f = P1 P2 = P1 + P2 1 OR GATE
g = P1 P2 = P1 + P2 1 OR GATE S85 Option (D) is correct.
Thus we have g = P1 + P2 and d = 1 = c + e . It may be The circuit is as shown below
observed easily from figure that
Led g does not glow only when both P1 and P2 are 0. Thus
g = P1 + P2
LED d is 1 all condition and also it depends on
d = c+e
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 292 Digital Electronics Chapter 7
3
VDAC = / 2n - 1bn = 2- 1b0 + 20 b1 + 21b2 + 22 b3
n=0
or VDAC = 0.5b0 + b1 + 2b2 + 4b3
The counter outputs will increase by 1 from 0000 till
Vth > VDAC . The output of counter and VDAC is as shown
below
X = PQ
Y = (P + Q) Clock b3 b3 b2 b0 VDAC
So Z = PQ (P + Q) 1 0001 0
= (P + Q )( P + Q)
= PQ + PQ = P 5 Q 2 0010 0.5
and M1 = Z 5 R = (P 5 Q) 5 R 3 0011 1
4 0100 1.5
S86 Option (A) is correct.
5 0101 2
The circuit is as shown below
6 0110 2.5
7 0111 3
8 1000 3.5
9 1001 4
10 1010 4.5
11 1011 5
12 1100 5.5
The truth table is shown below. When CLK make 13 1101 6
transition Q goes to 1 and when D goes to 1, Q goes to 0 14 1110 6.5
S87 Option (B) is correct. and when VADC = 6.5 V (at 1101), the output of AND is
Since the input to both JK flip-flop is 11, the output will zero and the counter stops. The stable output of LED
change every time with clock pulse. The input to clock is display is 13.
Z = PQ + PQS + QRS
2714H PCHL ; Copy the contents 6140H of HL in PC Chip 8255 will be selected if bits A3 to A7 are 1. Bit A0 to
Thus after execution above instruction contests of PC and A2 can be 0 or.
HL are same and that is 6140H 1. Thus address range is
11111000 F8H
S92 Option (C) is correct. 11111111 FFH
MSB of Y is 1, thus it is negative number and X is positive
number S99 Option (B) is correct.
Now we have X = 01110 = (14) 10 Since the inverting terminal is at virtual ground the
and Y = 11001 = (- 7) 10 resistor network can be reduced as follows
X + Y = (14) + (- 7) = 7
In signed two’s complements from 7 is
(7) 10 = 000111
Y = AB + AB
and X = YC + YC
= (AB + AB ) C + (AB + AB ) C
= (AB + AB) C + (AB + AB ) C
The current from voltage source is
= ABC + ABC + ABC + ABC
I = VR = 10 = 1 mA
R 10k
S95 Option (D) is correct.
This current will be divide as shown below
Y = ABCD + ABCD + ABC D + ABC D
= ABCD + ABC D + ABC D + ABC D
= ABCD + ABC D + BC D (A + A)
= ABCD + ABC D + BC D A+A = 1
g
2
16 43 Characteristic equation for a jk flip-flop is written as
Qn + 1 = JQ n + K Qn
32 Where Qn is the present output
11 Qn + 1 is next output
11 in decimal is equivalent is B in hexamal. So, Qn + 1 = 10 + K : 0 Qn = 0
Thus 4310 * 2B16 Qn + 1 = 1
Now 410 * 01002
S117 Option (C) is correct.
310 * 00112
Thus 4310 * 01000011BCD Since T2 T1 T0 is at 111, at every clock Q2 Q1 Q0 will be
changes. Ir present state is 011, the next state will be 100.
S113 Option (A) is correct.
S118 Option (D) is correct.
The diagram is as shown in fig
S119 Option (C) is correct.
0100H LXI SP, 00FF ; Load SP with 00FFG
0103H LXI H, 0701 ; Load HL with 0107H
0106H MVI A, 20H ; Move A with 20 H
0108 H SUB M ; Subtract the contents of memory
; location whose address is stored
in HL
f' = BC + BC ; from the A and store in A
f = f' A + f ' 0 0109H ORI 40H ; 40H OR [A] and store in A
= f'A = ABC + ABC
010BH ADD M ; Add the contents of memory
S114 Option (C) is correct. location
The circuit is as shown below ; whose address is stored in HL
to A
; and store in A
HL contains 0107H and contents of 0107H is 20H
Thus after execution of SUB the data of A is 20H - 20H
= 00
Get More Study Material by Whatsapp. Send Your College
Pin Code, Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 296 Digital Electronics Chapter 7
S120 Option (C) is correct. Thus 2’s complement of 11001, 1001 and 111001 is 7.
Before ORI instruction the contents of A is 00H. On So the number given in the question are 2’s complement
execution the ORI 40H the contents of A will be 40H correspond to -7.
00H = 00000000
40H = 01000000 S127 Option (C) is correct.
ORI 01000000 In the modulo - 6 ripple counter at the end of sixth pulse
After ADD instruction the contents of memory location (i.e. after 101 or at 110) all states must be cleared. Thus
whose address is stored in HL will be added to and will when CB is 11 the all states must be cleared. The input
be stored in A to 2-input gate is C and B and the desired output should
40H + 20 H = 60 H be low since the CLEAR is active low
Thus when C and B are 0, 0, then output must be 0. In all
S121 Option (C) is correct. other case the output must be 1. OR gate can implement
A master slave D-flip flop is shown in the figure. this functions.
This multiplication is identical to AND operation and S201 Option (C) is correct.
then addition.
S202 Option (C) is correct.
S195 Option (C) is correct. NMOS In parallel makes OR Gate & in series makes AND
In totem pole stage output resistance will be small so it so here we can have
acts like a output buffer. F = A (B + C) + DE
we took complement because there is another NMOS
given above (works as an inverter)
S196 Option (B) is correct.
Consider high output state
S203 Option (D) is correct.
fan out = IOH max = 400 mA = 20 For a J -K flip flop we have characteristic equation as
IIH max 20 mA
Q (t + 1) = JQ (t) + KQ (t)
Consider low output state
Q (t) & Q (t + 1) are present & next states.
fan out = IOL max = 8 mA = 80 In given figure J = Q (t), K = 1 so
IIL max 0.1 mA
Thus fan out is 20 Q (t + 1) = Q (t) Q (t) + 0Q (t)
Q (t + 1) = Q (t)
S197 Option (A) is correct. [complement of previous state]
we have initial input Q (t) = 0
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 7 Digital Electronics Page 303
***********
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 304 Control Systems Chapter 8
CHAPTER 8
CONTROL SYSTEMS
GATE 2016 EC01 ONE MARK GATE 2016 EC03 ONE MARK
Q1 Match the inferences X , Y and Z , about a system, Q5 The block diagram of a feedback control system is
to the corresponding properties of the elements of first shown in the figure. The overall closed-loop gain G of the
column in Routh’s Table of the system characteristic system is
equation.
X : The system is stable ...
Y : The system is unstable ...
Z : The test breaks down ....
P : ... When all elements are positive
Q : .... When any one element is zero
R : .... When there is a change in sign of coefficients
(A) X " P , Y " Q , Z " R (A) G = G1 G 2
1 + G1 H1
(B) X " Q , Y " P , Z " R
(B) G = G1 G 2
(C) X " R , Y " Q , Z " P 1 + G 1 G 2 + G 1 H1
(D) X " P , Y " R , Z " Q
(C) G = G1 G 2
1 + G 1 G 2 H1
Q2 A closed-loop control system is stable if the Nyquist G1 G 2
(D) G =
plot of the corresponding open loop transfer function 1 + G 1 G 2 + G 1 G 2 H1
(A) encircles the s -plane point (- 1 + j0) in the
counterclockwise direction as many times as the Q6 For the unity feedback control system shown in the
number of right-half s -plane poles. figure, the open-loop transfer function G ^s h is given as
(B) encircles the s -plane point (0 - j1) in the clockwise G ^s h = s^s 2+ 1h . The steady state error ess due to a unit step
direction as many times as the number of right-half s input is
-plane poles.
(C) encircles the s -plane point (- 1 + j0) in the
counterclockwise direction as many times as the
number of left-half s -plane poles.
(D) encircles the s -plane point (- 1 + j0) in the
counterclockwise direction as many times as the
number of right-half s -plane zeros. (A) 0 (B) 0.5
(C) 1.0 (D) 3
G (S ) = K
s (s + 2)
For the peak overshoot of the closed-loop system to a unit
step input to be 10%, the value of K is _____.
Q9 The transfer function of a linear time invariant The positive value of k for which the gain margin of the
system is given by H (s) = 2s 4 - 5s3 + 5s - 2 . The number loop is exactly 0 dB and the phase margin of the loop is
of zeros in the right half of the s-plane is _____. exactly zero degree is ______
Which one of the following statements is correct? GATE 2016 EC03 TWO MARKS
(A) Transitions from State A are ambiguously defined.
(B) Transition from State B are ambiguously defined. Q14 The first two rows in the Routh table for the
(C) Transitions from State C are ambiguously defined. characteristic equation of a certain closed-loop control
(D) All of the state transitions are defined unambiguously system are given as
10 (s + 1)
Q18 The polar plot of the transfer function G (s) = s + 10
for # w < 3 will be in the The value of fH - fL (in Hz) is...................
(A) first quadrant (B) second quadrant
(C) third quadrant (D) fourth quadrant
GATE 2015 EC01 TWO MARKS
Q19 Negative feedback in a closed-loop control system Q25 A plant transfer function is given as
DOES NOT G (s) = ^KP + s h s (s + 2) . When the plant operates in a unity
K I 1
(A) reduce the overall gain feedback configuration, the condition for the stability of
(B) reduce bandwidth the closed loop system is
(C) improve disturbance rejection (A) KP > KI > 0 (B) 2KI > KP > 0
2
(D) reduce sensitivity to parameter variation
(C) 2KI < KP (D) 2KI > KP
Q30 The output of a standard second-order system for a Q35 The forward path transfer function of a unity
unit step input is given as y (t) = 1 - 23 e-t cos _ 3t - p6 i. negative feedback system is given by
The transfer function of the system is G ^s h = K
^s + 2h^s - 1h
(A) 2 (B) 1 The value of K which will place both the poles of the
2
(s + 2) (s + 3) s + 2s + 1 closed-loop system at the same location, is ______.
(C) 3 (D) 4
Q36 Consider the feedback system shown in the figure.
s2 + 2s + 3 s 2 + 2s + 4
The Nyquist plot of G ^s h is also shown. Which one of the
following conclusions is correct ?
GATE 2015 EC03 TWO MARKS
Q39 Consider the following block diagram in the figure. Q44 The phase margin in degrees of G ^s h = ^s + 0.1h^s +1 1h^s + 10h
calculated using the asymptotic Bode plot is _____.
Q40 The input - 3e2t u ^ t h, where u ^ t h is the unit step Which one of the following compensators C ^s h achieves
function, is applied to a system with transfer function ss +- 32 this ?
. If the initial value of the output is - 2 , then the value of (A) 3 b 1 l (B) 5 b 0.03 + 1l
s+5 s
the output at steady state is _______.
(C) 2 ^s + 4h (D) 4 b s + 8 l
s+3
GATE 2014 EC04 ONE MARK
Q51 In the root locus plot shown in the figure, the pole/
zero marks and the arrows have been removed. Which one
of the following transfer functions has this root locus ?
If the system is connected in a unity negative feedback
configuration, the steady state error of the closed loop
system, to a unit ramp input, is_____.
t 1 1 0
(A) > H (B) > H
1 0 t 1
0 1 1 t
(C) > H (D) > H
1 t 0 1
X o = >- 1 0 H X + >- 1H u
(B) -1 -1 1
y = 6- 1 - 1@ X + u
Xo = >- 1 0 H X + >- 1H u
(C) -1 -1 1
y = 6- 1 - 1@ X - u
Xo = >- 1 - 1H X + >- 1H u
(D) 0 -1 1
y = 61 - 1@ X - u
The gain _20 log G ^s h i is 32 dB and - 8 dB at 1 rad/s
and 10 rad/s respectively. The phase is negative for all w Q58 The state transition matrix eAt of the system shown
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 8 Control Systems Page 311
below, the approximate value of Ka that will reduce the open loop transfer function corresponding to this plot is
time constant of the closed loop system by one hundred given by
times as compared to that of the open-loop system is
(A) 1 (B) 5
(C) 10 (D) 100
(A) 3 (B) 2/ 3
Q66 The gain margin of the system under closed loop (C) 1 (D) 3 /2
unity negative feedback is
(A) 0 dB (B) 20 dB Q70 For the asymptotic Bode magnitude plot shown
(C) 26 dB (D) 46 dB below, the system transfer function can be
Q67 The signal flow graph that DOES NOT model the
plant transfer function H (s) is
Q71 The state variable representation of the system can Q75 Consider the system
be
1 1 0 -1 1 0 dx = Ax + Bu with A = =1 0G and B = =p G
o= > H > xo = > H x +> Hu
2H
x x + u dt 0 1 q
(A) -1 0 (B) -1 0 2
where p and q are arbitrary real numbers. Which of
yo = [0 0.5] x yo = 80 0.5B x the following statements about the controllability of the
system is true ?
1 1 0 -1 1 0
xo = > H x +> Hu xo = > H x +> Hu (A) The system is completely state controllable for any
(C) -1 0 2 (D) -1 0 2
nonzero values of p and q
yo = 80.5 0.5B x yo = 80.5 0.5B x (B) Only p = 0 and q = 0 result in controllability
Q72 The transfer function of the system is (C) The system is uncontrollable for all values of p and q
(A) 2+ 1
s (B) s2- 1 (D) We cannot conclude about controllability from the
s +1 s +1 given data
(C) 2 s + 1 (D) 2 s - 1
s +s+1 s +s+1
GATE 2009 TWO MARKS
Q73 A unity negative feedback closed loop system has Q76 The feedback configuration and the pole-zero
a plant with the transfer function G (s) = s + 21s + 2 and a
2
locations of
controller Gc (s) in the feed forward path. For a unit set 2
input, the transfer function of the controller that gives G (s) = s2 - 2s + 2
s + 2s + 2
minimum steady state error is
are shown below. The root locus for negative values of k
(A) Gc (s) = s + 1 (B) Gc (s) = s + 2 , i.e. for - 3 < k < 0 , has breakaway/break-in points and
s+2 s+1
angle of departure at pole P (with respect to the positive
(s + 1) (s + 4)
(C) Gc (s) = (D) Gc (s) = 1 + 2 + 3s real axis) equal to
(s + 2) (s + 3) s
Q79 The gain and phase margins of G (s) for closed loop Q82 A signal flow graph of a system is given below
stability are
(A) 6 dB and 180c (B) 3 dB and 180c
(C) 6 dB and 90c (D) 3 dB and 90c
GATE 2006 TWO MARKS Q103 The value of a so that the system has a phase -
margin equal to p is approximately equal to
4
Q98 Consider two transfer functions G1 (s) = 2 1 (A) 2.40 (B) 1.40
s + as + b
and G2 (s) = 2 s . (C) 0.84 (D) 0.74
s + as + b
The 3-dB bandwidths of their frequency responses are,
respectively Q104 With the value of a set for a phase - margin of p
4
(A) a2 - 4b , a2 + 4b (B) a2 + 4b , a2 - 4b , the value of unit - impulse response of the open - loop
(C) a2 - 4b , a2 - 4b (D) a2 + 4b , a2 + 4b system at t = 1 second is equal to
(A) 3.40 (B) 2.40
(C) 1.84 (D) 1.74
Q99 The Nyquist plot of G (jw) H (jw)for a closed loop
control system, passes through (- 1, j0) point in the GH
plane. The gain margin of the system in dB is equal to GATE 2005 ONE MARK
(A) infinite (B) greater than zero
(C) less than zero (D) zero Q105 Which one of the following polar diagrams
corresponds to a lag network ?
Q100 The positive values of K and a so that the system
shown in the figures below oscillates at a frequency of 2
rad/sec respectively are
Statement for Linked Answer Question 103 and 104: GATE 2005 TWO MARKS
1 - (be + cf + dg)
(A) GATE 2003 ONE MARK
abcd
bedg
(B) Q126 Fig. shows the Nyquist plot of the open-loop
1 - (be + cf + dg)
transfer function G (s) H (s) of a system. If G (s) H (s) has
(C) abcd one right-hand pole, the closed-loop system is
1 - (be + cf + dg) + bedg
1 - (be + cf + dg) + bedg
(D)
abcd
-2 2
If A = =
1 - 3G
Q121 , then sin At is
(A) 6 (B) 6s
2 2
s + 29s + 6 s + 29s + 6 Q132 The gain margin and the phase margin of feedback
s (s + 2) s (s + 27) system with
(C) 2 (D) 2
s + 29s + 6 s + 29s + 6 G (s) H (s) = 8 are
(s + 100) 3
Q129 The root locus of system G (s) H (s) = K (A) dB, 0c (B) 3, 3
s (s + 2)( s + 3)
has the break-away point located at (C) 3, 0c (D) 88.5 dB, 3
(A) (- 0.5, 0) (B) (- 2.548, 0)
(C) (- 4, 0) (D) (- 0.784, 0)
Q133 The zero-input response of a system given by the
state-space equation
Q130 The approximate Bode magnitude plot of a xo1 1 0 x1 x1 (0) 1
=xo G = =1 1G=x G and =x (0)G = =0 G is
minimum phase system is shown in Fig. below. The 2 2 2
transfer function of the system is
tet et
(A) = G (B) = G
t t
et t
(C) = t G (D) = t G
te te
(1 - s) (A) 0 (B) 1
G (s) H (s) =
(1 + s)( 2 + s) (C) 2 (D) 3
(A) 0c (B) 63.4c
(C) 90c (D) 3 Q143 The equivalent of the block diagram in the figure
is given is
Q137 The transfer function Y (s)/ U (s) of system
described by the state equation xo (t) =- 2x (t) + 2u (t) and
y (t) = 0.5x (t) is
(A) 0.5 (B) 1
(s - 2) (s - 2)
(C) 0.5 (D) 1
(s + 2) (s + 2)
T (s) = a s + an
n-1 (C) 1 - (1/s) e-sT (D) 1 + (1/s) e-sT
n n-1
s + a1 s + .... + an - 1 s + an
then the steady state error for a unit ramp input is
(A) an (B) an Q163 In the Bode-plot of a unity feedback control system,
an - 1 an - 2 the value of phase of G (jw) at the gain cross over frequency
(C) an - 2 (D) zero is - 125c. The phase margin of the system is
an (A) - 125c (B) - 55c
(C) 55c (D) 125c
Q157 Consider the points s1 =- 3 + j4 and s 2 =- 3 - j2
in the s-plane. Then, for a system with the open-loop
transfer function Q164 Consider a feedback control system with loop
G (s) H (s) = K 4 transfer function
(s + 1) K (1 + 0.5s)
G (s) H (s) =
(A) s1 is on the root locus, but not s2 s (1 + s) (1 + 2s)
(B) s2 is on the root locus, but not s1 The type of the closed loop system is
(C) both s1 and s2 are on the root locus (A) zero (B) one
(D) neither s1 nor s2 is on the root locus (C) two (D) three
(A) 3 (B) 5
2
(C) 2 (D) None of the above y = 81 1B: X1 D,
X2
dy
Q170 A certain linear time invariant system has the state If X1 (0) = 1, X2 (0) =- 1, u (0) = 0, then is
dt t=0
and the output equations given below (A) 1 (B) –1
Xo1 1 - 1 X1 0
> o H = >0 1 H>X H + >1H u (C) 0 (D) None of the above
X2 2
***********
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 8 Control Systems Page 325
SOLUTIONS
S1 Correct option is (D). S4 Correct option is (A).
H ^s h = 1
N = P-Z & Type - 1 system, to the unit step input the ess = 0
For closed loop stability Z = 0 , N = P
` (- 1, j0) should be encircled in Counter clock wise S7 Correct answer is 1.25.
direction equaling P poles in RHP. Break away point dk = 0
ds
S3 Correct answer is 1. d 1
ds c s2 - 5s + 5 m
=0
Method 1:
Given Y (s) = s-2 u (s) 0 - (2s + 5) = 0
(s + 1) (s + 3) s =- 2.5 is a break away point
s-2 K Value is obtain From Magnitude Condition
Y (s) = [Given u (s) 1 ] K
s (s + 1) (s + 3) s
s2 + 5s + 5 s = 2.5 = 1
dy
L : dt D = sY (s) K
6.25 - 12.5 + 5 = 1
sY (s) = s-2
(s + 1) (s + 3) K = 1.25
dy (s - 2)
= Lt e o= 1 S8 Correct answer is 2.87.
dt t=0
s " 3 (s + 1) (s + 3)
(s - 2) M p = e- px/ 1 - x
Y (s) = e
s (s + 1) (s + 3) o
2
0.1 = e- px/ 1 - x
- px
= -2 + 3 + 5 ln (0.1) =
3s 2 (s + 1) 6 (s + 3) 1 - x2
px
y (t) = - 2 + 3 e-t - 5 e-3t 2.3 =
3 2 6 1 - x2
dy x = 0.59
(t = 0 +) = 3 (- 1) e-1 - 5 (- 3) e-3t
dt 2 6
Given G (S ) = K
= -3 + 5 = 1 s (s + 2)
2 2 CE:-
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 326 Control Systems Chapter 8
1 + G (S ) = 0
2
s + 2s + K = 0
S1 b 66 -11
6-K l= 0
2ew n = 2
2 # 0.59 # w n = 2 S0 ^6 + K h
w n = 1.69 r/ sec & K = 60 For Marginal Stable
K = w n2 = 2.87
S13 Correct answer is 1.
S9 Correct answer is 3.
From the Bode Diagram at w = 1, the phase Angle is
TF H (s) & 2s 4 - 5s3 + 5s - 2
- 135c
RH- Criteria
- 135c w = 1 =- tan-1 c w m - tan-1 c w m - tan-1 c w m
0.1 10 p1
S3 1 6
S2 11 6+K
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 8 Control Systems Page 327
9w
w = 3, G ^ jwh = lim 10j c 10 + w2
For
w"3 100 + w2 m
+ 10 c 100 + w2 m
= 10 + 0j 1st quadrant
Hence, the polar plot of transfer function is in the first
quadrant.
G ^s h = K
s ^s + 1h^s + 3h
C.L.T.F (close loop transfer function) is
G ^s h
= (for negative feedback) G ^s h
1 + G ^s h H ^s h So, CLTF = = 2 K
1 + G ^s h s + 10s + K
G ^s h
= [H ^s h = 1]
1 + G ^s h Comparing with s2 + 2xw n s + w n2 , we get
= K
s ^s + 1h^s + 3h + K x = 0.25
So, characteristic equation is wn = K
s ^s + 1h^s + 3h + K = 0 2xw n = 10
s3 + 4s2 + 3s + K = 0 x = 10 = 0.25
Now, we obtain the Routh array as 2 K
s3 1 3 10 = 1
s 2
4 K 2 K 4
s b K - 12
-4 l
1
40 = K
2
s0 K
1
Row of s to be zero for oscillatory response or for poles to 20 = K
K = 400
be on imaginary axis. So, we have
K - 12 = 0 or K = 12
-4 S21 Correct option is (B)
This is the value of gain at which root locus crosses the Division of two transfer function can’t be performed
imaginary axis. by performing cascading and/or summing/differencing
operations.
S18 Correct option is (A).
Given transfer function, S22 Correct answer is 84.28c.
10 ^s + 1h
G ^s h = 0#w#3 To find PM , we need to find gain cross over frequency w g
s + 10
At w = wg ,
10 ^ jw + 1h 10 - jw
or G ^ jwh = (Put s = jw ) G (s) = 1
10 + jw # 10 - jw 10
So, =1
10 ^10jw + 10 + w2 - jwh w g w g2 + 100
=
100 + w2 10 = w g w g2 + 100
= 10
^9jw + ^10 + w2hh Squaring both side,
100 + w2 100 = w g2 (w g2 + 100)
For w = 0 , G ^ jwh = 61 + j0@ 1st quadrant 100 = w g4 + 100w g2
4 2
w g + 100w g - 100 = 0
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 328 Control Systems Chapter 8
f H = 900 # 10 = 9000 If the point ^- 1 + j2h lies on the locus, then by the
Hence, f H - f L = 9000 - 30 = 8970 Hz magnitude criteria
G ^s h H ^s h s =- 1 + j2 = 1
S25 Correct option is (A).
K ^- 1 + j2 + 4h
Given plant transfer function, or =1
P + KI
^- 1 + j 2 + 8h^- 1 + j2 + 3h^- 1 + j2 - 3h
G ^s h = :KP + KI D; 1 E = sK
s s ^s + 1h s ^s + 1h
2
K ^3 + 2j h
or =1
^7 + j2h^2 + 2j h^- 4 + j2h
So, closed loop transfer function is
T.F. = G = 2 sKP + KI
1+G s ^s + 2h + sKP + KI or K 13 =1
53 8 20
Therefore, characteristics equation is
s2 ^s + 2h + sKP + KI = s3 + 2s2 + sKP + KI Hence, K = 25.5403
For stability, we form the Routh array.
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 8 Control Systems Page 329
S28
y ^ t h = 1 - 2 e-t cos c 3 t - p m
Correct option is (D).
Given
0 1 3 6
xo = >
0 - 1H
x;
In standard form, we define
1 y ^ t h = 1 - Ae-t/t cos ^wdt - fh
x ^0 h = > H
0 For standard equation,
y = 60 1@x t = xw n
Since, X ^s h = f ^s h X ^0 h w d = w n 1 - x2 = 3
where f ^s h is state transition matrix given by or 1 = 3 ( xw n = 1, or w n = 1/x )
f ^s h = ^sI - Ah-1 x 1 - x2
So, X ^s h = ^sI - Ah-1 # ^0 h
or 1 = 3
s - 1 -1 1 s+1 1 1
=> H > H = 1
> H> H x2 1 - x2
0 s+1 0 s ^s + 1h 0 s 0 or 1 - x2 = 3x2
s+1 1 1 s+1 or 1 = 4x2
= 1
> 0 sH>0H = 1
> 0 H
s ^s + 1h s ^s + 1h or x2 = 1
4
1
X ^s h = > H
s So, x = 0.5
0 Again, w n = 1 = 11
x 2
1
x^t h = > H =2
0
So, the characteristic equation is
1 = s2 + 2xw n s + w n2
Hence, y ^ t h = 60 1@> H = 0
0 = s2 # 2 # 1 # 2s + 4
2
S29 Correct answer is 0.12. = s2 + 2s + 4
G ^s h = 2
1
This denominator term is present only in option (D).
Ms + Bs + K
of auxiliary equation,
20
K
8s 3 + 12s = 0
y ^wh = 1 = 10-
18.5
Hence, 20
= 0.1188 Now, the Routh array is redrawn as
K
S30 Correct option is (D).
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 330 Control Systems Chapter 8
s5 1 3 -4
s4 2 6 -8 = 1 = 1 1 = 1 = 0.5
B+ K + Kb 1+1 2
s3 8 12 0 Ra
s2 3 -8 0 S34 Correct answer is 0.3.
s 1
- 9.33 0 The open loop transfer function is
K (s + 3) (10)
s0 0 G (s) H (s) =
(s + 2)
Since, there is only one sign change in the first column of At point s =- 2.75 ,
Routh array, so one pole lie in R.H.P and two poles lie G (s) H (s) = 1 (point lie on root locus)
on imaginary axis. Hence, the remaining two poles lies in K (s + 3)
L.H.P. 10 = 1
(s + 2)
1
S32 Correct option is (A). Hence, K = 0.75 b 10 l = 3 = 0.3
0.25 10
x1 = 2x1 - x2 + 3u
o
xo2 =- 4x2 - u S35 Correct answer is 2.25.
y = 3x 1 - 2 x 2 Given the forward path transfer function,
where G ^s h = K
x1 ^s + 2h^s - 1h
X = > H, U = input vector Since, we have unity negative feedback system, i.e.
x2
In matrix form, H ^s h = 1
2 -1 3 So, the closed loop transfer function of the system is
xo1
> H => HX + > HU G ^s h
xo2 0 -4 -1 T ^s h =
1 + G ^s h H ^s h
x1
Y = [3 - 2] ; E K
x2 ^s + 2h^s - 1h
=
2 -1 3 K
So, A = > H , B = > H, C = [3 - 2], D = 0 1+
^s + 2h^s - 1h
0 -4 -1
-1
H (s) = C (sI - A) B + D = K
Here, D = 0 . So, ^s + 2h^ - 1h + K
s
= 2 K
H (s) = C (sI - A) -1 B
-1 s +s-2+K
s-2 1 3
= [3 - 2] > H > H Therefore, the poles of the system are obtained as
0 s + 4 -1
s2 + s - 2 + K = 0
s + 4 -1 3 - 1 ! 1 - 4 ^- 2 + K h
= [3 - 2] 2 1 > H> H or s=
(s + 2s - 8) 0 s - 2 - 1 2
11s + 35 For the poles of closed loop system to be at same location,
=
(s - 2) (s + 4) we must have
1 - 4 ^- 2 + K h = 0
S33 Correct answer is 0.5.
1 + 8 - 4K = 0
To find the response due to Td (s), we will use superposition
making input Va (s) = 0 and finding K = 9 = 2.25
4
Q ^s h
Transfer function =
Td ^s h S36 Correct answer is (D).
Given the feedback system
Td ^s h = 1 (unit impulse response)
^ Js +1 B h 1
So, q (s) =
81 + ^ Js + B h_ Ra + L s iB
1 k + kb #s
a
= 1
K + Kb
s :(Js + B) + Ra + La s D
For steady state response, and the Nyquist plot of G ^s h is
lim sq (s) = 1
s"0
(Js + B) + K + KB
Ra + La s
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 8 Control Systems Page 331
s ^- 3k h
or Lim =- 2
s"3 s+3
or k =2
3
When X1 (s ) = 0 , the block diagram in its reduced form is Hence, we get
shown below Y ^s h = - 2
s+3
Thus, the value of output steady state is
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 332 Control Systems Chapter 8
T ^s h =
s^s + 4h
= = 2 4 X (s ) = [SI - A] -1 x (0) ...(i)
1 + G ^s h 1 + s^s +4 4h s + 4s + 4
So, we obtain
Hence, the natural frequency is obtained as s+1 0
w n2 = 4 or w n = 2 [SI - A] = > H
0 s+2
Therefore,
S43 Correct option is (B).
s+2 0
Given the state-space model of system, [SI - A] -1 = 1 > H
R o V R- 1 1 0VRx V R0V (s + 1) (s + 2) 0 s + 1
Sx1W S WS 1W S W 1
0
Sxo2W = S 0 - 1 0WSx2W + S4W u => H
s+1
SSxo WW SS 0 0 - 2WWSSx 3WW SS0WW 0 1
s+2
3
T X T Rx V XT X T X Also, we have the initial condition
S 1W
y = 61 1 1@Sx2W x [ 0] = >
x1 (0) 1
H=> H
SSx WW
3
x2 (0) -1
In standard form, we define T X the state space model as Substituting these values in equation (1), we obtain
6X @ = A 6X @ + Bu
o 1
0 1 1
ps2 + 3ps - 2
G p ^s h =
s2 + ^p + 3h s + ^2 - p h
For system to be stable, roots of denominator must be
negative. Equating the denominator to zero,
Also, we obtain s2 + ^p + 3h s + ^2 - p h = 0
/p - /z
Centroid = = - 1 - 2 - 7 + 4 =- 6 =- 3 So, we have
p-z 3-1 2 (sum of roots < 0 and (product of roots) > 0
Hence, the transfer function satisfies the given root locus. or -^p + 3h < 0 and ^2 - p h > 0
Option (C) or ^p + 3h > 0 and p < 2
H (s ) s+7 or p > - 3 and p < 2
^s + 1h^s + 2h^s + 4h Hence, p max = 2
The pole-zero plot for the transfer function is
S54 Correct answer is 0.375.
We redraw the given root locus as
Also, we have
/p - /z
Centroid = = -1 - 2 - 4 + 7 = 0
p-z 3-1
But, in the given root locus, the centroid is left to the
second pole, i.e. between - 4 to - 2 . So, the transfer
function is not valid for the root locus.
Option (D)
^s + 1h^s + 2h
H (s )
^s + 7h^s + 4h
Here, p = z so no any breakaway point. Hence, it is also
not a valid transfer function. Thus, the transfer function,
that has the given root locus, is
H (s ) = s+4
^s + 1h^s + 2h^s + 7h Now, we have
S52 Correct option is (A). cos q = e
Given system, and OA = 0.5
xo1 0 1 x1 Also, we may write
> o H = >0 0H>x H OA =- OA cos q + jOA sin q
x2 2
xo2 =- x2 + x1 + u
From the figure 20 log G2 =- 8 dB andy = ^- 1h^1 h x2 + ^- 1h^1 h^- 1h x1 + ^1 h^- 1h^1 h^- 1h^1 h u
20 log G1 = 32 dB = x1 - x 2 + u
and w1 = 1 rad/s Hence, in matrix form we can write the state variable
w2 = 10 rad/s equations
Slope = - 8 - 32 =- 40 dB/decade xo1 - 1 0 x1 -1
log 10 - log 1 > o H = > 1 - 1H >x H + > 1 H u
x2 2
Therefore, the transfer function can be given as
x1
G ^s h = k2 and y = 81 - 1B > H + u
S x2
at w = 1 G ^ jwh = k 2 = k which can be written in more general form as
w
-1 0 -1
In decibel, 20 log G ^ jwh = 20 log k = 32 Xo = > H X +> H
1 -1 1
y = 81 - 1B X + u
32
or, k = 10 = 39.8
20
h ^ t h = ka .e-^k + ht k =2
1
a 10
So, the time constant of closed loop system is obtained and a = 2 + 1 = 3 = 0.75
2+2 4
as
tcl = 1 1
ka + 10 S62 Option (D) is correct.
or, tcl = 1 (approximately) General form of state equations are given as
ka xo = Ax + Bu
Now, given that ka reduces open loop time constant by a yo = Cx + Du
factor of 100. i.e., For the given problem
R 0 a 0V R0V
tcl = tol S 1 W S W
100
A = S 0 0 a2W, B = S0W
or, 1 = 10 SSa 0 0WW SS1WW
3
ka 100 RT 0 a 0VXR0V R 0VT X
Hence, ka = 10 S 1 WS W S W
AB = S 0 0 a2WS0W = Sa2W
SSa 0 0WWSS1WW SS 0WW
S60 Option (C) is correct. 3
RT 0
(s2 + 9) (s + 2) S 0XT aX1 a2VWTRS0XVW RSa1 a2VW
G (s) = A2 B = Sa2 a 3 0 0WS0W = S 0W
(s + 1) (s + 3) (s + 4)
SS 0 a a 0WWSS1WW SS 0WW
(- w2 + 9) (jw + 2) 3 1
= For controllability T it is necessaryXT that X
X T following matrix
(jw + 1) (jw + 3) (jw + 4)
The steady state output will be zero if has a tank of n = 3 .
R0 0 a a V
G (jw) = 0 S 1 2W
U = 6B : AB : A2 B@ = S0 a2 0W
- w 2 + 9 = 0 & w = 3 rad/s SS1 0 0WW
So, a2 ! 0 T X
S61 Option (A) is correct. a1 a 2 ! 0 & a1 ! 0 a 3 may be zero or not.
K (s + 1)
Y (s) = 3 [R (s) - Y (s)]
s + as2 + 2s + 1 S63 Option (B) is correct.
K (s + 1) K (s + 1)
Y (s) ;1 + 3 2 E = 3 R (s) For given plot root locus exists from - 3 to 3, So there
s + as + 2s + 1 s + as2 + 2s + 1
must be odd number of poles and zeros. There is a double
Y (s) [s3 + as2 + s (2 + k) + (1 + k)] = K (s + 1) R (s)
pole at s =- 3
Y (s)
Transfer Function, H (s) = Now poles = 0, - 2, - 3, - 3
R (s) K (s + 1)
= 3 zeros =- 1
s + as2 + s (2 + k) + (1 + k) k (s + 1)
Thus transfer function G (s) H (s) =
s (s + 2) (s + 3) 2
Routh Table :
S64 Option (A) is correct.
We have G (jw) = 5 + jw
Here s = 5 . Thus G (jw) is a straight line parallel to jw
axis.
= lim 1
s"0 GC (s)
1+ 2
s + 2s + 2
eSS will be minimum if lim GC (s) is maximum
s"0
In option (D)
lim GC (s) = lim 1 + 2 + 3s = 3
xo1 =- x1 + x2 s"0 s"0 s
xo2 =- x1 + 2u So, eSS = lim 1 = 0 (minimum)
y = 0.5x1 + 0.5x2 s"0 3
z2 4 3 1 + G (s) H (s) = 0
3
(Kp + KD s) 100
z 1
- 74 1000 = lims " 0 s = Kp
s (s + 100)
z0 1 Now characteristics equation is
1 + G (s) H (s) = 0
(100 + KD s) 100
or 1+ =0 Kp = 100
S86 Option (A) is correct. s (s + 10)
For underdamped second order system the transfer or s2 + (10 + 100KD) s + 10 4 = 0
function is Comparing with s2 + 2xwn + wn2 = 0 we get
Kwn2 2xwn = 10 + 100KD
T (s) = 2
s + 2xwn s + wn2 or KD = 0.9
It peaks at resonant frequency. Therefore
Resonant frequency wr = wn 1 - 2x2 S90 Option (D) is correct.
and peak at this frequency We have T (s) = 5
5 (s + 5)( s2 + s + 1)
mr = 5
2x 1 - x2 = s = 2 1
5`1 + j (s + s + 1)
2
s +s+1
5
We have wr = 5 2 , and mr = 10 . Only options (A)
3 In given transfer function denominator is
satisfy these values.
(s + 5)[( s + 0.5) 2 + 43 ]. We can see easily that pole at
wn = 10, x = 1 s =- 0.5 ! j 23 is dominant then pole at s =- 5 . Thus
2 we have approximated it.
where wr = 10 1 - 2` 1 j = 5 2
4 S91 Option (A) is correct.
and mr = 5 = 10 Hence satisfied G (s) = 2 1 = 1
2 12 1- 41
3 s - 1 (s + 1)( s - 1)
The lead compensator C (s) should first stabilize the plant
S87 Option (B) is correct. 1
i.e. remove term. From only options (A), C (s) can
The given circuit is a inverting amplifier and transfer (s - 1)
remove this term
function is
Vo = - Z = - Z (sC1 R1 + 1) 1 10 (s - 1)
Thus G (s) C (s) = #
Vi R
sC R + 1
1
R1 (s + 1)( s - 1) (s + 2)
1 1
20 log K p q 0 1
w w = 0. 1
= 60 dB = 1000 =r s G = =- 2 - 3G
Thus K =5 The characteristic equation
Hence G (s) = 100 lI - A = 0
s (s + 1)( 1 + .05s)
l -1
=0
S94 Option (A) is correct. 2 l+3
dw
-1 1 w 0 l (l + 3) + 2 = 0
We have > didt H = =
or
G =
- 1 - 10 in G + =10G
u
a
dt or l =- 1, - 2
or dw =- w + i ...(1) Thus Eigen values are - 1 and - 2
n
dt Eigen vectors for l1 =- 1
and dia =- w - 10i + 10u ...(2) (l1 I - A) X1 = 0
a
dt
l1 - 1 x11
Taking Laplace transform (i) we get or = 2 l + 3G=x G = 0
sw (s) =- w (s) = Ia (s) 1 21
- 1 - 1 x11
or (s + 1) w (s) = Ia (s) ...(3) = 2 2 G=x G = 0
Taking Laplace transform (ii) we get 21
s3 + as2 + (2 + K) s + K + 1 = 0 or awg = 1
The Routh Table is shown below. For system to be At gain crossover frequency G (jwg) = 1
oscillatory stable 1 + a2 wg2
Thus =1
a (2 + K) - (K + 1) wg2
=0
a
or 1 + 1 = wg2 (as awg = 1)
or a = K+1 ...(1) or wg = (2)
1
K+2
4
Then we have
as2 + K + 1 = 0 S104 Option (C) is correct.
At 2 rad/sec we have For a = 0.84 we have
s = jw " s2 =- w2 =- 4 , G (s) = 0.84s2 + 1
s
Thus - 4a + K + 1 = 0 ...(2)
Solving (i) and (ii) we get K = 2 and a = 0.75 . Due to ufb system H (s) = 1 and due to unit impulse
response R (s) = 1, thus
2+K C (s) = G (s) R (s) = G (s) = 0.84s2 + 1 = 12 + 0.84
s3 1 s s s
s2 a 1+K Taking inverse Laplace transform
(1 + K) a - (1 + K) c (t) = (t + 0.84) u (t)
s1 a
At t = 1, c (1 sec) = 1 + 0.84 = 1.84
s0 1+K
S105 Option (D) is correct.
The transfer function of a lag network is
S101 Option (D) is correct. T (s) = 1 + sT b > 1; T > 0
1 + sbT
The transfer function of given compensator is
1 + w2 T2
Gc (s) = 1 + 3Ts T>0 T (jw) =
1 + w2 b2 T2
1 + Ts
Comparing with
Gc (s) = 1 + aTs we get a = 3 and +T (jw) = tan-1 (wT) - tan-1 (wbT)
1 + Ts At w = 0 , T (jw) = 1
The maximum phase sift is At w = 0 , +T (jw) =- tan-1 0 = 0
fmax = tan-1 a - 1 = tan-1 3 - 1 = tan-1 1 At w = 3 , T (jw) = 1
2 a 2 3 3 b
or fmax = p At w = 3 , +T (jw) = 0
6
S106 Option (C) is correct.
S102 Option (A) is correct. We have Xo = AX + BU where l is set of Eigen values
s 0 0 1 s -1
(sI - A) = = G - = G ==
1 sG
and Wo = CW + DU where m is set of Eigen values
0 s -1 0 If a liner system is equivalently represented by two sets of
s -1 s 1
G = > -1 s H
state equations, then for both sets, states will be same but
1 =
2 2
-1 s +1 s +1
(sI - A) = 2
s +1 1 s 2 2
s +1 s +1 their sets of Eigne values will not be same i.e.
cos t sin t X = W but l ! m
f (t) = eAt = L-1 [(sI - A)] -1 = =
- sin t cos t G
S107 Option (A) is correct.
S103 Option (C) is correct. Despite the presence of negative feedback, control systems
We have G (s) = as + 2
1 still have problems of instability because components used
s have nonlinearity. There are always some variation as
+G (jw) = tan-1 (wa) - p compared to ideal characteristics.
Since PM is p i.e. 45c, thus
4
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 8 Control Systems Page 343
or ess = lim 1 = 5% = 1
s " 0 sG (s) 20
Finite Whatsapp. Send Your College Pin
But kv = 1 = lim sG (s) = 20 Code, Branch and BTech year to
ess s"0
of OL poles and zeros to right of that point is even. Thus or G (jwg) = 2.27
(B) and (C) are possible option. G.M. =- 20 log G (jwg)
The characteristics equation is - 20 log 2.26 =- 7.08 dB
1 + G (s) H (s) = 0 Since G.M. is negative system is unstable.
The phase at gain cross over frequency is
K (1 - s) w
or 1+
s (s + 3)
=0 +G (jwg) =- 2wg - p - tan-1 g
2 2
2
or K = s + 3s =- 2 # 1.26 - p - tan-1 1.26
1-s 2 2
For break away & break in point or =- 4.65 rad or - 266.5c
dK = (1 - s)( 2s + 3) + s2 + 3s = 0 PM = 180c + +G (jwg)
ds
2
= 180c - 266.5c =- 86.5c
or - s + 2s + 3 = 0
which gives s = 3 , - 1 . Here - 1 must be the break away S115 Option (D) is correct.
point and 3 must be the break in point.
The open loop transfer function is
2 (1 + s)
S113 Option (D) is correct. G (s) H (s) =
-2s s2
G (s) = 3e Substituting s = jw we have
s (s + 2)
2 (1 + jw)
-2jw G (jw) H (jw) = ...(1)
or G (jw) = 3e - w2
jw (jw + 2)
+G (jw) H (jw) =- 180c + tan-1 w
G (jw) = 3
The frequency at which phase becomes - 180c, is called
w w2 + 4
phase crossover frequency.
Let at frequency wg the gain is 1. Thus
3 Thus - 180 =- 180c + tan-1 wf
=1 or tan-1 wf = 0
wg (wg2 + 4)
or wg4 + 4wg2 - 9 = 0 or wf = 0
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 344 Control Systems Chapter 8
or = - 1 l + 3G=x G = 0 negative. Thus there are two sign change in first column.
2 22
1 - 2 x12 Hence system has 2 root on RHS of plane.
or =- 1 2 G=x G = 0
22
S127 Option (C) is correct. At w = 0.1 change in slope is + 60 dB " 3 zeroes at w = 0.1
PD Controller may accentuate noise at higher frequency. At w = 10 change in slope is - 40 dB " 2 poles at w = 10
It does not effect the type of system and it increases the At w = 100 change in slope is - 20 dB " 1 poles at w = 100
damping. It also reduce the maximum overshoot. K ( 0s.1 + 1) 3
Thus T (s) = s
( 10 + 1) 2 ( 100
s
+ 1)
S128 Option (D) is correct. Now 20 log10 K = 20
Mason Gain Formula or K = 10
Spk 3 k 10 ( 0s.1 + 1) 3 108 (s + 0.1) 3
T (s) = Thus T (s) = s =
3 ( 10 + 1) 2 ( 100
s
+ 1) (s + 10) 2 (s + 100)
In given SFG there is only forward path and 3 possible
loop. S131 Option (B) is correct.
p1 = 1 The characteristics equation is
31 = 1 + 3 + 24 = s + 27 s2 + 4s + 4 = 0
s s s
Comparing with
L1 = - 2 , L2 = - 24 and L3 = - 3 s2 + 2xwn + wn2 = 0
s s s
where L1 and L3 are non-touching we get 2xwn = 4 and wn2 = 4
C (s) p1 3 1 Thus x =1 Critically damped
This =
R (s) 1 - (loop gain) + pair of non - touching loops ts = 4 = 4 = 2
xwn 1#2
^ s +s27 h s + 27
^ h
= -2 -3 = 1 + +
s
1 -^ s - s - sh+ s . s
-3 24 2 29 6
s
s2
S132 Option (B) is correct.
s (s + 27)
= 2
s + 29s + 6 S133 Option (C) is correct.
We have
S129 Option (D) is correct. xo1 1 0 x1 x1 (0) 1
We have =xo G = =1 1G=x G and =x (0)G = =0 G
2 2 2
1 + G (s) H (s) = 0 1 0
or1 + K =0 A == G
s (s + 2)( s + 3) 1 1
K =- s (s2 + 5s2 + 6s) s 0 1 0 s-1 0
(sI - A) = = G - = G = =
- 1 s - 1G
or
dK =- (3s2 + 10s + 6) = 0 0 s 1 1
ds
1 >(s - 1)
1
0 0
H > H
s-1
(sI - A) -1 = =
which gives s = - 10 ! 100 - 72 =- 0.784, - 2.548
+1
(s - 1) 2 + 1 (s - 1)
1
(s - 1) 2 s-1
6
et 0
The location of poles on s - plane is L [(sI - A) ] = e = = t t G
-1 -1 At
te e
et 0 1 et
x (t) = e # [x (t0)] = = t t G= G = = t G
At
te e 0 te
The given bode plot is shown below we get 2xwn = 1 and wn2 = 6
K K
or 2 # 0.5 # 6 Kw = 1 Given x = 0.5
K
or 6 = 1 & K =1
K K2 6
s =- 1.5 does not lie on real axis because there are total s2
two poles and zeros (0 and - 1) to the right of s =- 1.5 .
s1
S136 Option (D) is correct. s0
From the expression of OLTF it may be easily see that the
maximum magnitude is 0.5 and does not become 1 at any
frequency. Thus gain cross over frequency does not exist. S141 Option (B) is correct.
When gain cross over frequency does not exist, the phase The open loop transfer function is
margin is infinite. G (s) H (s) = 1
s (s2 + s + 1)
S137 Option (D) is correct. Substituting s = jw we have
We have xo (t) =- 2x (t) + 2u (t) ...(i) G (jw) H (jw) = 1
2
jw (- w + jw + 1)
Taking Laplace transform we get
sX (s) =- 2X (s) + 2U (s) +G (jw) H (jw) =- p - tan-1 w 2
2 (1 - w )
or (s + 2) X (s) = 2U (s)
2U (s) The frequency at which phase becomes - 180c, is called
or X (s) = phase crossover frequency.
(s + 2)
wf
Now y (t) = 0.5x (t) Thus - 180 =- 90 - tan-1
1 - wf2
Y (s) = 0.5X (s) wf
0.5 # 2U (s) or - 90 =- tan-1
or Y (s) = 1 - wf2
s+2
Y (s) or 1 - w2f = 0
or = 1
U (s) (s + 2) wf = 1 rad/sec
The gain margin at this frequency wf = 1 is
GM =- 20 log10 G (jwf) H (jwf)
S138 Option (D) is correct.
From Mason gain formula we can write transfer function = 20 log10 (wf (1 - w2f) 2 + w2f =- 20 log 1 = 0
as
Y (s) K
K S142 Option (A) is correct.
= s
=
R (s) 1 - ( s + -sK ) s - 3 (3 - K)
3
Z = P-N
For system to be stable (3 - K) < 0 i.e. K > 3 N " Net encirclement of (- 1 + j0) by Nyquist plot,
P " Number of open loop poles in right had side of s -
S139 Option (B) is correct. plane
The characteristics equation is Z " Number of closed loop poles in right hand side of s -
(s + 1)( s + 100) = 0 plane
s2 + 101s + 100 = 0
Here N = 0 (1 encirclement in CW direction and other in
Comparing with s2 + 2xwn + wn2 = 0 we get
CCW)
2xwn = 101 and wn2 = 100
and P = 0
Thus x = 101 Overdamped Thus Z = 0
20
For overdamped system settling time can be determined Hence there are no roots on RH of s - plane.
by the dominant pole of the closed loop system. In given
system dominant pole consideration is at s =- 1. Thus S143 Option (D) is correct.
1 = 1 and T = 4 = 4 sec Take off point is moved after G2 as shown below
s
T T
From the root locus diagram we see that for 0 < K < 1, S148 Option (C) is correct.
the roots are on imaginary axis and for 1 < K < 5 roots are From the Block diagram transfer function is
on complex plain. For K > 5 roots are again on imaginary G (s)
T (s) =
axis. 1 + G (s) H (s)
Thus system is over damped for 0 # K < 1 and K > 5 . K (s - 2)
Where G (s) =
(s + 2)
S145 Option (C) is correct. and H (s) = (s - 2)
The characteristics equation is The Characteristic equation is
s2 + 2s + 2 = 0 1 + G (s) H (s) = 0
Comparing with s2 + 2xwn + wn2 = 0 we get K (s - 2)
1+ (s - 2) = 0
2xwn = 2 and wn2 = 2 (s + 2) 2
wn = 2 or (s + 2) 2 + K (s - 2) 2 = 0
and x= 1 or (1 + K) s2 + 4 (1 - K) s + 4K + 4 = 0
2 Routh Table is shown below. For System to be stable
Since x < 1 thus system is under damped 1 + k > 0 , and 4 + 4k > 0 and 4 - 4k > 0 . This gives
-1 < K < 1
S146 Option (C) is correct. As per question for 0 # K < 1
From SFG we have
I1 (s) = G1 Vi (s) + HI2 (s) ...(1) s2 1+k 4 + 4k
I2 (s) = G2 I1 (s) ...(2)
V0 (s) = G3 I2 (s) ...(3) s1 4 - 4k 0
Now applying KVL in given block diagram we have
Vi (s) = I1 (s) Z1 (s) + [I1 (s) - I2 (s)] Z3 (s) ...(4) s0 4 + 4k
0 = [I2 (s) - I1 (s)] Z3 (s) + I2 (s) Z2 (s) + I2 (s) Z4 (s) ...(5)
From (4) we have
orVi (s) = I1 (s)[ Z1 (s) + Z3 (S)] - I2 (s) Z3 (S) S149 Option (B) is correct.
1 Z3 (s) It is stable at all frequencies because for resistive network
or I1 (s) = Vi + I2 ...(6)
Z1 (s) + Z3 (s) Z1 (s) + Z3 (s) feedback factor is always less than unity. Hence overall
From (5) we have gain decreases.
I1 (s) Z3 (S) = I2 (s)[ Z2 (s) + Z3 (s) + Z4 (s)] ...(7)
I1 (s) Z3 (s) S150 Option (B) is correct.
or Is (s) =
Z3 (s) + Z2 (s) + Z4 (s)
The characteristics equation is s2 + as2 + ks + 3 = 0
Comparing (2) and (7) we have The Routh Table is shown below
Z3 (s)
G2 =
Z3 (s) + Z2 (s) + Z4 (s) For system to be stable a > 0 and aK - 3 > 0
a
Comparing (1) and (6) we have Thus a > 0 and aK > 3
Z3 (s)
H =
Z1 (s) + Z3 (s)
s3 1 K
S147 Option (B) is correct. s2 a 3
For unity negative feedback system the closed loop transfer aK - 3
s1 a 0
function is
G (s) s+4 s0 3
CLTF = = , G (s) " OL Gain
1 + G (s) s2 + 7s + 13
1 + G (s) 2
or = s + 7s + 13
G (s) s+4
S151 Option (B) is correct.
or 1 = s + 7s + 13 - 1 = s2 + 6s + 9
2
Closed loop transfer function is given as
G (s) s+4 s+4
T (s) = 2 9
or G (s) = 2 s + 4 s + 4s + 9
s + 6s + 9
by comparing with standard form we get natural freq.
For DC gain s = 0 , thus
wA2 = 9
Thus G (0) = 4 wn = 3
9
2xwn = 4
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 8 Control Systems Page 349
K 1 + 3T w
G (s) =
s (s + 1) For maximum value of phase
Steady state error df (w)
=0
sR (s) dw
E (s) = lim
s " 0 1 + G (s) H (s) or 1 = 3T 2 w2
Where R (s) = input H (s) = 1 (unity feedback) Tw = 1
1 3
R (s) =
s So maximum phase is
s1 s (s + 1) fmax = tan-1 ; 2Tw2 2 E at Tw = 1
so E (s) = lim s = lim 2 =0 1 + 3T w 3
s"0
1+ K s"0 s + s + K 1
2 3 1 = 30c
= tan-1 > H = tan ;
3E
s (s + 1) -1
1 + 3 # 13
S162 Option (B) is correct.
Fig given below shows a unit impulse input given to a S166 Option (A) is correct.
zero-order hold circuit which holds the input signal for a G (jw) H (jw) enclose the (- 1, 0) point so here
duration T & therefore, the output is a unit step function G (jwp) H (jwp) > 1
till duration T . wp = Phase cross over frequency
Gain Margin = 20 log 10 1
G (jwp) H (jwp)
so gain margin will be less than zero.
dy dy
= x1 + m = x1 (0) + m (0) = 1 + 0 = 0
dt dt t=0
***********
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 352 Communications Chapter 9
CHAPTER 9
COMMUNICATIONS
GATE 2016 EC01 ONE MARK signal s (t) = 5 cos 1600pt + 20 cos 1800pt + 5 cos 2000pt .
The value of the modulation index is _____.
Q1 The block diagram of a frequency synthesizer
consisting of Phase Locked Loop (PLL) and a divide-
GATE 2016 EC02 ONE MARK
by-N counter (comprising ÷2, ÷4, ÷8, ÷16 outputs) is
sketched below. The synthesizer is excited with a 5 kHz
signal (Input 1). The free-running frequency of the PLL is Q5 A discrete memoryless source has an alphabet (a1
1 1 1 1
set to 20 kHz. Assume that the commutator switch makes , a2 , a 3 , a 4 ) with corresponding probabilities b 2 , 4 , 8 , 8 l
contacts repeatedly in the order 1-2-3-4. . The minimum required average codeword length in bits
to represent this source for error-free reconstruction is
_____
1, 0 # t # T
where g^t h = *
0 otherwise
If there is a null at f = 31T in the power spectral density of
GATE 2016 EC01 TWO MARKS X ^ t h, then k is ______
Q10 Consider a discrete memory less source with Q14 An ideal band-pass channel 500 Hz-2000 Hz is
alphabetS = "s 0, s1, s2, s 3, s 4 ..., and respective probabilities deployed for communication. A modem is designed to
of occurrence P = " 12 , 14 , 18 , 161 , 321 , ..., . The entropy of the transmit bits at the rate of 4800 bits/s using 16-QAM.
source (in bits) is _____. The roll-off factor of a pulse with a raised cosine spectrum
that utilizes the entire frequency band is ______
Q11 A digital communication system uses a repetition
code for channel encoding/decoding. During transmission, Q15 Consider a random process X ^ t h = 3V ^ t h - 8
each bit is repeated three times (0 is transmitted as . where V ^ t h is a zero mean stationary random process
000, and 1 is transmitted as 111). It is assumed that the with autocorrelation Rv ^t h = 4e-5 . The power in X ^ t h
t
Q13 An information source generates a binary sequence (A) 2RX ^t h + RX ^t - T0h + RX ^t + T0h
" n , a n can take one of the two possible values - 1 and
a $
(B) 2RX ^t h - RX ^t - T0h - RX ^t + T0h
+ 1 with equal probability and are statistically independent
and identical distributed. This sequence is pre-coded to (C) 2RX ^t h + 2RX ^t - T0h
obtain another sequence "b n , as b n = a n + ka n - 3 . The (D) 2RX ^t h - 2RX ^t - 2T0h
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 354 Communications Chapter 9
Q18 A voice-grade AWGN (additive white Gaussian (D) does not depend on Am or fm
noise) telephone channel has a bandwidth of 4.0 kHz and
two-sided noise power spectral density h2 = 2.5 # 10-5
Q24 The modulation scheme commonly used for
Watt per Hz. If information at the rate of 52 kbps is to
transmission from GSM mobile terminals is
be transmitted over this channel with arbitrarily small bit
(A) 4-QAM
error rate, then the minimum bit energy Eb (in mJ/bit)
necessary is ______ (B) 16-PSK
(C) Walsh-Hadamard orthogonal codes
Q19 The bit error probability of a memoryless binary (D) Gaussian Minimum Shift Keying (GMSK)
symmetric channel is 10-5 . If 105 bits are sent over this
channel,then the probability that not more than one bit
GATE 2015 EC01 TWO MARKS
will be in error is ______
Q35 In a code-division multiple access (CDMA) system GATE 2014 EC04 ONE MARK
with N = 8 chips, the maximum number of users who
can be assigned mutually orthogonal signature sequences Q42 If calls arrive at a telephone exchange such that the
is____. time of arrival of any call is independent of the time of
arrival of earlier or future calls, the probability distribution
Q36 The capacity of a Binary Symmetric Channel (BSC) function of the total number of calls in a fixed time interval
with cross-over probability 0.5 is _____. will be
(A) Poisson (B) Gaussian
GATE 2014 EC02 ONE MARK
(C) Exponential (D) Gamma
Q37 The capacity of a band-limited additive white Gaussian Q43 In a double side-band (DSB) full carrier AM
noise (AWGN) channel is given by C = W log 2 _1 + s PW i 2
transmission system, if the modulation index is doubled,
bits per second (bps), where W is the channel bandwidth, then the ratio of total sideband power to the carrier power
P is the average power received and s2 is the one sided increases by a factor of _______.
power spectral density of the AWGN. For a fixed sP = 1000 2
, the channel capacity (in kbps) with infinite bandwidth GATE 2014 EC01 TWO MARKS
^W " 3h is approximately.
(A) 1.44 (B) 1.08
Q44 Let X be a real-valued random variable with E 6X @
(C) 0.72 (D) 0.36 and E 6X 2@ denoting the mean values of X and X 2 ,
respectively. The relation which always holds true is
Q38 Consider sinusoidal modulation in an AM system. (A) ^E 6X @h2 > E 6X 2@ (B) E 6X 2@ $ ^E 6X @h2
Assuming no overmodulation, the modulation index (m ) (C) E 6X 2@ = ^E 6X @h2 (D) E 6X 2@ > ^E 6X @h2
when the maximum and minimum values of the envelope,
respectively, are 3 V and 1 V, is ______.
Q45 Consider a random process X ^ t h = 2 sin ^2pt + jh,
where the random phase j is uniformly distributed in the
GATE 2014 EC03 ONE MARK interval 60, 2p@. The auto-correlation E 6X ^t1h X ^t2h@ is
(A) cos ^2p ^t1 + t2hh (B) sin ^2p ^t1 - t2hh
Q39 A modulated signal is y ^ t h = m ^ t h cos ^40000pt h, (C) sin ^2p ^t1 + t2hh (D) cos ^2p ^t1 - t2hh
where the baseband signal m ^ t h has frequency components
less than 5 kHz only. The minimum required rate (in
Q46 Let Q _ g i be the BER of a BPSK system over
kHz) at which y ^ t h should be sampled to recover m ^ t h is
an AWGN channel with two-sided noise power spectral
_______.
density N 0 /2 . The parameter g is a function of bit energy
and noise power spectral density.
Q40 The phase response of a passband waveform at the A system with two independent and identical AWGN
receiver is given by channels with noise power spectral density N 0 /2 is shown
j ^ f h =- 2pa ^ f - fc h - 2pbfc in the figure. The BPSK demodulator receives the sum of
where fc is the centre frequency, and a and b are positive outputs of both the channels.
constants. The actual signal propagation delay from the
transmitter to receiver is
a-b ab
(A) (B)
a+b a+b
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 9 Communications Page 357
If the BER of this system is Q ^b g h, then the value of b GATE 2014 EC03 TWO MARKS
is ____.
Q51 Let X ^ t h be a wide sense stationary (WSS) random
GATE 2014 EC02 TWO MARKS process with power spectral density SX ^ f h. If Y ^ t h is the
process defined as Y ^ t h = X ^2t - 1h, the power spectral
Q47 The input to a 1-bit quantizer is a random variable density SY ^ f h is
X with pdf f X ^x h = 2e-2x for x $ 0 and fX ^x h = 0 for f
(A) SY ^ f h = 12 SX b l e-jpf
f
(B) SY ^ f h = 12 SX b l e-jpf/2
2 2
x < 0 . For outputs to be of equal probability, the quantizer
threshold should be ____. (C) SY ^ f h = 12 SX _ 2f i (D) SY ^ f h = 12 SX _ 2f i e-j2pf
Q48 Coherent orthogonal binary FSK modulation is Q52 A real band-limited random process X ^ t h has two
used to transmit two equiprobable symbol waveforms sided power spectral density
s1 ^ t h = a cos 2pf1 t and s2 ^ t h = a cos 2pf2 t , where a = 4 mV -6
_3000 - f i Watts/Hz
. Assume an AWGN channel with two sided noise power SX ^ f h = *10 for f # 3 kHz
0 otherwise
spectral density N2 = 0.5 # 10-12 W/Hz . Using an optimal
0
receiver and the relation Q ^v h = 12p where f is the frequency expressed in Hz. The signal X ^ t h
#
3 -u /2
2
e du , the bit
error probability for a data rate of 500v kbps is modulates a carrier cos 16000pt and the resultant signal is
passed through an ideal band-pass filter of unity gain with
(A) Q ^2 h (B) Q ^2 2 h centre frequency of 8 kHz and band-width of 2 kHz. The
(C) Q ^4h (D) Q ^4 2 h output power (in Watts) is _______.
Q49 The power spectral density of a real stationary Q53 In a PCM system, the signal
random process X ^ t h is given by m ^ t h = "sin ^100pt h + cos ^100pt h, V is sampled at the
1
f #W Nyquist rate. The samples are processed by a uniform
W,
SX ^ f h = * quantizer with step size 0.75 V . The minimum data rate
0, f >W
of the PCM system in bits per second is ______.
The value of the expectation E ;pX ^ t h X bt - 1 lE is
4W
_____. Q54 A binary random variable X takes the value of 1 with
probability 1/3. X is input to a cascade of 2 independent
Q50 If the figure, M ^ f h is the Fourier transform of the identical binary symmetric channels (BSCs) each with
message signal m ^ t h where A = 100 Hz and B = 40 Hz crossover probability 1/2. The output of BSCs are the
. Given v ^ t h = cos ^2ffc t h and w ^ t h = cos ^2p ^ f c + Ah t h, random variables Y1 and Y2 as shown in the figure.
where f c > A . The cutoff frequencies of both the filters
are f c .
P "X =- 1, = 0.25 . The received signal Y = X + Z , where R kbits/s . The modulation used is 32-QAM. The minimum
Z is a Gaussian random variable with zero mean and bandwidth required for ISI free transmission is
variance s2 . The received signal Y is fed to the threshold (A) R/10 Hz (B) R/10 kHz
detector. The output of the threshold detector Xt is : (C) R/5 Hz (D) R/5 kHz
+ 1, Y>t
Xt = *
- 1, Y#t
To achieve a minimum probability of error P "Xt ! X , , GATE 2013 TWO MARKS
the threshold t should be
(A) strictly positive Q60 Let U and V be two independent zero mean Gaussain
(B) zero random variables of variances 1 and 1 respectively. The
4 9
(C) strictly negative probability P ^3V F 2U h is
(D) strictly positive, zero, or strictly negative depending (A) 4/9 (B) 1/2
on the nonzero value of s2 (C) 2/3 (D) 5/9
Q56 Consider the Z -channel given in the figure. The Q61 Consider two identically distributed zero-mean
input is 0 or 1 with equal probability. random variables U and V . Let the cumulative distribution
functions of U and 2V be F ^x h and G ^x h respectively.
Then, for all values of x
(A) F ^x h - G ^x h # 0 (B) F ^x h - G ^x h $ 0
(C) ^F (x) - G (x)h .x # 0 (D) ^F (x) - G (x)h .x $ 0
at the Nyquist rate and the samples are quantized into 4 (C) RC << 1 μs (D) RC >> 0.5 ms
levels. The quantized levels are assumed to be independent
and equally probable. If we transmit two quantized samples
per second, the information rate is Statement for Linked Answer Questions 78 and 79
(A) 1 bit/sec (B) 2 bits/sec A four-phase and an eight-phase signal constellation are
(C) 3 bits/sec (D) 4 bits/sec shown in the figure below.
Column -1 Column -2
P. Power efficient transmission of 1. Conventional
signals AM
Q. Most bandwidth efficient 2. FM
transmission of voice signals
R. Simplest receiver structure 3. VSB Q78 For the constraint that the minimum distance
between pairs of signal points be d for both constellations,
S. Bandwidth efficient 4. SSB-SC the radii r 1 , and r 2 of the circles are
transmission of signals with (A) r 1 = 0.707d, r2 = 2.782d
significant dc component
(B) r 1 = 0.707d, r 2 = 1.932d
(C) r 1 = 0.707d, r 2 = 1.545d
(A) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3 (D) r 1 = 0.707d, r 2 = 1.307d
(B) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3
(C) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4 Q79 Assuming high SNR and that all signals are equally
(D) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1 probable, the additional average transmitted signal energy
required by the 8-PSK signal to achieve the same error
probability as the 4-PSK signal is
GATE 2011 TWO MARKS
(A) 11.90 dB (B) 8.73 dB
(C) 6.79 dB (D) 5.33 dB
Q76 X (t) is a stationary random process with auto-
correlation function RX (t) = exp (- pt 2). This process
is passed through the system shown below. The power GATE 2010 ONE MARK
spectral density of the output process Y (t) is
Q80 Suppose that the modulating signal is
m (t) = 2 cos (2pfm t) and the carrier signal is
xC (t) = AC cos (2pfC t), which one of the following is a
conventional AM signal without over-modulation
(A) x (t) = AC m (t) cos (2pfC t)
(B) x (t) = AC [1 + m (t)] cos (2pfC t)
(C) x (t) = AC cos (2pfC t) + AC m (t) cos (2pfC t)
(A) (4p 2 f 2 + 1) exp (- pf 2) (B) (4p 2 f 2 - 1) exp (- pf 2) 4
(C) (4p 2 f 2 + 1) exp (- pf ) (D) (4p 2 f 2 - 1) exp (- pf ) (D) x (t) = AC cos (2pfm t) cos (2pfC t)
+ AC sin (2pfm t) sin (2pfC t)
Q77 A message signal m (t) = cos 2000pt + 4 cos 4000pt
modulates the carrier c (t) = cos 2pfc t where fc = 1 MHz Q81 Consider an angle modulated signal
to produce an AM signal. For demodulating the generated x (t) = 6 cos [2p # 106 t + 2 sin (800pt)] + 4 cos (800pt)
AM signal using an envelope detector, the time constant The average power of x (t) is
RC of the detector circuit should satisfy (A) 10 W (B) 18 W
(A) 0.5 ms < RC < 1 ms (B) 1 μs << RC < 0.5 ms (C) 20 W (D) 28 W
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 9 Communications Page 361
Q82 Consider the pulse shape s (t) as shown below. The (A) 1010 (B) 107
impulse response h (t) of the filter matched to this pulse is (C) 1.414 # 10-10 (D) 2 # 10-20
Yk = a + Nk if transmitted bit bk = 1
Where Nk represents the noise sample value. The Q87 For a message siganl m (t) = cos (2pfm t) and carrier
noise sample has a probability density function, of frequency fc , which of the following represents a single
PNk (n) = 0.5ae- a n (This has mean zero and variance side-band (SSB) signal ?
2/a 2 ). Assume transmitted bits to be equiprobable and (A) cos (2pfm t) cos (2pfc t) (B) cos (2pfc t)
threshold z is set to a/2 = 10-6 V . (C) cos [2p (fc + fm) t] ( D )
[1 + cos (2pfm t) cos (2pfc t)
Q113 In a GSM system, 8 channels can co-exist in 200 Statement for Linked Answer Question 117 and 118
kHz bandwidth using TDMA. A GSM based cellular An input to a 6-level quantizer has the probability density
operator is allocated 5 MHz bandwidth. Assuming a function f (x) as shown in the figure. Decision boundaries
frequency reuse factor of 1 , i.e. a five-cell repeat pattern, of the quantizer are chosen so as to maximize the entropy
5
the maximum number of simultaneous channels that can of the quantizer output. It is given that 3 consecutive
exist in one cell is decision boundaries are’ - 1'.'0' and '1' .
(A) 200 (B) 40
(C) 25 (D) 5
GATE 2006 ONE MARK Assuming independent generation of symbols, the most
efficient source encoder would have average bit rate is
Q119 A low-pass filter having a frequency response (A) 6000 bits/sec (B) 4500 bits/sec
H (jw) = A (w) e jf (w) does not produce any phase distortions (C) 3000 bits/sec (D) 1500 bits/sec
if
(A) A (w) = Cw3, f (w) = kw3
Q125 The diagonal clipping in Amplitude Demodulation
(B) A (w) = Cw2, f (w) = kw
(using envelop detector) can be avoided it RC time-
(C) A (w) = Cw, f (w) = kw2 constant of the envelope detector satisfies the following
(D) A (w) = C, f (w) = kw- 1 condition, (here W is message bandwidth and w is carrier
frequency both in rad/sec)
(A) RC < 1 (B) RC > 1
GATE 2006 TWO MARKS W W
(C) RC < 1 (D) RC > 1
Q120 A signal with bandwidth 500 Hz is first multiplied w w
by a signal g (t) where
3 Q126 A uniformly distributed random variable X with
g (t) = / (- 1) k d (t - 0.5 # 10- 4 k) probability density function
R =- 3
The resulting signal is then passed through an ideal fx (x) = 1 pu (x + 5) - u (x - 5)]
10
lowpass filter with bandwidth 1 kHz. The output of the
where u (.) is the unit step function is passed through a
lowpass filter would be
transformation given in the figure below. The probability
(A) d (t) (B) m (t)
density function of the transformed random variable Y
(C) 0 (D) m (t) d (t) would be
pt pt
(A) 2 # 10 3
(B) 4 # 103 (A) fy (y) = 1 [u (y + 2.5) - u (y - 2.25)]
5
(C) 6 # 103 (D) 8 # 103
(B) fy (y) = 0.5d (y) + 0.5d (y - 1)
(C) fy (y) = 0.25d (y + 2.5) + 0.25d (y - 2.5) + 5d (y)
Q122 The minimum step-size required for a Delta-
fy (y) = 0.25d (y + 2.5) + 0.25d (y - 2.5)
Modulator operating at 32k samples/sec to track the (D)
signal (here u (t) is the unit-step function) + 1 [u (y + 2.5) - u (y - 2.5)]
10
x (t) = 125[ u (t) - u (t - 1) + (250t)[ u (t - 1) - u (t - 2)]
so that slope-overload is avoided, would be Q127 In the following figure the minimum value of the
(A) 2 - 10 (B) 2 - 8 constant "C" , which is to be added to y1 (t) such that y1 (t)
and y2 (t) are different , is
(C) 2 - 6 (D) 2 - 4
Hz. The resulting signal is then passed through a Narrow- Common Data Question 133 and 134
Band Frequency Modulator with carrier frequency fc2 = 109 Consider the following Amplitude Modulated (AM) signal,
Hz. where fm < B
The bandwidth of the output would be XAM (t) = 10 (1 + 0.5 sin 2pfm t) cos 2pfc t
(A) 4 # 10 4 Hz (B) 2 # 106 Hz
(C) 2 # 109 Hz (D) 2 # 1010 Hz Q133 The average side-band power for the AM signal
given above is
(A) 25 (B) 12.5
Common Data Question 129 and 130
(C) 6.25 (D) 3.125
Let g (t) = p (t)*( pt), where * denotes convolution &
p (t) = u (t) - u (t - 1) lim with u (t) being the unit step
function
z"3 Q134 The AM signal gets added to a noise with Power
Spectral Density Sn (f) given in the figure below. The ratio
of average sideband power to mean noise power would be :
Q129 The impulse response of filter matched to the signal
s (t) = g (t) - d (1 - 2)* g (t) is given as :
(A) s (1 - t) (B) - s (1 - t)
(C) - s (t) (D) s (t)
Common Data Question 131 and 132 : GATE 2005 ONE MARK
The following two question refer to wide sense stationary
stochastic process Q135 Find the correct match between group 1 and group
2.
Q131 It is desired to generate a stochastic process
Group 1 Group 2
(as voltage process) with power spectral density
S (w) = 16/ (16 + w2) by driving a Linear-Time-Invariant P. {1 + km (t) A sin (wc t)} W. Phase modulation
system by zero mean white noise (As voltage process) Q. km (t) A sin (wc t) X. Frequency modulation
with power spectral density being constant equal to 1. R. A sin {wc t + km (t)} Y. Amplitude modulation
The system which can perform the desired task could be t
(A) first order lowpass R-L filter S. A sin ;wc t + k #- 3m (t) dt E Z. DSB-SC modulation
(B) first order highpass R-C filter
(A) P - Z, Q - Y, R - X, S - W
(C) tuned L-C filter
(B) P - W, Q - X, R - Y, S - Z
(D) series R-L-C filter
(C) P - X, Q - W, R - Z, S - Y
(D) P - Y, Q - Z, R - W, S - X
Q132 The parameters of the system obtained in previous
Q would be
(A) first order R-L lowpass filter would have R = 4W Q136 Which of the following analog modulation scheme
L = 1H requires the minimum transmitted power and minimum
(B) first order R-C highpass filter would have R = 4W channel bandwidth ?
C = 0.25F (A) VSB (B) DSB-SC
(C) tuned L-C filter would have L = 4H C = 4F (C) SSB (D) AM
(D) series R-L-C lowpass filter would have R = 1W ,
L = 4H , C = 4F
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 9 Communications Page 367
Q148 The distribution function Fx (x) of a random variable (A) B1 = 20 kHz, B2 = 20 kHz
x is shown in the figure. The probability that X = 1 is (B) B1 = 10 kHz, B2 = 20 kHz
(C) B1 = 20 khz, B2 = 10 kHz
(D) B1 = 10 kHz, B2 = 10 kHz
Q150 Consider the signal x (t) shown in Fig. Let h (t) Q153 Two sinusoidal signals of same amplitude and
denote the impulse response of the filter matched to x (t) frequencies 10 kHz and 10.1 kHz are added together. The
, with h (t) being non-zero only in the interval 0 to 4 sec. combined signal is given to an ideal frequency detector.
The slope of h (t) in the interval 3 < t < 4 sec is The output of the detector is
(A) 0.1 kHz sinusoid (B) 20.1 kHz sinusoid
(C) a linear function of time (D) a constant
Q157 Three analog signals, having bandwidths 1200 GATE 2003 TWO MARKS
Hz, 600 Hz and 600 Hz, are sampled at their respective
Nyquist rates, encoded with 12 bit words, and time division Q162 Let X and Y be two statistically independent
multiplexed. The bit rate for the multiplexed. The bit rate random variables uniformly distributed in the ranges
for the multiplexed signal is (- 1, 1) and (- 2, 1) respectively. Let Z = X + Y . Then
(A) 115.2 kbps (B) 28.8 kbps the probability that (z #- 1) is
(C) 57.6 kbps (D) 38.4 kbps (A) zero (B) 1
6
Q158 Consider a system shown in the figure. Let X (f) (C) 1 (D) 1
3 12
and Y (f) and denote the Fourier transforms of x (t) and
y (t) respectively. The ideal HPF has the cutoff frequency
10 kHz. Common Data Question 163 and 164
X (t) is a random process with a constant mean value of 2
and the auto correlation function Rxx (t) = 4 (e - 0.2 t + 1).
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 370 Communications Chapter 9
Q163 Let X be the Gaussian random variable obtained The modulation index of the generated AM signal is 0.5.
by sampling the process at t = ti and let Total sideband power
Then the quantity is
Carrier power
# - 1 e dy
3 x2
Q (a) = 2
a 2p (A) 1 (B) 1
The probability that 6x # 1@ is 2 4
(A) 1 - Q (0.5) (B) Q (0.5) (C) 1 (D) 1
(C) Q c 1 (D) 1 - Q c 1 m 3 8
2 2 m 2 2
Q164 Let Y and Z be the random variable obtained Q169 c (t) and m (t) are used to generated an FM signal. If
by sampling X (t) at t = 2 and t = 4 respectively. Let the peak frequency deviation of the generated FM signal is
W = Y - Z . The variance of W is three times the transmission bandwidth of the AM signal,
(A) 13.36 (B) 9.36 then the coefficient of the term cos [2p (1008 # 103 t)] in the
FM signal (in terms of the Bessel coefficients) is
(C) 2.64 (D) 8.00
(A) 5J4 (3) (B) 5 J8 (3)
2
Q165 A sinusoidal signal with peak-to-peak amplitude (C) 5 J8 (4) (D) 5J4 (6)
of 1.536 V is quantized into 128 levels using a mid-rise 2
uniform quantizer. The quantization-noise power is
(A) 0.768 V (B) 48 # 10 - 6 V2 Q170 Choose the correct one from among the alternative
(B) 12 # 10 - 6 V2 (D) 3.072 V A, B, C, D after matching an item in Group 1 with most
appropriate item in Group 2.
Q166 Let x (t) = 2 cos (800p) + cos (1400pt). x (t) is Group 1 Group 2
sampled with the rectangular pulse train shown in the
figure. The only spectral components (in kHz) present in P. Ring modulator 1. Clock recovery
the sampled signal in the frequency range 2.5 kHz to 3.5 Q. VCO 2. Demodulation of FM
kHz are R. Foster-Seely 3. Frequency conversion
discriminator
S. Mixer 4. Summing the two inputs
5. Generation of FM
6. Generation of DSB-Sc
(C) 20 dB (D) 13 dB (A) 16 kHz and 20 kHz (C) 20 kHz and 32 kHz
(C) 20 kHz and 40 kHz (D) 32 kHz and 40 kHz
Q173 The input to a linear delta modulator having a
step-size 3= 0.628 is a sine wave with frequency fm and Q179 The line-of-sight communication requires the
peak amplitude Em . If the sampling frequency fx = 40 kHz, transmit and receive antennas to face each other. If the
the combination of the sine-wave frequency and the peak transmit antenna is vertically polarized, for best reception
amplitude, where slope overload will take place is the receiver antenna should be
Em fm (A) horizontally polarized
(A) 0.3 V 8 kHz (B) vertically polarized
(B) 1.5 V 4 kHz
(C) 1.5 V 2 kHz (C) at 45c with respect to horizontal polarization
(D) 3.0 V 1 kHz (D) at 45c with respect to vertical polarization
Q174 If S represents the carrier synchronization at the GATE 2002 TWO MARKS
receiver and r represents the bandwidth efficiency, then
the correct statement for the coherent binary PSK is
Q180 An angle-modulated signal is given by
(A) r = 0.5, S is required (B) r = 1.0, S is required
s (t) = cos 2p (2 # 106 t + 30 sin 150t + 40 cos 150t).
(C) r = 0.5, S is not required (D) r = 1.0, S is not The maximum frequency and phase deviations of s (t) are
required (A) 10.5 kHz, 140p rad (B) 6 kHz, 80p rad
(C) 10.5 kHz, 100p rad (D) 7.5 kHz, 100p rad
Q175 A signal is sampled at 8 kHz and is quantized using
8 - bit uniform quantizer. Assuming SNRq for a sinusoidal
signal, the correct statement for PCM signal with a bit Q181 In the figure m (t) = 2 sin 2pt , s (t) = cos 200pt and
t
rate of R is n (t) = sin 199pt .
t
(A) R = 32 kbps, SNRq = 25.8 dB The output y (t) will be
(B) R = 64 kbps, SNRq = 49.8 dB
(C) R = 64 kbps, SNRq = 55.8 dB
(D) R = 32 kbps, SNRq = 49.8 dB
Q176 A 2 MHz sinusoidal carrier amplitude modulated (B) sin 2pt + sin pt cos 3pt
t t
by symmetrical square wave of period 100 m sec . Which
of the following frequencies will NOT be present in the (C) sin 2pt + sin 0.5pt cos 1.5pt
t t
modulated signal ?
(A) 990 kHz (B) 1010 kHz (D) sin 2pt + sin pt cos 0.75pt
t t
(C) 1020 kHz (D) 1030 kHz
Q182 A signal x (t) = 100 cos (24p # 103) t is ideally
Q177 Consider a sample signal sampled with a sampling period of 50m sec ana then passed
+3 through an ideal lowpass filter with cutoff frequency of 15
y (t) = 5 # 10-6 # (t) / d (t - nT )
s
kHz. Which of the following frequencies is/are present at
n =- 3
where x (t) = 10 cos (8p # 103) t and Ts = 100m sec. the filter output ?
When y (t) is passed through an ideal lowpass filter with a (A) 12 kHz only (B) 8 kHz only
cutoff frequency of 5 KHz, the output of the filter is (C) 12 kHz and 9 kHz (D) 12 kHz and 8 kHz
(A) 5 # 10 - 6 cos (8p # 103) t (b) 5 # 10 - 5 cos (8p # 103) t
(C) 5 # 10 - 1 cos (8p # 103) t (D) 10 cos (8p # 103) t Q183 If the variance ax2 of d (n) = x (n) - x (n - 1) is one-
tenth the variance ax2 of stationary zero-mean discrete-
Q178 For a bit-rate of 8 Kbps, the best possible values time signal x (n), then the normalized autocorrelation
R (k)
of the transmitted frequencies in a coherent binary FSK function xx 2 at k = 1 is
system are (A) 0.95 ax (B) 0.90
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 372 Communications Chapter 9
Q186 A video transmission system transmits 625 picture Q193 A message m (t) bandlimited to the frequency fm
frames per second. Each frame consists of a 400 # 400 has a power of Pm . The power of the output signal in the
pixel grid with 64 intensity levels per pixel. The data rate figure is
of the system is
(A) 16 Mbps (B) 100 Mbps
(C) 600 Mbps (D) 6.4 Gbps
GATE 1999 ONE MARK Q202 Four independent messages have bandwidths of
100 Hz, 200 Hz and 400 Hz , respectively. Each is sampled
Q196 The input to a channel is a bandpass signal. It is at the Nyquist rate, and the samples are time division
obtained by linearly modulating a sinusoidal carrier with multiplexed (TDM) and transmitted. The transmitted
a single-tone signal. The output of the channel due to this sample rate (in Hz) is
input is given by (A) 1600 (B) 800
y (t) = (1/100) cos (100t - 10-6) cos (106 t - 1.56) (C) 400 (D) 200
The group delay (tg) and the phase delay (t p) in seconds,
of the channel are
(A) tg = 10-6, t p = 1.56 (B) tg = 1.56, t p = 10-6 GATE 1998 ONE MARK
(C) tg = 108, t p = 1.56 # 10-6 (D) tg = 108, t p = 1.56
Q203 The amplitude spectrum of a Gaussian pulse is
(A) uniform (B) a sine function
Q197 A modulated signal is given by
s (t) = m1 (t) cos (2pfc t) + m2 (t) sin (2pfc t) (C) Gaussian (D) an impulse function
where the baseband signal m1 (t) and m2 (t) have
bandwidths of 10 kHz, and 15 kHz, respectively. The Q204 The ACF of a rectangular pulse of duration T is
bandwidth of the modulated signal, in kHz, is (A) a rectangular pulse of duration T
(A) 10 (B) 15 (B) a rectangular pulse of duration 2T
(C) 25 (D) 30 (C) a triangular pulse of duration T
(D) a triangular pulse of duration 2T
Q198 A modulated signal is given
-at
by s (t) = e cos [(wc + Dw) t] u (t),
Q205 The image channel selectivity of superheterodyne
where a wc and Dw are positive constants, and wc >> Dw .
receiver depends upon
The complex envelope of s (t) is given by
(A) IF amplifiers only
(A) exp (- at) exp [j (wc + Dw) t] u (t)
(B) RF and IF amplifiers only
(B) exp (- at) exp (jDwt) u (t)
(C) Preselector, RF and IF amplifiers
(C) exp (jDwt) u (t)
(D) Preselector, and RF amplifiers only
(D) exp [jwc + Dw) t]
Q215 The line code that has zero dc component for pulse
transmission of random binary data is
(A) Non-return to zero (NRZ)
(B) Return to zero (RZ)
(C) Alternate Mark Inversion (AM) Q219 The power spectral density of a deterministic signal
(D) None of the above is given by [sin (f) /f 2] where f is frequency. The auto
correlation function of this signal in the time domain is
(A) a rectangular pulse (B) a delta function
Q216 A probability density function is given by
(C) a sine pulse (D) a triangular pulse
***********
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 9 Communications Page 375
SOLUTIONS
S1 Correct option is (A). fIf = 15 MHz
FLo = 3500 MHz
fs - fLo = fIf
fs = fLo + fIf
= 3515 MHz
dt max
N = 4 # 103 # 2.5 # 10-5 # 2 Am w m # T =
step size
= TFs
tr sampling interval
C = B log 2 :1 + S D Am 2p ^2 # 103h # 2 # 10 4 # .1
N
S = 1638.2 Am # 1
2p
J/ sec
Eb = S = S22 Correct answer is 32.
Rb bits/ sec
= 31.503 SNRq = ^1.76 + 6n h dB
C = log b1 + S l where n = number of bits
1
B N Given SNR = 31.8 dB
So, 1.76 + 6n = 31.8 dB
& log 2 b1 + S l = C
N B or 6n = 30
& b1 + N
S l = 2C/B = 213 = 8192 or n =5
Hence, Levels = 2n = 25 = 32 . 32 levels
or S = 8191
N S23 Correct option is (C).
& S = 8191 # 4 # 103 # 2.5 # 10-5 # 2 Bandwidth of PM signal is given by
= 819.1 # 2 B = 2 (Tf + fm)
Eb = 819.1 # 2 So, it depends upon fm and
Rb
k m
= 31.503 Tf = f p (m p = Am = message signal amplitude)
2p
Hence, bandwidth depends upon both fm , Am .
S19 Correct answer is 0.735.
P = 10-5 N = 105
S24 Correct option is (D).
Method 1: Gaussian Minimum Shift Keying (GMSK) is used for
Binomial Method: nC x px qn - x GSM mobile terminals.
P ^x = 0h + P 6x = 1@ = 105 c 0 ^10-5h0 ^1 - 10-5h10
5
^ 7 h^.8h
1
S21 Correct option is (A).
= = 0.4
^ 7 h^.8h + ^ 7 h^.2h
1 6
For preventing slope overload, we should have
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 378 Communications Chapter 9
X Y Z
0 0 0
0 1 1
S30 Correct option is (A).
1 0 1
Let N ^ t h be the noise at the output of filter.
Variation of N ^ t h = E 8N 2 ^ t hB - $E 6N (t)@.
1 1 2 2
-3
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 9 Communications Page 379
2 -3 =N=8
RN ^0 h = N 0
2 -3 ^ h
# h k dk = N 0 ^3A2h
3 2
i.e. the maximum number of uses. who can be assigned
2
mutually orthogonal signature sequence is 8.
= 3 $ A2 $ N 0
2
S36 Correct answer is 0.
S31 Correct option is (A) Given the binary symmetric channel (BSC) with crossover
Probability of error of matched filter receiver is given by probability 0.5. So, we have
= Q c 2E m p = 0.5
N0
so, the entropy is given as
where E = Energy of signal
H ^p h = Sp log 2 1
So, probability of error will be minimum for which energy p
is maximum. By finding energy of signals given in option, = 0.5 log 2 1 + 0.5 log 2 1
we conclude that energy is minimum for option (A). 0.5 0.5
= 0.5 + 0.5 = 1
S32 Correct answer is 6. Hence, the capacity of channel is
Given f (x) = 1 x e- x 1 - H ^p h = 1 - 1
2 =0
By definition, variance is
V (X) = E 6x 2@ - {E 6x @} 2 S37 Correct option is (A).
The channel capacity is defined as
E 6X @ = # xf (x) = # x 1 x e- x dx
3 3
P
-3 -3 2 C = W log 2 b1 + s2 W l ...(i)
Since it is an odd function, we get Since, we know that
E 6X @ = 0 log a b = log a c log c b
E 6X 2@ = # # 1 x2 f x e- x dx So, we may rewrite the equation (1) as
3 2 3
x f (x) =
-3 2
C = W (log 2 e) ;log e b1 + 2P lE
-3
= #
3 3 -x
x e dx = 6 sW
P P 2 P 3
= W (log 2 e) ;b s2 W l - 1 b s2 W l + 1 b s2 W l - ...E
0
Pc 2
S39 Correct answer is 10 kHz.
Thus, if m is doubled, the ratio increases by a factor of 4.
Let frequency spectrum of message signal m (t ) be
S44 Correct option is (B).
For a random variable X , we define the variance as
s 2X = E 6X2@ - ^E 6X @h2
Since, the variance can not be negative. So, we have
E 6X2@ $ ^E 6X @h2
This relation always holds true.
So, the spectrum m ^ t h cos ^400pt h is sketched as S45 Correct option is (D).
We have the random process,
X ^ t h = 2 sin ^2pt + fh
Where random phase f is uniformly distributed in the
interval 60, 2p@. So, we obtain the probability density
function as
ff ^fh = 1
2p
To recover message signal from the modulated signal, the Therefore, the auto-correlation is given as
sampling frequency must be multiple of bandwidth, i.e.
E 6X ^t1h X ^t2h@ = X ^t1h X ^t2h ff ^fh df
2p
fs = n BW #
0
Hence, fs, min = 10 kHz
8 2 sin ^2pt1 + fhB8 2 sin ^2pt2 + fhB 2p df
2p
1
= #
0
S40 Correct option is (C).
sin ^2pt1 + fh sin ^2pt2 + fh df
2p
= 2 #
Given phase response, 2p 0
1, x $ xT 1 1
xq = * So, RX b 4W l = E ;X (t ) X bt - 4W lE
0, x < xT
Where xT is threshold value. Since, the output should be Hence, We get
1
of equal probability, i.e. E ;pX (t ) X bt - 4W lE = pRX b 1 l
P (xq = 1) = P (xq = 0) 4W
So, P (X $ xT ) = P (x < xT ) sin 82p ^ 4W
1
hW B
=p
Therefore, we obtain the required value of threshold as p ^ 4W h W
1
3
xT = 4 sin (p/2) = 4
#f X (x ) dx = #
0
fX (x ) dx
xT
xT
S50 Correct answer is 60.
# #
3 -2x -2x
2e dx = 2e dx We have the waveform of fourier transform of message
xT 0
signal as
e-2x D3 :2e-2x Dx
:2-
T
2 x = -2 0 T
-2xT
0+e =- e-2x + 1 T
2e-2x = 1 T
xT = 1 ln 2 = 0.35
2
Again, the signal is passed through low pass filter with cut
off frequency fc .
Hence, the waveform of output signal is
SX ^ f h = *10
-6
_3000 - f i, for f # 3 kHz
So, n =2
Hence, the minimum data rate of the PCM system is
0 otherwise = nf s = 2 # 2fm = 200 bits/sec. ( fm = 50 )
The power spectrum can be obtained as
S54 Correct answer is 2.
We consider the first block of the binary symmetric
channel.
y =1 y =1
P ^y1 = 1h = P c 1
x=1m ^
P x = 1h + P c 1
x1 = 0 m ^
P x = 0h
=1#1+2#1 = 3 =1
2 3 3 2 6 2
Now, X ^ t h modulus a carrier cos ^16000pt h. P ^y1 = 0h = 1 - P ^y1 = 1h = 1
2
So the spectrum becomes (carrier frequency, fc = 8 kHz).
Hence, we obtain the entropy,
H ^y1h =- SPi log 2 Pi =- & 1 log 2 1 + 1 log 2 1 0 = 1
2 2 2 2
Similarly, we obtain entropy for the second block. Wehave
y =0 y =0
y1 = 0 n ^ 1
P ^y2 = 0h = P d 2 P y = 0h + P d 2
y1 = 1 n
# P ^y1 = 1h
1 1
= # + # = 1 1 1
Again this spectrum is passed through an ideal band pass 2 2 2 2 2
filters of unity gain with centre frequency of 8 kHz and Hence, we obtain the entropy
bandwidth of 2 kHz. So, we have the output spectrum as P ^y2 = 1h = 1
2
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 9 Communications Page 383
P BT =
exp b- 1 2 8^y - 1h2 - ^y + 1h2Bl = 2
2s P ^H1h
y=yopt
^1 + r h Rb
or BT = (where R = Rb / log 2 M )
2yopt P ^H 0h 2 log 2 M
exp c 2 m =
s P ^H1h ^1 + 1h 200
or log 2 M = =4
2 P ^H 0h 2 # 50
y opt = s ln f p
2 P ^H1h Hence, M = 16
2
= - 1.1s =- 0.55s2
2 S58 Correct option is (C).
Here, optimum threshold is Given X ! "- a, + a ,
y opt < 0 So, the probability is
Hence, threshold is strictly negative. P ^x =- a h = P ^x = a h = 1
2
S56 Correct answer is 0.8. Given the discrete-time channel,
Given Z -channel is Y = X+Z
So, the received signal is
- a + z if x =- a
Y =*
a+z if x =+ a
Since Z is chosen independently from a Gaussian
distribution with mean bX and unit variance, so we have
fZ ^z h = 1 e- 2 ^z - bX h
1 2
2p
Let the two events,
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 384 Communications Chapter 9
H1: x =+ a so, P ^U $ 0h = 1
H 0: x =- a 2
So, we get and P ^V $ 0h = 1
y 1 e- 12_y - a^1 + b hi 2
fY e o
2
=
H1 2p The distribution is shown in the figure below
y
fY e o = 1 e- 2 ^y + a^1 + b hh
1 2
H0 2p
Hence, the bit error rate is given by
Pe = P ^H1h P d e n + P ^H 0h P d e n
H1 H0
0
=1 1 e- 2_y - a^1 + b hi dy
1
#
2
2 - 3 2p
+1 # 1 e- 12_y + a^1 + b hi dy
3 2
2 -0 2p
= Q _a ^1 + b hi fu ^u h = 1 e -u2
2s
2p su2
u
For b = 0 , we have
Pe = Q ^a h = 1 # 10-8 fv ^v h = 1 e -v2
2s
2p sv2
v
2
or e-a /2 = 1 # 10-8 We can express the distribution in standard form by
or a = 6.07 assuming
Hence, for b =- 0.3 , we obtain X = u - 0 = u = 2U
su Y2
Pe = Q _a ^1 + b hi
and Y = v - 0 = v = 3V
= Q ^6.07 ^1 - 0.3hh = Q ^4.249h for which we have
sv Y3
or, 6F ^x h - G ^x h@x # 0
Since, the 1 and 0 transmission is equiprobable:
S62 Option (C) is correct. i.e., P ^ 0 h = P ^1 h = 1
2
Given, P ^U =+ 1h = P ^U =- 1h = 1
2 Hence bit error rate (BER) is
where U is a random variable which is identical to V i.e., BER = P b received 0 l P ^0 h + P b received 1 l P ^1 h
transmitted 1 transmitted 0
P ^V =+ 1h = P ^V =- 1h = 1
2 = 0+1 #1
8 2
So, random variable U and V can have following values
U =+ 1, - 1; = 1
16
V =+ 1, - 1
Therefore the random variable U + V can have the
S64 Option (B) is correct.
following values,
- 2 When U = V =- 1 The optimum threshold is the threshold value for
U + V = *0 When U = 1,V = 1 or u =- 1, v = 1 transmission as obtained at the intersection of two pdf.
2 When U = V = 1 From the shown pdf. We obtain at the intersection
Hence, we obtain the probabilities for U + V as follows (transmitted, received) = b 4 , 1 l
5 5
we can obtain the intersection by solving the two linear
U+V P ^U + V h eqs
-2 1 1=1 x+y = 1 pdf of received bit 0
2#2 4 0 . 5
y = x pdf of received bit 1
0 1 1 1 1 1 2
b2 # 2l+b2 # 2l = 2
Hence for threshold = 4 , we have
2 1 1=1 5
2#2 4
BER = P b received 1 l P ^0 h + P b received 0 l P ^1 h
transmitted 0 transmitted 1
Therefore, the entropy of the ^U + V h is obtained as = b1 # 1 # 1l# 1 +b1 # 4 # 1l# 1
2 5 2 2 2 5 5 2
H ^U + V h = P ^U + V h log 2 '
/ 1
P ^U + V h 1
= 1 <(BER for threshold = 1)
20
= 1 log 2 4 + 1 log 2 2 + 1 log 2 4
4 2 4
Hence, optimum threshold is 4
= 2+1+2 = 3 5
4 2 4 2
S65 Option (A) is correct.
S63 Option (D) is correct. The mean square value of a stationary process equals the
For the shown received signal, we conclude that if 0 is total area under the graph of power spectral density, that
the transmitted signal then the received signal will be is
#
3
also zero as the threshold is 1 and the pdf of bit 0 is not E [X 2 (t)] = SX (f ) df
-3
crossing 1. Again, we can observe that there is an error
E [X 2 (t)] = 1 #S
3
or, (w) dw
when bit 1 is received as it crosses the threshold. The 2p -3
X
2
= # 2E sin w t 2 sin (w t + 45c) dt
T
c c
Since X and Y are independent. 0 T T
P &[max (x, y)] < 1 0 = P b X < 1 l P bY < 1 l = 2E # sin (w t) sin (w t + 45c) dt
T
2 2 2 T 0
c c
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 9 Communications Page 387
So, probability for the 1st case will be as : where, x (t) = # m (t) dt
0
[x (t)] max = 4
So, k p # 2 = 2p k f # 4
kp
= 4p
kf
b>a
x + E/2 Note: For phase lead compensator zero is nearer to the
Taking, =t
N 0 /2 origin as compared to pole, so option (C) can not be true.
dx = N 0 dt
2 S73 Option (A) is correct.
So, P _N < - E/2 i = 1 e- t2 dt Q E f = tan-1 a w k - tan-1 a w k
2
# c N0 m
3
E/N 0 2p a b
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 388 Communications Chapter 9
df 1/a 1/b
= - =0
dw 1 +a k 1 +awk
w 2 2
a b
2 2
1 + w = 1+1w
a ab2 b b a2
1 - 1 = w2 1 - 1
a b ab b a b l
w = ab = 1 # 2 = 2 rad/ sec
X = 0 and Y = 0 or
X = 1 and Y = 1 or = .078125
X = 2 and Y = 2 . .0667
Thus P (B) = 1 # 1 + 1 # 1 + 1 # 1 = 6
2 2 4 4 4 4 16 S93 Option (B) is correct.
P (A + B) 1/16 For positive values step size
Now = =1
P (B) 6/16 6 s+ = 0.05 V
For negative value step size
S89 Option (B) is correct. s- = 0.1 V
The mean is No. of quantization in + ive is
X = Sxi pi (x) = 5 = 5 = 100
= 1 # 0.1 + 2 # 0.2 + 3 # 0.4 + 4 # 0.2 + 5 # 0.1 s+ 0.05
n+
= 0.1 + 0.4 + 1.2 + 0.8 + 0.5 = 3.0 Thus 2 = 100 $ n+ = 7
X2 = Sxi2 pi (x) No. of quantization in - ve
= 1 # 0.1 + 4 # 0.2 + 9 # 0.4 + 16 # 0.2 + 25 # 0.1 Q1 = 5 = 5 = 50
s- 0.1
= 0.1 + 0.8 + 3.6 + 3.2 + 2.5 = 10.2
2 = 50 $ n - = 6
n
-
Eg1 16a2
Ratio = = =4
Eg2 4a2
S116 Option (A) is correct.
Noise Power is same for both which is N0 .
2
Thus probability of error will be lower for the constellation
1 as it has higher signal energy.
3f
16 Here b = 2b1 and b1 = = 90 = 18
Thus = H (w) 2 fm 5
16 + w2
4 BW = 2 (b + 1) fm = 2 (2 # 18 + 1) # 5 = 370
or H (w) = kHz
16 + w2
or H (s) = 4 S138 Option (C) is correct.
4+s
which is a first order low pass RL filter. The transfer function of matched filter is
h (t) = x (t - t) = x (2 - t)
S132 Option (A) is correct. The output of matched filter is the convolution of x (t)
We have R = 4 and h (t) as shown below
R + sL 4+s
R
or L4 =
+s R
L
4 + s
Comparing we get L = 1 H and R = 4W
2 (0.5) 2 (50)
Side band power Ps = m Pc = = 6.25 H (f) = 2
2 2 G0 (f) = H (f) 2 Gi (f) = 4No W/Hz
The noise power is = 4No # B
S134 Option (B) is correct.
Mean noise power = Area under the PSD curve S140 Option (C) is correct.
= 4 ; 1 # B # No E = BNo As the area under pdf curve must be unity
2 2 1 (4 # k) = 1 $ k = 1
The ratio of average sideband power to mean noise 2 2
power is Now mean square value is
Side Band Power = 6.25 = 25 +3
Noise Power N0 B 4No B sv2 = #- 3 v2 p (v) dv
4
S135 Option (D) is correct. = #0 v2 ` v8 j dv as p (v) = 1 v
8
{1 + km (t)} A sin (wc t) $ Amplitude modulation 4 3
HPF is
VHP (t) = 1 cos (wc + wm) t = 0.2 + 0.1 = 0.15
2 0
Now V0 (t) = VHP (t) + sin (2p # 100 # 106) t
S155 Option (B) is correct.
= 1 cos [2p100 # 106 + 2p # 1 # 106 t] + sin (2p # 100 # 106) t
2 The square mean value is
= 1 cos [2p108 + 2p106 t] + sin (2p108) t #- 3
3
s2 = (x - xq) 2 f (x) dx
2
= 1 [cos (2p108 t) t cos (2p106 t)] - sin [2p108 t sin (2p106 t)
1
2 = #0 (x - xq) 2 f (x) dx
+ sin 2p108 t] 0. 3 0. 1
= #0 (x - 0) 2 f (x) dx + #0.3 (x - 0.7) 2 f (x) dx
= 1 cos (2p106 t) cos 2p108 t + `1 - 1 sin 2p106 t j sin 2p108 t 3 0. 3 3 2 1
2 2 = ; x E + ; x + 0.49x - 14 x E
3 0 3 2 0. 3
This signal is in form or 2
s = 0.039
= A cos 2p108 t + B sin 2p108 t
RMS = s2 = 0.039 = 0.198
The envelope of this signal is
= A2 + B2 S156 Option (C) is correct.
2 2
= ` 1 cos (2p106 t)j + `1 - 1 sin (2p106 t j FM $ Capture effect
2 2
DM $ Slope over load
= 1 cos2 (2p106 t) + 1 + 1 sin2 (2p106 t) - sin (2p106 t)
4 4 PSK $ Matched filter
1 + 1 - sin (2p106 t) PCM $ m - law
=
4
5 - sin (2p106 t) S157 Option (C) is correct.
=
4 Since fs = 2fm , the signal frequency and sampling frequency
are as follows
fm1 = 1200 Hz $ 2400 samples per sec
S153 Option (A) is correct.
fm2 = 600 Hz $ 1200 samples per sec
s (t) = A cos [2p10 # 103 t] + A cos [2p10.1 # 103 t]
1 fm3 = 600 Hz $ 1200 samples per sec
Here T1 = = 100m sec Thus by time division multiplexing total 4800 samples
10 # 103
1 per second will be sent. Since each sample require 12 bit,
and T2 = = 99m sec
10.1 # 103 total 4800 # 12 bits per second will be sent
Period of added signal will be LCM [T1, T2] Thus bit rate Rb = 4800 # 12 = 57.6 kbps
Thus T = LCM [100, 99] = 9900m sec
S158 Option (B) is correct.
Thus frequency f = 1 = 0.1 kHz
9900m The input signal X (f) has the peak at 1 kHz and - 1 kHz.
After balanced modulator the output will have peak at
S154 Option (A) is correct. fc ! 1 kHz i.e. :
The pdf of transmission of 0 and 1 will be as shown below 10 ! 1 $ 11 and 9 kHz
: 10 ! (- 1) $ 9 and 11 kHz
9 kHz will be filtered out by HPF of 10 kHz. Thus 11
kHz will remain. After passing through 13 kHz balanced
modulator signal will have 13 ! 11 kHz signal i.e. 2 and
24 kHz.
Thus peak of Y (f) are at 2 kHz and 24 kHz.
white. The PSD of noise at the output is parabolic E [Z2] = E [X2 (4)] = 8
E [YZ] = RXX (2) = 4 [e-0.2 (4 - 2) + 1] = 6.68
S161 Option (B) is correct. E [W2] = sw2 = 8 + 8 - 2 # 6.68 = 2.64
We have Pe = 1 erfc c Ed m
2 2h S165 Option (C) is correct.
Since Pe of Binary FSK is 3 dB inferior to binary PSK 2mp
Step size d = = 1.536 = 0.012 V
L 128
S162 Option (D) is correct. Quantization Noise power
The pdf of Z will be convolution of pdf of X and pdf of 2 (0.012) 2
= d =
Y as shown below. 12 12
z
Now p [Z # z] = #- 3
fZ (z) dz = 12 # 10 V2
-6
-2
p [Z #- 2] = #- 3fZ (z) dz = Area [z #- 2] S166 Option (D) is correct.
The frequency of pulse train is
= 1 # 1 #1 = 1
2 6 12 f 1- 3 = 1 k Hz
10
The Fourier Series coefficient of given pulse train is
-T /2
Cn = 1 #
o
Ae-jnw t dt o
To -T /2 o
-T /6
= 1 #
o
Ae-jhw t dt o
To -T /6 o
To (- jhwo) o
(- j2pn)
= A (e jhp/3 - e-jhp/3)
j2pn
or Cn = A sin ` np j
pn 3
From Cn it may be easily seen that 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, harmonics
are present and 0, 3, 6, 9,.. are absent. Thus p (t) has 1
kHz, 2 kHz, 4 kHz, 5 kHz, 7 kHz,... frequency component
and 3 kHz, 6 kHz.. are absent.
The signal x (t) has the frequency components 0.4 kHz
and 0.7 kHz. The sampled signal of x (t) i.e. x (t)* p (t)
S163 Option (D) is correct. will have
We have RXX (t) = 4 (e - 0.2 t + 1) 1 ! 0.4 and 1 ! 0.7 kHz
RXX (0) = 4 (e - 0.2 0 + 1) = 8 = s2 2 ! 0.4 and 2 ! 0.7 kHz
or s =2 2 Given 4 ! 0.4 and 4 ! 0.7 kHz
mean m=0 Thus in range of 2.5 kHz to 3.5 kHz the frequency
Now P (x # 1) = Fx (1) present is
X-m 2 + 0.7 = 2.7 kHz
= 1 - Qc
s m
at x = 1
4 - 0.7 = 3.3 kHz
= 1 - Qc 1 - 0 m = 1 - Qc 1 m
2 2 2 2 S167 Option (C) is correct.
vi = Ac1 cos (2pfc t) + m (t)
S164 Option (C) is correct. v0 = ao vi + avi3
W = Y-Z v0 = a0 [Ac cos (2pfc t) + m (t)] + a1 [Ac' cos (2pfc' t) + m (t)] 3
' '
= 3a1 Ac' cos (2pfc' t) m2 (t) + m3 (t) S174 Option (A) is correct.
The term 3a1 Ac' ( cos 42pf t ) m (t) is a DSB-SC signal having If s " carrier synchronization at receiver
'
c
carrier frequency 1. MHz. Thus 2fc' = 1 MHz or fc' = 0.5 r " represents bandwidth efficiency
MHz then for coherent binary PSK r = 0.5 and s is required.
y (t) = {x (t)} 3
= #
0
[10 sin (2p # 106) 2] dt
= Ac2 cos (3wc t + 3b sin wm t) + 3 cos (wc t + b sin wm t) [g 0 (t)] max = 1 # 100 # 10-4 = 5 mV
Thus the fundamental frequency doesn’t change but BW 2
is three times. S202 Option (B) is correct.
BW = 2 (3 f') = 2 (3 f # 3) = 3 MHz Sampling rate must be equal to twice of maximum
frequency.
S196 Option (C) is correct. f s = 2 # 400 = 800 Hz
S197 Option (C) is correct. S203 Option (C) is correct.
This is Quadrature modulated signal. In QAM, two The amplitude spectrum of a gaussian pulse is also
signals having bandwidth. B 1 & B 2 can be transmitted gaussian as shown in the fig.
simultaneous over a bandwidth of (B 1 + B 2) Hz -y 2
fY (y) = 1 exp c
so B.W. = (15 + 10) = 25 kHz 2p 2 m
= [e-at cos Dwt] cos 2pfc t - [e-at sin Dwt] sin 2pfc t
= S1 (t) cos 2pfc t - SQ (t) sin 2pfc t
Complex envelope of s (t) is
S (t) = S1 (t) + jSQ (t)
S204 Option (C) is correct.
= e-at cos Dwt + je-at sin Dwt
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 9 Communications Page 401
#
2
T T
- +t
T 2 2 T 2 In PCM, SNR is depends an step size (i.e. signal amplitude)
2
(t) can be negative or positive, so generalizing above SNR can be improved by using smaller steps for smaller
equations amplitude. This is obtained by compressing the signal.
2
Rxx (t) = A :T - t D
T 2 S212 Option (C) is correct.
Rxx (t) is a regular pulse of duration T . Band width is same for BPSK and APSK(OOK) which is
equal to twice of signal Bandwidth.
2p
so here K = 1 S219 Option (D) is correct.
2p Power spectral density function of a signal g (t) is fourier
transform of its auto correlation function
S217 Option (C) is correct. Rg (t)
F
Sg (w)
Here the highest frequency component in the spectrum is here Sg (w) = sin c2 (f)
1.5 kHz so Rg (t) is a triangular pulse.
[at 2 kHz is not included in the spectrum] f [triang.] = sin c2 (f)
***********
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 10 Electromagnetics Page 403
CHAPTER 10
ELECTROMAGNETICS
GATE 2016 EC01 ONE MARK Q5 Light from the free space is incident at an angle q i to
the normal of the facet of a step-index large core optical
Q1 Concentric spherical shells of radii 2 m, 4 m and fibre. The core and cladding refractive indices are n1 = 1.5
8 m carry uniform surface charge densities of 20 nC/m2 and n2 = 1.4 , respectively.
, - 4 nC/m2 and r s , respectively. The value of r s (nC/m2)
required to ensure that the electric flux density D v = v0 at
radius 10 m is _____.
(C) 12.86 A , 9.23 Am-2 (D) 10.28 A , 7.56 Am-2 (D) Circular (anti clockwise), Linear, – 3dB
Q9 An antenna pointing in a certain direction has a Q12 The far-zone power density radiated by a helical
noise temperature of 50 K. The ambient temperature is antenna is approximated as:
290 K . The antenna is connected to pre-amplifier that has Wrad = Waverage . atr C 0 12 cos 4 q
$ $
Q10 Two lossless X-band horn antennas are separated by GATE 2016 EC02 TWO MARKS
a distance of 200l . The amplitude reflection coefficients at
the terminals of the transmitting and receiving antennas
Q13 The parallel-plate capacitor shown in the figure
are 0.15 and 0.18, respectively. The maximum directivities
of the transmitting and receiving antennas (over the has movable plates. The capacitor is charged so that the
isotropic antenna) are 18 dB and 22 dB, respectively. energy stored in it is E when the plate separation is d .
Assuming that the input power in the lossless transmission The capacitor is then isolated electrically and the plates
line connected to the antenna is 2 W, and that the antennas are moved such that the plate separation become 2d .
are perfectly aligned and polarization matched, the power
(in mW) delivered to the load at the receiver is _____
Q15 A microwave circuit consisting transmission lines Q18 Consider an air-filled rectangular waveguide with
T1 and T2 is shown in the figure. The plot shows the dimensions a = 2.286 cm and b = 1.016 cm. The increasing
magnitude of the input reflection coefficient G as a order of the cut-off frequencies for different modes is
function of frequency f . The phase velocity of the signal (A) TE 01 < TE 10 < TE 11 < TE 20
in the transmission lines is 2 # 108 m/s. (B) TE 20 < TE 11 < TE 10 < TE 01
(C) TE 10 < TE 20 < TE 01 < TE 11
(D) TE 10 < TE 11 < TE 20 < TE 01
(C) d (D) d
V V
GATE 2015 EC01 ONE MARK
dependence of H f on r , where H f is the magnitude of (B) increases the effective area of the antenna
the azimuthal component of magnetic field outside the (C) results in a better impedance matching
conductor and r is the radial distance from the conductor
(D) allows more power to be transmitted by the antenna
?
Q28 Consider a uniform plane wave with amplitude (E 0 between the antennas is ________.
) of 10 V/m and 1.1 GHz frequency travelling in air, and
incident normally on a dielectric medium with complex
relative permittivity ( e r ) and permeability ( m r ) as shown
in the figure.
(A) xy3 - yz2 (B) 2xy3 - xyz2 (A) 60c and E 0 ^atx - atz h e-j 3 2 V/m
(C) y3 + xyz2 (D) 2xy3 - 3xyz2 2
(B) 45c and E 0 ^atx + atz h e-j 3 V/m
4
p # 10 z
2
GATE 2013 ONE MARK p # 10 ^x + z h
4
integral A #
v : dlv can be expressed as 2
(A) ##^d # Avh : dsv over the closed surface bounded by
the loop Q61 The expression for Evr is
(B) ###^d : A
vh dv over the closed volume bounded by
p # 10 ^x - z h
4
V/m
the loop 2
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 10 Electromagnetics Page 411
Q63 The electric field of a uniform plane electromagnetic Statement for Linked Answer Question 68 and 69 :
wave in free space, along the positive x direction is given An infinitely long uniform solid wire of radius a carries a
by E = 10 (ay + jaz ) e-j 25x . The frequency and polarization uniform dc current of density J
of the wave, respectively, are
(A) 1.2 GHz and left circular
Q68 The magnetic field at a distance r from the center of
(B) 4 Hz and left circular the wire is proportional to
(C) 1.2 GHz and right circular (A) r for r < a and 1/r 2 for r > a
(D) 4 Hz and right circular (B) 0 for r < a and 1/r for r > a
(C) r for r < a and 1/r for r > a
Q64 A coaxial-cable with an inner diameter of 1 mm (D) 0 for r < a and 1/r 2 for r > a
and outer diameter of 2.4 mm is filled with a dielectric
of relative permittivity 10.89. Given m0 = 4p # 10-7 H/m,
-9 Q69 A hole of radius b (b < a) is now drilled along the
e0 = 10 F/m , the characteristic impedance of the cable length of the wire at a distance d from the center of the
36p
is wire as shown below.
(A) 330 W (B) 100 W
(C) 143.3 W (D) 43.4 W
medium. Re(Pv ) denotes the real part of Pv, S denotes a (D) Hv2 = 3utx + 30uty + 10utz A/m
spherical surface whose centre is at the point source, and
nt denotes the unit surface normal on S . Which of the
Q74 A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W
following statements is TRUE?
is terminated in a load impedance ZL . The VSWR of the
(A) Re(Pv ) remains constant at any radial distance from
line is measured as 5 and the first of the voltage maxima
the source
in the line is observed at a distance of l/4 from the load.
(B) Re(Pv ) increases with increasing radial distance from The value of ZL is
the source (A) 10 W (B) 250 W
(C) ## Re (Pv) : nt dS remains constant at any radial (C) (19.23 + j 46.15) W (D) (19.23 - j 46.15) W
s
distance from the source
(D) ## Re (Pv) : nt dS decreases with increasing radial Q75 The electric and magnetic fields for a TEM wave of
s
distance from the source frequency 14 GHz in a homogeneous medium of relative
permittivity er and relative permeability mr = 1 are given
Q71 A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W by Ev = E p e j (wt - 280py) utz V/m and Hv = 3e j (wt - 280py) utx A/m .
is terminated by a 50 W load. When excited by a sinusoidal Assuming the speed of light in free space to be 3 # 108 m/s
voltage source at 10 GHz, the phase difference between , the intrinsic impedance of free space to be 120p , the
two points spaced 2 mm apart on the line is found to be relative permittivity er of the medium and the electric
p/4 radians. The phase velocity of the wave along the line field amplitude E p are
is (A) er = 3, E p = 120p (B) er = 3, E p = 360p
(A) 0.8 # 108 m/s (B) 1.2 # 108 m/s (C) er = 9, E p = 360p (D) er = 9, E p = 120p
(C) 1.6 # 108 m/s (D) 3 # 108 m/s
GATE 2010 ONE MARK
Q72 The modes in a rectangular waveguide are denoted
by TE mn
where m and n are the eigen numbers along the
TM mn Q76 If the scattering matrix [S ] of a two port network is
larger and smaller dimensions of the waveguide respectively. 0.2+0c 0.9+90c
[S ] = >
0.9+90c 0.1+90cH
Which one of the following statements is TRUE? , then the network is
(A) The TM 10 mode of the waveguide does not exist (A) lossless and reciprocal
(B) The TE 10 mode of the waveguide does not exist (B) lossless but not reciprocal
(C) The TM 10 and the TE 10 modes both exist and have (C) not lossless but reciprocal
the same cut-off frequencies
(D) neither lossless nor reciprocal
(D) The TM 10 and the TM 01 modes both exist and have
the same cut-off frequencies
Q77 A transmission line has a characteristic impedance of
50 W and a resistance of 0.1 W/m . If the line is distortion
GATE 2011 TWO MARKS less, the attenuation constant(in Np/m) is
(A) 500 (B) 5
Q73 A current sheet Jv = 10uty A/m lies on the dielectric (C) 0.014 (D) 0.002
interface x = 0 between two dielectric media with
er 1 = 5, mr 1 = 1 in Region-1 (x < 0) and er2 = 2, mr2 = 2
Q78 The electric field component of a time harmonic
in Region-2 (x 2 0). If the magnetic field in Region-1
plane EM wave traveling in a nonmagnetic lossless
at x = 0- is Hv1 = 3utx + 30uty A/m the magnetic field in
dielectric medium has an amplitude of 1 V/m. If the
Region-2 at x = 0+ is
relative permittivity of the medium is 4, the magnitude of
the time-average power density vector (in W/m2 ) is
(A) 1 (B) 1
30p 60p
(C) 1 (D) 1
120p 240p
GATE 2010 TWO MARKS plane and parallel to the x - axis. Which components of
the resulting magnetic field are non-zero at the origin ?
Q79 If Av = xyatx + x 2 aty , then # Av $ dlv
o over the path
C
shown in the figure is
Q81 In the circuit shown, all the transmission line sections Q84 If a vector field V is related to another vector field
are lossless. The Voltage Standing Wave Ration(VSWR) A through V = 4# A , which of the following is true? (Note
on the 60 W line is : C and SC refer to any closed contour and any surface
whose boundary is C . )
#C
(A) V $ dl = #S #C
A $ dS
(B) #C A $ dl = #S #CV $ d S
(C) #C D # V $ dl = #S #C D # A $ d S
(D) #C D # V $ dl = #S #CV $ d S
(A) 1.00 (B) 1.64
(C) 2.50 (D) 3.00 Q85 A transmission line terminates in two branches, each
of length l , as shown. The branches are terminated by
4
50W loads. The lines are lossless and have the characteristic
GATE 2009 ONE MARK impedances shown. Determine the impedance Zi as seen
by the source.
Q82 Two infinitely long wires carrying current are as
shown in the figure below. One wire is in the y - z plane
and parallel to the y - axis. The other wire is in the x - y
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 414 Electromagnetics Chapter 10
(A) 200W (B) 100W Q92 In the design of a single mode step index optical
(C) 50W (D) 25W fibre close to upper cut-off, the single-mode operation is
not preserved if
(A) radius as well as operating wavelength are halved
Q86 A magnetic field in air is measured to be
y t (B) radius as well as operating wavelength are doubled
B = B 0 c 2 x 2 yt - 2
x + y2 m
x
x +y (C) radius is halved and operating wavelength is doubled
What current distribution leads to this field ? (D) radius is doubled and operating wavelength is halved
[Hint : The algebra is trivial in cylindrical coordinates.]
(A) J = B0 z c 2 1 2 m, r ! 0
t
m0 x + y Q93 At 20 GHz, the gain of a parabolic dish antenna of 1
meter and 70% efficiency is
(B) J =- B0 z c 2 2 2 m, r ! 0
t
m0 x + y (A) 15 dB (B) 25 dB
(C) 35 dB (D) 45 dB
(C) J = 0, r ! 0
(D) J = B0 z c 2 1 2 m, r ! 0
t
m0 x + y GATE 2007 ONE MARK
Q90 One end of a loss-less transmission line having the Q96 The E field in a rectangular waveguide of inner
characteristic impedance of 75W and length of 1 cm is dimension a # b is given by
wm
E = 2 ` l j H0 sin ` 2px j sin (wt - bz) yt
short-circuited. At 3 GHz, the input impedance at the 2
mode of propagation in the waveguide is Q100 An air-filled rectangular waveguide has inner
(A) TE20 (B) TM11 dimensions of 3 cm # 2 cm. The wave impedance of the
(C) TM20 (D) TE10 TE20 mode of propagation in the waveguide at a frequency
of 30 GHz is (free space impedance h0 = 377 W )
(A) 308 W (B) 355 W
Q97 A load of 50 W is connected in shunt in a 2-wire
(C) 400 W (D) 461 W
transmission line of Z0 = 50W as shown in the figure. The
2-port scattering parameter matrix (s-matrix) of the shunt
element is Q101 A l2 dipole is kept horizontally at a height of l2 0
-1 1
0 1
(A) > 12 1H
2
(B) = G
2 - 2 1 0
-1 2 1
- 43
(C) > 23 1H
3
(D) > 43 H
3 -3 -4 1
4
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 3
Q107 A rectangular wave guide having TE10 mode as GATE 2005 TWO MARKS
dominant mode is having a cut off frequency 18 GHz for
the mode TE30 . The inner broad - wall dimension of the Q112 Which one of the following does represent the
rectangular wave guide is electric field lines for the mode in the cross-section of a
(A) 5/3 cm (B) 5 cm hollow rectangular metallic waveguide ?
phase shift of + 90c. The radiation pattern is given as. GATE 2004 ONE MARK
Q115 The value of the load resistance is Q121 Consider a 300 W, quarter - wave long (at 1 GHz)
(A) 50 W (B) 200 W transmission line as shown in Fig. It is connected to a 10
(C) 12.5 W (D) 0 V, 50 W source at one end and is left open circuited at
the other end. The magnitude of the voltage at the open
Q116 The reflection coefficient is given by circuit end of the line is
(A) - 0.6 (B) - 1
(C) 0.6 (D) 0
(C) (2k/wm) atz (D) (k/2wm) atz GATE 2003 TWO MARKS
Q134 A short - circuited stub is shunt connected to a GATE 2002 TWO MARKS
transmission line as shown in fig. If Z0 = 50 ohm, the
admittance Y seen at the junction of the stub and the Q139 A plane wave is characterized by
jp/2 jwt - jkz
transmission line is E = (0.5xt + ye
t )e . This wave is
(A) linearly polarized (B) circularly polarized
(C) elliptically polarized (D) unpolarized
(D) equal to the velocity of light in free conductor. The E and H field at the boundary will be
respectively,
(A) minimum and minimum
Q146 The dominant mode in a rectangular waveguide is
TE10 , because this mode has (B) maximum and maximum
(A) the highest cut-off wavelength (C) minimum and maximum
(B) no cut-off (D) maximum and minimum
(C) no magnetic field component
(D) no attenuation Q153 If the diameter of a l dipole antenna is increased
2
from l to l , then its
100 50
GATE 2001 TWO MARKS
(A) bandwidth increases (B) bandwidth decrease
(C) gain increases (D) gain decreases
Q147 A material has conductivity of 10 - 2 mho/m and
a relative permittivity of 4. The frequency at which
the conduction current in the medium is equal to the GATE 2000 TWO MARKS
displacement current is
(A) 45 MHz (B) 90 MHz Q154 A uniform plane wave in air impings at 45c angle
(C) 450 MHz (D) 900 MHz on a lossless dielectric material with dielectric constant
dr . The transmitted wave propagates is a 30c direction
Q148 A uniform plane electromagnetic wave incident on with respect to the normal. The value of dr is
a plane surface of a dielectric material is reflected with (A) 1.5 (B) 1.5
a VSWR of 3. What is the percentage of incident power (C) 2 (D) 2
that is reflected ?
(A) 10% (B) 25% Q155 A rectangular waveguide has dimensions 1 cm #
(C) 50% (D) 75% 0.5 cm. Its cut-off frequency is
(A) 5 GHz (B) 10 GHz
Q149 A medium wave radio transmitter operating at a (C) 15 GHz (D) 12 GHz
wavelength of 492 m has a tower antenna of height 124.
What is the radiation resistance of the antenna? Q156 Two coaxial cable 1 and 2 are filled with different
(A) 25 W (B) 36.5 W dielectric constants er1 and er2 respectively. The ratio of
(C) 50 W (D) 73 W the wavelength in the cables (l1 /l2) is
(A) er1 /er2 (B) er2 /er1
Q150 In uniform linear array, four isotropic radiating (C) er1 /er2 (D) er2 /er1
elements are spaced l apart. The progressive phase shift
4
between required for forming the main beam at 60c off the Q157 For an 8 feet (2.4m) parabolic dish antenna
end - fire is : operating at 4 GHz, the minimum distance required for
(A) - p (B) - p2 radians far field measurement is closest to
(C) - p4 radians (D) - p8 radians (A) 7.5 cm (B) 15 cm
(C) 15 m (D) 150 m
GATE 2000 ONE MARK
GATE 1999 ONE MARK
Q151 The magnitudes of the open-circuit and short-
circuit input impedances of a transmission line are 100 Q158 An electric field on a place is described by its
W and 25 W respectively. The characteristic impedance of potential
the line is, V = 20 (r-1 + r-2)
(A) 25 W (B) 50 W where r is the distance from the source. The field is due to
(C) 75 W (D) 100 W (A) a monopole (B) a dipole
(C) both a monopole and a dipole(D) a quadruple
Q152 A TEM wave is incident normally upon a perfect
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 10 Electromagnetics Page 421
Q159 Assuming perfect conductors of a transmission line, (A) 377 (B) 198.5+180c
pure TEM propagation is NOT possible in (C) 182.9+14c (D) 133.3
(A) coaxial cable (B) air-filled cylindrical
waveguide
(C) parallel twin-wire line in air GATE 1998 ONE MARK
Q164 In air, a lossless transmission line of length 50 cm Q169 The time averages Poynting vector, in W/m2 , for a
with L = 10 mH/m , C = 40 pF/m is operated at 25 MHz . wave with Ev = 24e j (wt + bz) avy V/m in free space is
Its electrical path length is (A) - 2.4 avz (B) 2.4 avz
p p
(A) 0.5 meters (B) l meters
(C) p/2 radians (D) 180 deg rees (C) 4.8 avz (D) - 4.8 avz
p p
Q165 A plane wave propagating through a medium Q170 The wavelength of a wave with propagation
[er = 8, mr = 2, and s = 0] has its electric field given by constant (0.1p + j0.2p) m-1 is
Ev = 0.5Xet - (z/3) sin (108 t - bz) V/m . The wave impedance,
(A) 2 m (B) 10 m
in ohms is 0.05
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 422 Electromagnetics Chapter 10
Q171 The depth of penetration of wave in a lossy dielectric Q176 The maximum usable frequency of an ionospheric
increases with increasing layer at 60c incidence and with 8 MHz critical frequency
(A) conductivity (B) permeability is
(C) wavelength (D) permittivity (A) 16 MHz (B) 16 MHz
3
(C) 8 MHz (D) 6.93 MHz
Q172 The polarization of wave with electric field vector
E = E 0 e j^wt + bz h ^avx + avy h is
v
(A) linear (B) elliptical Q177 A loop is rotating about they y -axis in a magnetic
(C) left hand circular (D) right hand circular field Bv = B 0 cos (wt + f) avx T. The voltage in the loop is
(A) zero
(B) due to rotation only
Q173 The vector H in the far field of an antenna satisfies
(A) d $ Hv = 0 and d # Hv = 0 (C) due to transformer action only
(B) d $ Hv ! 0 and d # Hv ! 0 (D) due to both rotation and transformer action
(C) d $ Hv = 0 and d # Hv ! 0
(D) d $ Hv ! 0 and d # Hv = 0 Q178 The far field of an antenna varies with distance r
as
(A) 1 (B) 12
Q174 The radiation resistance of a circular loop of one r r
turn is 0.01 W. The radiation resistance of five turns of
(C) 13 (D) 1
such a loop will be r r
(A) 0.002 W (B) 0.01 W
(C) 0.05 W (D) 0.25 W GATE 1997 ONE MARK
***********
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 10 Electromagnetics Page 423
SOLUTIONS
S1 Correct answer is - 0.25 . Vv = VX Xt + VZ Zt
x -component of Vv is perpendicular to magnetic filed Bv .
A change moving perpendicular to magnetic field
experience a radial force causing circular motion shown
in figure.
z -component of Vv is parallel to magnetic field Bv . A change
moving parallel to the field generates no force shown in
figure (b).
Motion with components perpendicular and parallel to
the field causes the change to move in a helical path along
+ z direction. Show in figure (c).
Given rs1 = 20 nC/m2
rs2 =- 4 nC/m2
rs 3 = ? (unknown)
Electric flux density at r = 10 m in given by
v = y net leaving the sphere of radian r = 10 m atr
D c Area of sphere of radius r = 10 m m
but Dv=0
y net at r = 10
= 0;
R + jw L = (100 + j250) or
R = 100 W/m = 32.58c
L = 2506 = 250 mH/m
10 S6 Correct option is (B).
P = G + jw C
z0
2 5
G + jwC = b 50 + j 50 l
G = 0.04 s/m
C = 5 = 0.2 mF/m
50 # 106
Therefore line constants L, C , R & G are respectively
L = 250 mH/m , C = 0.1 mF/m , R = 100 W/m , G = 0.04 s/m
If the wave is incident on perfect conductor then reflection
S3 Correct option is (A). coefficient is given by
Given Bv = BZt0 E
G / r =- 1
0
Ei 0
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 424 Electromagnetics Chapter 10
Er = Ei +180c
0 0 = 3.73 # 10-10 watts
If incident wave is traveling along + Z direction then the
reflected wave will be traveling along - Z direction. Thus S10 Correct answer is 2.99.
the reflected wave is left hand circularly polarized (LHCP) Given
Lossless horn antennas
S7 Correct option is (C). = hT = h R = 1
Differential form of Faraday’s law is given by Power Gain = Directivity
v Directivity of Txing antenna,
d # Ev =-2B or
2t DT = 18 dB
v 10 log DT = 18
d # Ev =- m2H
2t GT (or) DT = 63.09
Directivity of Rxing antenna,
S8 Correct option is not given.
DR = 22 dB
Current density,
10 log DR = 22
Jv = 400 2sin q ar A/m2 GR or DR = 158.48
2p (r + 4)
input power Pin = 2 W
current passing through the portion of sphere of radius
Spacing, r = 200l
r = 0.8 m is given by
#
I = Jv.dsv (r = constant)
s
dsv = r2 sin qdqdfard
t (a r = 0.8 m)
p
2p
400 sin q r2 sin qdqdf
I = # # 4
q= p f=0 2p (r2 + 4)
2
400 (0.8) 2 p - p p
;a 4 12 k - b sin a 2 k - sin a 6 klE
p
= 2
2p (0.8 + 4)
# (2p)
I = 7.45 Amp
The average current density through the given sphere
surface is
I Friis transmission formula in given by
J = l 2
Area of r = 0.8 m sphere PL = GT GR : 4pr D Pin
= 7.45 = 7.45 Where:
p/4 2p 1.04
(0.8) 2 #
sin qdqdf# Pin : Input power (prime indicates power due to reflection)
Pin = 1 - GT2 Pin = 1 - ^0.15h # 2 = 1.955 W
q = p/2 f = 0 2
J = 7.15 A/m2 l
PL = 63.09 # 158.48 : 4p # 200l D # 1.955
S9 Correct option is (A). = 3.1 # 10-3
As there is a reflection at the terminals of Rxing antenna
power delivered to the load in given by
PL = "1 - G R , # PL
2
PLF = b 2 l . e o
5
1 + j2 2
= = 1 (or) 0.5
2 5 2
S14 Correct option is (B).
PLF (dB) = 10 log 0.5
=- 3.0102 S15 Correct answer is 0.1.
S12 Correct option is (B).
Power density radiated by the antenna
W rad = C20 cos 4 qatr W/m2
$
r
Power radiated (or) average power radiated by the antenna
in given by
#
$
Prad = Wrad .dsv
s ZL = 50// - j50 cot bloc
p/2 2p '
C cos 4 qr2 sin qdqdf
= # # q=0 r f=0
0
2
G = Z2 - Z 01 0 only when ZL = Z 01
Z2 + Z0
(a radiated only in the upper hemisphere)
50// - j50 cot bloc = 50
= C 0 (2p) 1 The satisfied only when - j50 cot bloc = 3
5
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 426 Electromagnetics Chapter 10
i.e., bloc = m
2p l = mp = j2p # 10 # 109 # 1 1 - b 6.56 l
2
l oc 3 # 108 10
8 g = j158.07 m-1
loc = ml = mv = m # 2 # 109
2 2f 2 # f # 10 Therefore the value of propagation constant is given by
[a f in GHz, Here f = 0,1,2,3. GHz] g = 158.07 m-1
loc = m
10f S18 Correct option is (C).
f = 1 GHz a = 2.286 cm
(Here f = 1 GHz m = 1 for minimum length loc ) b = 1.016 cm
loc = m = 1 [for m = 1] air filled RWG
10 10
fc^TE h = c 1 +1 (a m = 1, n = 1)
= 0.1
11
2 a2 b2
10
= 3 # 10 1 1
c ^2.216h2 + ^1.016h2 m
S16 Correct option is (C). 2
y - 0 = - 1 ^t + 1h Since, b = 2p = 1
1 l 2
y =- t - 1 So, l = 2 # p # 2 = 8.885765
-^t + 1h2
-^t + 1h dt =
t
#-1 2
1<1<0 S22 Correct option is (C).
We know that for a straight, infinitely, long current
For line (2) carrying conductor,
Here ^0, - 1h to (1, 0) the line equation is
Hf = 1 r " distance from the current element
y = t-1 2pr
^t - 1h2 So, Hf \ 1
r
^t - 1h dt =
t
# 0 2
0<t<1
S23 Correct option is (D).
Ev = (avx + j4avy) exp [j (2p # 107 t - 0.2z)]
For finding polarization, put Z = 0 so that polarization
can be seen in my plane. Let
Ex = cos wt
w = 2p # 107 t
Ey = 4 cos ` w + p2 j =- 4 sin wt
As y direction component is multiplied by j , so it is p2
-^t + 1h2
At t = 0- : y = = -1 shifted. Hence, it is left hand elliptical polarization.
2 2
b= 1 and E t = E t 0 e- b z
2
2 Also, we have
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 428 Electromagnetics Chapter 10
= 2p
j 22p
- 44p z
= 810e e 3 B
-
3
z =
3 # 108 100
Hence, the magnitude of electric field at z = 10 cm is q = Azimuthal angle = 60c
Et ^z = 0.1 mh = 10e- 3 # 0.1
44p
a = Phase shift =- p
4.4p
= 10e- 3 = 1 V/m 2
Substituting these values in equation (1), we get
^2ph
S29 Correct option is (A). d cos ^60ch + c- p m = 0
Given vector, 100 2
Pv = x3 yatx - x2 y2 aty - x2 yzatz d = p # 100 = 50 m
2p
If divergence d : Pv = 0 , then vector Pv is solenoidal. So,
we obtain
2P S32 Correct answer is 13.74.
d : Pv = 2Px + y + 2Pz We have rectangular waveguide with a cm # b cm ^a > b h
2x 2y 2z
= 3x y - 2x y - x2 y = 0
2 2 For TE10 , fC = 6 GHz
Hence, it is solenoidal. For TM11 , fC = 15 GHz
Again, if curl d # Pv = 0 , then Pv is irrotational. So, we Since, we have
2 2
obtain fC = C c m m + d n n
atx aty atz 2 a b
8
So, 15 # 109 = 3 # 10 1 +1
v
d # P = 2x 2 2 2
2y 2z
2 a2 b2
x3 y - x2 y2 - x2 yz
2^- x2 yz h 2^- x2 y2h 1 + 1 = 15 # 109 # 2
2^- x2 yz h
== - G x
at - aty< a2 b2 3 # 108
2y 2z 2x
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 10 Electromagnetics Page 429
^ h
1 + 1 = 100 2 S34 Correct answer is 78.52.
a2 b2 Given vector field,
8
1 2
and 6 GHz = 3 # 10
2 b al
D = 2r2 a r + zaz
By using divergence theorem,
8
6 # 109 = 3 # 10 # 1 #(d $ D) dV = D $ dS#
2 a V S
2Df 2Dz
d $ D = 1 2 (rD r) + 1
2
b a1 l + b b1 l
2
100 = +
r 2r r 2f 2z
= 1 2 (r2r2) + 0 + 1
8
a = 3 # 10 9 r 2r
2 # 6 # 10
Therefore, a = 1 m = 1 (2) (3) r2 + 1 = 6r + 1
40 r
1 2p 5
Again, ^100h2 = ^40h2 + b 1 l
b
2
# (dD) dV
V
= # # # (6r + 1) (r) dr df dz
r=0 f=0 z=0
2 = 78.52
^100h2 + ^40h2 = b b1 l
2 S35 Correct answer is 120.22.
^140h^60h = b b1 l
Capacitance of coaxial capacitor is defined as
b = 91.65 C = 2pebl
ln ^ a h
C1 = ln ^ a h
8
1 2
b bl
b
fC = 3 # 10
2
For TE 01 , So, 2
ln _ b i
2 C2 b 1
ln ^ 101 h
1
8 8
= 3 # 10 # 1 = 3 # 10 # 91.65 172 pF/m
=
2 b 2 C2 ln (5)
= 13.7442 GHz C2 = 120.22 pF/m.
Z 0 = 120p W , ZL = 0 W
So, Ex = 5 cos ^2p # 109 + bz h For lossless line, we have
Ey = 3 cos c 2p # 109 + bz - p m ZL + jZ 0 tan bL
Z in = Z 0 c Z + jZ tan bL m (1)
2
0 L
Since phase difference between Ex and Ey is p2 , and Now, l=?
magnitudes are not equal. So, this is elliptical polarization. f = 37.5 MHz
Now, we have to determine direction. C = fl
At z = 0 Ex = 5 cos ^2p # 109 t h 8
So, l = 3 # 10 6 = 8
Ey = 3 cos c 2p # 109 t - p m 37.5 # 10
2
bL = 2p (L) = 2p (3) = 3p
For t = 1, t = 2 ,...... we have the circulation as shown l 8 4
below. Put ZL = 0 in equation (1),
Z in = jZ 0 tan bL
Z in = j (120p) tan 3p
4
or Z in < 0 ( tan 3p/4 = negative quantity)
Hence, the force experienced by + q charge is If either of ZR and ZT is matched with Z 0 , it will cause
2
qq 1 q = q2
F = 1 = complete absorption of signal, travelling on the line. So,
4pe 0 ^2d h2 4pe 0 4d 2 16pe 0 d 2
for distorted signal, we have both conditions
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 10 Electromagnetics Page 431
ZT ! Z 0
and ZR ! Z 0
= 1 : q + sin 2q D = p = 3.141
2p
2 2 0
+ # 6xyzdzD
The area under E - x graph will give the potential difference
between two points, i.e. = # ^2y 3
- 3yz2h dx + # ^6xy 2
- 3xz2h dy
y A - y B = Area
= 20 kv/cm # 5 # 10-4 cm
- # 6xyzdz
+ 1 # 20 # 5 # 10-4
2 = # ^2y dx + 6x ydy h - # 3yz dx
3 2 2
= 10 + 5 - # 3xz dy - # 6xydz 2
y A - y B = 15 V
Hence, we get = # d ^2xy h - # d ^3xyz h
3 2
y B - y A =- 15 V
= 2xy3 - 3xyz2
S55 Correct answer is 3.141.
S57 Option (D) is correct.
Given vector field,
Stoke’s theorem states that the circulation a vector field
Fv = zatx + xaty + yatz v around a closed path l is equal to the surface integral of
Consider the surface S shown below that represents the A
v over the open surface S bounded by l .
the curl of A
portion of the sphere x2 + y2 + z2 = 1 for z $ 0 .
#
i.e., Av : dlv = ^d # A vh : dsv
##
Here, line integral is taken across a closed path which is
denoted by a small circle on the integral notation where
as, the surface integral of ^d # A vh is taken over open
surface bounded by the loop.
or, qi . 45c 2
Now, the component of Evi can be obtained as jp # 10 ^x - z h V
4
Also, direction of propagation is Again, the reflected wave will be as shown in figure.
v v
avk = ax + az
2
So, k = x + z
2
Substituting it in equation (1), we get
p # 10 ^x + z h
4
Since, point o is at origin. So, in vector form one maxima and minima equals to l/4 so voltage minima
H1 = J (xax + yay) will be observed at the load, Therefore load can not be
2
complex it must be pure resistive.
G = s-1
Again only due to the hole magnetic field intensity will be
Now
given as. s+1
(Hf2) (2pr) =- J (pr 2) also RL = R 0 (since voltage maxima is formed at the load)
s
Hf2 = - Jr RL = 50 = 10 W
2 5
Again, if we take Ol at origin then in vector form
H2 = - J (xlax + ylay) S75 Option (D) is correct.
2
From the expressions of Ev & Hv , we can write,
where xl and yl denotes point ‘P ’ in the new co-ordinate b = 280 p
system. 2 p
or = 280 p & l = 1
Now the relation between two co-ordinate system will be. l 140
x = xl + d v E
y = yl Wave impedance, Zw = E = p = 120 p
Hv 3 er
So, H2 = - J [(x - d) ax + yay]
2 again, f = 14 GHz
So, total magnetic field intensity = H1 + H2 = J dax
8
2 Now l = C = 3 # 10 9 = 3
er f er 14 # 10 140 er
So, magnetic field inside the hole will depend only on ‘d ’. or 3 = 1
140 er 140
S70 Option (C) is correct. or er = 9
Ep
Power radiated from any source is constant. Now = 120p = E p = 120p
3 9
S71 Option (C) is correct.
We have d = 2 mm and f = 10 GHz S76 Option (C) is correct.
Phase difference = 2p d = p ; For a lossless network
l 4 S11 2 + S21 2 = 1
or = l = 8d = 8 # 2 mm = 16 mm For the given scattering matrix
v = fl = 10 # 109 # 16 # 10-3 S11 = 0.2 0c , S12 = 0.9 90c
= 1.6 # 108 m/ sec S21 = 0.9 90c , S22 = 0.1 90c
Here, (0.2) 2 + (0.9) 2 ! 1 (not lossless)
S72 Option (A) is correct. Reciprocity :
TM11 is the lowest order mode of all the TMmn modes. S12 = S21 = 0.9 90c (Reciprocal)
Av = xyatx + x 2 aty
v = dxatx + dyaty Zo = 30 W, ZL = 0 (short)
dl
# Av : dl
v = # (xyatx + x 2 aty) : (dxatx + dyaty) tan bl = tan b 2p : l l = 1
C C l 8
= # (xydx + x 2 dy) Z in = jZo tan bl = 30j
C
Circuit is shown below.
= #1/
2/ 3
xdx +
1/ 3
#2/ 3xdx + #1
3 4 dy + #3
1 1 dy
3 3 3 3
= 1 : 4 - 1 D + 3 :1 - 4 D + 4 [3 - 1] + 1 [1 - 3]
2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
=1
Reflection coefficient
60 + 3j - 60
t = ZL - Zo = = 1
ZL + Zo 60 + 3j + 60 17
1+ t
VSWR = = 1 + 17 = 1.64
1- t 1 - 17
m
o
ee +
o
e 1 + er
o
1+ 9
ax = cos far - sin faf o r o
since er = 9
and ay = sin far + cos faf
=- 0.5
In (1) we have
Bv = Bv0 af
S92 Option (B) is correct.
v Bv a
Now Hv = B = 0 f constant In single mode optical fibre, the frequency of limiting
m0 m0
mode increases as radius decreases
Jv = 4# Hv = 0 since H is constant
Hence r \ 1
f
S87 Option (C) is correct. So. if radius is doubled, the frequency of propagating
The beam-width of Hertizian dipole is 180c and its half mode gets halved, and wavelength is doubled.
power beam-width is 90c.
S93 Option (D) is correct.
S88 Option (D) is correct. 8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 3
Maxwell equations f 20 # 10 200
2
4- B = 0 Gain Gp = hp2 ` D j = 0.7 # p2 c 13 m = 30705.4
2
4$ E = r/E l 100
4# E =- B = 44.87 dB
4# Ht = D + J
For static electric magnetic fields S94 Option (A) is correct.
4$ B = 0 g = b cos 30cx ! b sin 30cy
4$ E = r/E = 2p 3 x ! 2p 1 y
4# E = 0 l 2 l 2
4# Ht = J = p 3 x! py
l l
p 3 x! p y
S89 Option (A) is correct. E = ay E0 e j (wt - g) = ay E0 e j;wt - c l l mE
Cut-off Frequency is
fc = c ` m j2 + ` n j2 S95 Option (D) is correct.
2 a b 4# H = J + 2D Maxwell Equations
For TE11 mode, 2t
2D
fc =
3 # 1010
2
1 2 1 2
` 4 j + ` 3 j = 6.25 GHz
## 4# H $ ds = ##
`J + 2t j .ds Integral form
s s
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 438 Electromagnetics Chapter 10
ho
# H $ dl = ## `J + 22Dt j .ds Stokes Theorem h' = f 2
= 377
10 = 400W
1 - c 10 10 m
2
s 1-c c m
f 3 # 10
S96 Option (A) is correct. S101 Option (B) is correct.
wm
E = 2 ` p j H0 sin ` 2px j sin (wt - bz) yt
2
Using the method of images, the configuration is as shown
h 2 a
below
This is TE mode and we know that
mpy
Ey \ sin ` mpx j cos `
a b j
Thus m = 2 and n = 0 and mode is TE20
p l = c = 3 # 10 = 3 # 10 - 6
or q = 45c = f 1014
4
wavelength in glass is
The configuration is shown below. Here A is point -6
source. lg = a = 3 # 10 = 2 # 10 - 6 m
m 1.5
=- 1 [22 - 12 + 02 - 22 + 02 - 32] = 5
2
t = eme o r
m
o
ee +
o
o r e 1 + er
o
o
1+ 4
= - 1 = 0.333+180c
3 S135 Option (A) is correct.
8
u = c = 3 # 10 = 1.5 # 108
S132 Option (B) is correct. e0 2
We have E (z, t) = 10 cos (2p # 107 t - 0.1pz) In rectangular waveguide the dominant mode is TE10 and
where w = 2p # 107 t fC = v ` m j2 + ` n j2
b = 0.1p 2 a b
8
= 1.5 # 10
7
Phase Velocity u = w = 2p # 10 = 2 # 108 m/s 2
1 2 0 2
` 0.03 j + ` b j
b 0.1p
8
S133 Option (D) is correct. = 1.5 # 10 = 2.5 GHz
0.06
y
Normalized array factor = 2 cos
2 S136 Option (D) is correct.
y = bd sin q cos f + d VSWR s = 1+G where G varies from 0 to 1
q = 90c, 1-G
d = 2 s, Thus s varies from 1 to 3.
f = 45c,
d = 180c S137 Option (B) is correct.
y bd sin q cos f + d Reactance increases if we move along clockwise direction
Now 2 cos = 2 cos ; E
2 2 in the constant resistance circle.
= 2 cos 8 2p 2 s cos 45c + 180 B
l. 2 2 S138 Option (C) is correct.
p
= 2 cos 8 + 90cB = 2 sin ` s j
s p Phase velocity
l l VC
VP =
f 2
S134 Option (A) is correct. 1-c c m
f
The fig of transmission line is as shown below.
[Z + jZo tan bl] When wave propagate in waveguide fc < f $ VP > VC
We know that Zin = Zo L
[Zo + jZL tan bl]
S139 Option (C) is correct.
For line 1, l = l and b = 2p , ZL1 = 100W We have E = (0.5xt + ye
p
t j ) e j (wt - kz)
2 l 2
m = w (Velocity)
1
2
1
= 1 Where
b
2
er
or er = 2 Basically w is the multiply factor of t and b is multiply
factor of z or x or y .
S155 Option (C) is correct. In option (A) E = 50e j (wt - 3z)
vp m 2+ n 2 m=w=w
2 ` a j `b j
Cutoff frequency fc = b 3
For rectangular waveguide dominant mode is TE01 We can see that equations in option (C) does not satisfy
v 8 equation (1)
Thus fc = p = 3 # 10- 2 = 15 # 109
2a 2 # 10
For air vp = 3 # 10 8 S162 Option (B) is correct.
= 15 GHz We know that distance between two adjacent voltage
maxima is equal to l/2 , where l is wavelength.
S156 Option (B) is correct. l = 27.5 - 12.5
2
Phase Velocity b = 2p = w me
l l = 2 # 15 = 30 cm
l = 2p
10
or
w me Frequency u = C = 3 # 10 = 1 GHz
l 30
8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 3 m S164 Option (C) is correct.
f 4 # 10 40
Electrical path length = bl
3
` 40 # 2 j d = (2.4)
2
Where b = 2p , l = 50 cm
l
80 # (2.4) 2
or d = . 150 m We know that
3
l=u =1# 1 au= 1
f f LC LC
S158 Option (C) is correct. 1 1
= #
We know that for a monopole its electric field varies 25 # 106 10 # 10-6 # 40 # 10-12
inversely with r 2 while its potential varies inversely with 7
r . Similarly for a dipole its electric field varies inversely as = 5 # 10 6 = 2 m
25 # 10
r 3 and potential varies inversely as r 2 .
In the given expression both the terms a _ r1 + r1 i are Electric path length = 2p # 50 # 10-2
-1 -2 5
present, so this potential is due to both monopole & dipole.
= p radian
2
S159 Option (D) is correct.
In TE mode Ez = 0 , at all points within the wave guide. S165 Option (D) is correct.
It implies that electric field vector is always perpendicular In a lossless dielectric (s = 0) median, impedance is given
to the waveguide axis. This is not possible in semi-infine by
parallel plate wave guide. m m0 mr
h= 0c =
e e0 er
S160 Option (A) is correct. mr
= 120p #
er
S161 Option (C) is correct. = 120p # 2 = 188.4 W
8
A scalar wave equation must satisfy following relation
2 2 E - m 22 2 E = 0 ...(1)
2t 2 2z 2 S166 Option (D) is correct.
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 444 Electromagnetics Chapter 10
Impedance is written as Hv = 1 4
v v
A
jwm m #
h=
s + jwe v is auxiliary potential function.
where A
Copper is good conductor i.e. s >> we So 4: H = 4: (4 # A) = 0
jwm wm 4# H = 4# (4 # A) = Y 0
So h= = 45c
s s
Impedance will be complex with an inductive component. S174 Option (D) is correct.
Radiation resistance of a circular loop is given as
S167 Option (A) is correct. Rr = 8 hp3 :ND2 S D
This equation is based on ampere’s law as we can see 3 l
2
# H $ dl = I enclosed (ampere's law) Rx \ N N " no. of turns
l
So, Rr 2 = N 2 # Rr1 = (5) 2 # 0.01 = 0.25 W
or #l H $ dl = #s Jds
S175 Option (C) is correct.
Applying curl theorem Power Re ceived
Aperture Area =
#s (4 # H) $ ds = #s Jds Polynting vector of incident wave
4# H = J
A =W
then it is modified to P
4# H = J + 2D
2
2t P = E h0 = 120p
h0
Based on continuity equation is intrinsic impedance of space
-6 -6
So A = 2 # 102 = 2 # 10 -3 2 # 120 # 3.14
E (20 # 10 )
S168 Option (A) is correct. c h0 m
-6
S169 Option (B) is correct. = 2 # 10 # 12 -# 3.14 = 1.884 m2
400 # 10 6
S170 Option (B) is correct.
S176 Option (B) is correct.
Propagation constant
r = a + ib = 0.1p + j0.2p Maximum usable frequency
fo
here b = 2p = 0.2p fm =
sin Ae
l
l = 2 = 10 m fm = 8MHz = 8 = 16 MHz
sin 60c 3 3
0.2 c 2 m
1+1
S = 3 =2 Here a < b , so minimum cut off frequency will be for mode
1- 1
3 TE 01
50 m = 0, n = 1
Z in min = = 25 W
2 8 a ml = c
fc = 3 # 10 1
(10 # 10-12) *
2
2#2
8 c = 3 # 108
S180 Option (A) is correct. 3 # 10
= = 0.75 GHz
The cutoff frequency is given by 2 # 2 # 10 # 10-2
ml m 2+ n 2
2 a a k a2k
fc =
***********
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 446 General Aptitude Chapter 11
CHAPTER 11
GENERAL APTITUDE
GATE 2016 EC 01 ONE MARK option with respect to grammar and usage
Statements
Q1 Which of the following is CORRECT with respect to (i) The height of Mr. X is 6 feet.
grammar and usage? (ii) The height of Mr. Y is 5 feet
Mount Everest is _____ (A) Mr. X is longer than Mr. Y
(A) the highest peak in the world (B) Mr. X is more elongated than Mr. Y
(B) highest peak in the world (C) Mr. X is taller than Mr. Y
(C) one of highest peak in the world (D) Mr. X is lengthier than Mr. Y
(D) One of the highest peak in the world
Q7 The students _____ the teacher on teachers day
Q2 The policeman asked the victim of a theft, “What for twenty years of dedicated teaching.
did you _____ ?” (A) facilitated (B) felicitated
(A) loose (B) lose (C) fantasized (D) facillitated
(C) loss (D) louse
Q8 After India’s cricket world cup victory in 1985,
Q3 Despite the new medicine’s _____ in treating Shrotria who was playing both tennis and cricket till then,
diabetes, it is not _____ widely. decided to concentrate only on cricket. And the rest is
(A) Effectiveness _____ prescribed history. What does the underlined phrase mean in this
(B) availability _____ used context.?
(A) history will rest in peace
(C) prescription _____ available
(B) rest is recorded in history books
(D) acceptable _____ proscribed
(C) rest is well known
(D) rest in archaic
Q4 In a huge pile of apples and oranges, both ripe and
unripe mixed together, 15% are unripe fruits, of the unripe
fruits, 45% are apples, of the ripe ones, 66% are oranges. Q9 Given (9 inches) 1/2 = (0.25 yards) 1/2 , which one of
If the pile contains a total of 5692000 fruits, how many of the following statements is TRUE?
them are apples? (A) 3 inches = 0.5 yards
(A) 2029198 (B) 2467482 (B) 9 inches = 1.5 yards
(C) 2789080 (D) 3577422 (C) 9 inches = 0.25 yards
(D) 81 inches = 0.0625 yards
Q5 Michael lives 10 km way from where I live. Ahmed
lives 5 km away and Susan lives 7 km away from where Q10 S, M, E and F are working in shifts in a team to finish
I live. Arun is farther away than Ahmed but closer than a project. M works with twice the efficiency of others but
Susan from where I live. From the information provided for half as many days as E worked. S and M have 6 hour
here, what is one possible distance (in km) at which I live shifts i a day, whereas E and F have 12 hours shifts. What
from Arun’s place? is the ratio of contribution of M to contribution of E in
(A) 3.00 (B) 4.99 the project?
(C) 6.02 (D) 7.01 (A) 1 : 1 (B) 1 : 2
(C) 1 : 4 (D) 2 : 1
GATE 2016 EC 02 ONE MARK
Q30 A straight line is fit to a data set ( ln x, y ). This line options given below, to complete the following sentence
intercepts the abscissa at ln x = 0.1 and has a slope of Dhoni, as well as the other team members of Indian team
- 0.02 . What is the value of y at x = 5 from the fit? _______ present on the occasion
(A) - 0.030 (B) - 0.014 (A) Were (B) Was
(C) 0.014 (D) 0.030 (C) Has (D) Have
GATE 2015 EC 01 ONE MARK Q38 Ram and Ramesh appeared in an interview for two
vacancies in the same department. The probability of
Ram’s selection is 16 and that of Ramesh is 18 . What is the
Q31 Choose the word most similar in meaning to the
probability that only one of them will be selected?
given word:
Educe (A) 47 (B) 1
48 4
(A) Exert (B) Educate
(C) Extract (D) Extend (C) 13 (D) 35
48 48
Q32 If log x ^ 75 h =- 13 , then the value of x is Q39 Choose the word most similar in meaning to the
given word:
(A) 343 (B) 125 Awkward
125 343 (A) Inept (B) Graceful
(C) - 25 (D) - 49 (C) Suitable (D) Dreadful
49 25
Q40
Operators 4, G and " are defined by: a4b = a - b ;
An electric bus has on board instruments that report
Q33
a+b the total electricity consumed since the start of the trip
aZb = a + b ; a " b = ab. as well as the total distance covered. During a single day
a-b
Find the value (6646) " (66Z6). of operation, the bus travels on stretches M, N, O and P,
in that order. The cumulative distances traveled and the
(A) - 2 (B)- 1 corresponding electricity consumption are shown in the
(C) 1 (D) 2 Table below
Q34 Choose the most appropriate word form the options Stretch Cumulative Electricity used
given below to complete the following sentence. distance (km) (kWh)
The principal presented the chief guest with a_______, M 20 12
as token of appreciation. N 45 25
(A) momento (B) memento
O 75 45
(C) momentum (D) moment
P 100 57
Q35 Choose the appropriate word/phrase, out of the four The stretch where the electricity consumption per km is
options given below, to complete the following sentence: minimum is
Frogs_______. (A) M (B)N
(A) Croak (B)Roar (C) O (D) P
(C) Hiss (D) Patter
Q37 Choose the appropriate word-phrase out of the four Q42 If x > y > 1, which of the following must be true?
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 450 General Aptitude Chapter 11
(1) ln x > ln y (A) Humpty Dumpty always falls while having lunch
(2) e x > ey (B) Humpty Dumpty does not fall sometimes while hav-
(3) y x > xy ing lunch
(4) cos x > cos y (C) Humpty Dumpty never falls during dinner
(A) (1) and (2) (B) (1) and (3) (D) When Humpty Dumpty does not sit on the wall, the
wall does not break.
(C) (3) and (4) (D) (4) and (1)
(A) 1 : S, 2 : P, 3 : Q, 4 : R
Q63 Round-trip tickets to a tourist destination are eligible (B) 1 : P, 2 : Q, 3 : R, 4 : S
for a discount of 10% on the total fare. In addition, groups
(C) 1 : Q, 2 : R, 3 : S, 4 : P
of 4 or more get a discount of 5% on the total fare. If
the one way single person fare is Rs 100, a group of 5 (D) 1 : S, 2 : P, 3 : R, 4 : Q
tourists purchasing round-trip tickets will be charged Rs
_________. Q69 What is the average of all multiplies of 10 from 2 to
198 ?
Q64 In a survey, 300 respondents were asked whether (A) 90 (B) 100
they own a vehicle or not. If yes, they were further asked (C) 110 (D) 120
to mention whether they own a car or scooter or both.
Their responses are tabulated below. What percent of
respondents do not own a scooter ? Q70 The value of 12 + 12 + 12 + ... is
(A) 3.464 (B) 3.932
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 11 General Aptitude Page 453
mosquito population have failed in this region. Which one of the above underlined parts of the sentence
Which one of the following statements, if true, does not is NOT appropriate ?
contradict this conclusion ? (A) I (B) II
(A) A high proportion of the affected population has (C) III (D) IV
returned from neighbouring countries where dengue
is prevalent Q77 If she ____ how to calibrate the instrument, she
(B) More cases of dengue are now reported because of _____ done the experiment.
an increase in the Municipal Office’s administrative (A) knows, will have
efficiency (B) knew, had
(C) Many more cases of dengue are being diagnosed this (C) had known, could have
year since the introduction of a new and effective
(D) should have known, would have
diagnostic test
(D) The number of people with malarial fever (also con-
tracted from mosquito bites) has increased this year Q78 Choose the word that is opposite in meaning to the
word “coherent”.
(A) sticky (B) well-connected
Q73 If x is real and x2 - 2x + 3 = 11, then possible
(C) rambling (D) friendly
values of - x3 + x2 - x include
(A) 2, 4 (B) 2, 14
(C) 4, 52 (D) 14, 52 Q79 Which number does not belong in the series below ?
2, 5, 10, 17, 26, 37, 50, 64
(A) 17 (B) 37
Q74 The ratio of male to female students in a college for
(C) 64 (D) 26
five years is plotted in the following line graph. If the number
of female students doubled in 2009, by what percent did the
number of male students increase in 2009 ? Q80 The table below has question-wise data on the
performance of students in an examination. The marks
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 454 General Aptitude Chapter 11
for each question are also listed. There is no negative or Q83 The Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in Rupees grew
partial marking in the examination. at 7% during 2012-2013. For international comparison, the
GDP is compared in US Dollars (USD) after conversion
Q. No. Marks Answered Answered Not based on the market exchange rate. During the period
Correctly Wrongly Attempted 2012-2013 the exchange rate for the USD increased from
1 2 21 17 6 Rs. 50/ USD to Rs. 60/USD. India’a GDP in USD during
the period 2012-2013.
2 3 15 27 2
(A) increased by 5% (B) decreased by 13%
3 2 23 18 3 (C) decreased by 20% (D) decreased by 11%
What is the average of the marks obtained by the class
in the examination ? Q84 The ratio of male to female students in a college
(A) 1.34 (B) 1.74 for five years is plotted in the following line graph. If the
(C) 3.02 (D) 3.91 number of female students in 2011 and 2012 is equal, what
is the ratio of male students in 2012 to male students in
2011 ?
GATE 2014 EC03 TWO MARKS
Q82 By the beginning of the 20 th century, several GATE 2013 ONE MARK
hypotheses were being proposed, suggesting a paradigm
shift in our understanding of the universe. However,
Q86 Choose the grammatically CORRECT sentence:
the clinching evidence was provided by experimental
(A) Two and two add four
measurements of the position of a star which was directly
behind our sun. Which of the following inference(s) may (B) Two and two become four
be drawn from the above passage ? (C) Two and two are four
(i) Our understanding of the universe changes based on (D) Two and two make four
the positions of stars
(ii) Paradigm shifts usually occur at the beginning of
Q87 Statement: You can always give me a ring whenever
centuries
you need.
(iii) Stars are important objects in the universe Which one of the following is the best inference from the
(iv) Experimental evidence was important in confirming above statement?
this paradigm shift (A) Because I have a nice caller tune.
(A) (i), (ii) and (iv) (B) (iii) only (B) Because I have a better telephone facility
(C) (i) and (iv) (D) (iv) only
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 11 General Aptitude Page 455
(C) Because a friend in need is a friend indeed Q94 The set of values of p for which the roots of the
(D) Because you need not pay towards the telephone equation 3x2 + 2x + p ^p - 1h = 0 are of opposite sign is
bills when you give me a ring (A) ^- 3, 0h (B) ^0, 1h
(C) ^1, 3h (D) ^0, 3h
Q88 In the summer of 2012, in New Delhi, the mean
temperature of Monday to Wednesday was 41°C and of Q95 What is the chance that a leap year, selected at
Tuesday to Thursday was 43cC . If the temperature on random, will contain 53 Sundays?
Thursday was 15% higher than that of Monday, then the (A) 2/7 (B) 3/7
temperature in cC on Thursday was (C) 1/7 (D) 5/7
(A) 40 (B) 43
(C) 46 (D) 49
2012 ONE MARK
Q91 A car travels 8 km in the first quarter of an hour, Q98 Choose the most appropriate word from the options
6 km in the second quarter and 16 km in the third quarter. given below to complete the following sentence :
The average speed of the car in km per hour over the Give the seriousness of the situation that he had to face,
entire journey is his........was impressive.
(A) 30 (B) 36 (A) beggary (B) nomenclature
(C) 40 (D) 24 (C) jealousy (D) nonchalance
Q92 Find the sum to n terms of the series 10 + 84 + 734 + ... Q99 Which one of the following options is the closest in
9 ^9n + 1h 9 ^9n - 1h meaning to the word given below ?
(A) +1 (B) +1
10 8 Latitude
9 ^9n - 1h 9 ^9n - 1h (A) Eligibility (B) Freedom
(C) +n (D) + n2 (C) Coercion (D) Meticulousness
8 8
Q93 Statement: There were different streams of freedom Q100 One of the parts (A, B, C, D) in the sentence given
movements in colonial India carried out by the moderates, below contains an ERROR. Which one of the following is
liberals, radicals, socialists, and so on. INCORRECT ?
Which one of the following is the best inference from the I requested that he should be given the driving test today
above statement? instead of tomorrow.
(A) The emergence of nationalism in colonial India led to (A) requested that (B) should be given
our Independence
(C) the driving test (D) instead of tomorrow
(B) Nationalism in India emerged in the context of colo-
nialism
(C) Nationalism in India is homogeneous GATE 2012 TWO MARKS
(D) Nationalism in India is heterogeneous
Q101 One of the legacies of the Roman legions was
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 456 General Aptitude Chapter 11
discipline. In the legious, military law prevailed and PM and 2 PM on a given day. There is a conditions that
discipline was brutal. Discipline on the battlefield kept whoever arrives first will not wait for the other for more
units obedient, intact and fighting, even when the odds than 15 minutes. The probability that they will meet on
and conditions were against them. that days is
Which one of the following statements best sums up the (A) 1/4 (B) 1/16
meaning of the above passage ? (C) 7/16 (D) 9/16
(A) Through regimentation was the main reason for the
efficiency of the Roman legions even in adverse cir-
cumstances. GATE 2011 ONE MARK
(B) The legions were treated inhumanly as if the men
were animals Q106 There are two candidates P and Q in an election.
(C) Disciplines was the armies inheritance from their During the campaign, 40% of voter promised to vote for
seniors P , and rest for Q . However, on the day of election 15% of
the voters went back on their promise to vote for P and
(D) The harsh discipline to which the legions were
instead voted for Q . 25% of the voter went back on their
subjected to led to the odds and conditions being
promise to vote for Q and instead voted for P . Suppose,
against them.
P lost by 2 votes, then what was the total number of
voters ?
Q102 Raju has 14 currency notes in his pocket consisting (A) 100 (B) 110
of only Rs. 20 notes and Rs. 10 notes. The total money (C) 90 (D) 95
values of the notes is Rs. 230. The number of Rs. 10 notes
that Raju has is
(A) 5 (B) 6 Q107 The question below consists of a pair of related words
followed by four pairs of words. Select the pair that best
(C) 9 (D) 10
expresses the relations in the original pair :
Gladiator : Arena
Q103 There are eight bags of rice looking alike, seven (A) dancer : stage (B) commuter : train
of which have equal weight and one is slightly heavier. (C) teacher : classroom (D) lawyer : courtroom
The weighing balance is of unlimited capacity. Using this
balance, the minimum number of weighings required to
identify the heavier bag is Q108 Choose the most appropriate word from the options
(A) 2 (B) 3 given below to complete the following sentence :
Under ethical guidelines recently adopted by the Indian
(C) 4 (D) 8
Medical Association, human genes are to be manipulated
only to correct diseases for which...................treatments
Q104 The data given in the following table summarizes are unsatisfactory.
the monthly budget of an average household. (A) similar (B) most
(C) uncommon (D) available
Category Amount (Rs.)
Food 4000 Q109 Choose the word from the from the options given
below that is most opposite in meaning to the given word :
Clothing 1200
Frequency
Rent 2000 (A) periodicity (B) rarity
Savings 1500 (C) gradualness (D) persistency
Other Expenses 1800
Q110 Choose the most appropriate word from the options
given below to complete the following sentence :
The approximate percentages of the monthly budget NOT
It was her view that the country’s had been ............. by
spent on savings is
foreign techno-crafts, so that to invite them to come back
(A) 10% (B) 14%
would be counter-productive.
(C) 81% (D) 86% (A) identified (B) ascertained
(C) exacerbated (D) analysed
Q105 A and B are friends. They decide to meet between 1
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 11 General Aptitude Page 457
GATE 2011 TWO MARKS Q115 Three friends R, S and T shared toffee from a bowl.
R took 1/3 rd of the toffees, but returned four to the bowl.
Q111 The fuel consumed by a motor cycle during a journey S took 1/4 th of what was left but returned three toffees to
while travelling at various speed is indicated in the graph the bowl. T took half of the remainder but returned two
below. back into the bowl. If the bowl had 17 toffees left, how
many toffees were originally there in the bowl ?
(A) 38 (B) 31
(C) 48 (D) 41
Lap Distance (km) Average speed (km/hour) Q117 The question below consist of a pair of related
P 15 15 words followed by four pairs of words. Select the pair that
Q 75 45 best expresses the relation in the original pair.
Unemployed : Worker
R 40 75 (A) Fallow : Land (B) Unaware : Sleeper
S 10 10 (C) Wit : Jester (D) Renovated : House
Chemical agents that do their work silently appear to be (A) 20 days (B) 18 days
suited to such warfare ; and regretfully, their exist people (C) 16 days (D) 15 days
in military establishments who think that chemical agents
are useful fools for their cause.
Which of the following statements best sums up the Q124 Given digits 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4 how much distinct
meaning of the above passage ? 4 digit numbers greater than 3000 can be formed ?
(A) Modern warfare has resulted in civil strife. (A) 50 (B) 51
(B) Chemical agents are useful in modern warfare. (C) 52 (D) 54
(C) Use of chemical agents in ware fare would be unde-
sirable. Q125 Hari (H), Gita (G), Irfan (I) and Saira (S) are
(D) People in military establishments like to use chemi- siblings (i.e. brothers and sisters.) All were born on 1st
cal agents in war. January. The age difference between any two successive
siblings (that is born one after another) is less than 3
years. Given the following facts :
Q122 If 137 + 276 = 435 how much is 731 + 672 ? 1. Hari’s age + Gita’s age > Irfan’s age + Saira’s age.
(A) 534 (B) 1403
2. The age difference between Gita and Saira is 1 year.
(C) 1623 (D) 1531 However, Gita is not the oldest and Saira is not the
youngest.
Q123 5 skilled workers can build a wall in 20 days; 8 semi- 3. There are no twins.
skilled workers can build a wall in 25 days; 10 unskilled In what order were they born (oldest first) ?
workers can build a wall in 30 days. If a team has 2 skilled, (A) HSIG (B) SGHI
6 semi-skilled and 5 unskilled workers, how long will it (C) IGSH (D) IHSG
take to build the wall ?
***********
This solved paper is better than any other Coaching Solved
Paper. You can compare any question.
Chapter 11 General Aptitude Page 459
SOLUTIONS
S1 Correct option is (A). S8 Correct option is (C).
Before superlative article ‘the’ has to be used. ‘one of’ the ‘rest is history’ is an idiomatic expression which means
expression should take plural noun and so option ‘C’ and ‘rest is well known’.
‘D’ can’t be the answer.
S9 Correct option is (C).
S2 Correct option is (B). Given (9 inches) 1/2 = (0.25 yards) 1/2
‘lose’ is verb. 9 inches = 0.25 yards
Speed of the first train ^ST1h = 120 = 12 m/s Q working hours & (7 - 2) # 12 = 60 hrs
10 R working hours & 7 # 18 = 126 hrs
Speed of the second train ^ST2h = 150 = 10 m/s After 7 days, the ratio of work done by Q and R
15 Q :R
The magnitude of the difference in the speed of the two 60 : 126
trains (m/s) 300 600
= 12 - 10 = 2 20 : 21
(sac) b = s
sabc = sl
` abc = 1
4 2 3 4 9
S27 Correct option is (A)
Combined area of square + rectangle = minimum
Only option ‘A’ can be logically inferred from the
f l (x) = 0
340 - 2x 2 2 2 information provided in the argument.
f (x) = : 4 D + x
9
S28 Correct option is (C)
f l (x) = 4 x2 - 340 - 2x = 0 Manu age = Sravan age + 2 months
9 4
Manu age = Trideep age - 3 months
Another method : Pavan age = Sravan’s age + 1 month
Elimination procedure from alternatives option (C) and From this Trideep age>Manu>Pavan>Sravan
(D) are not possible because area may be maximum. Trideep can occupy the extra spane in the flat.
Option (A)
Side of the square = x = 30 mm S29 Correct option is (B)
Perimeter of the square = 30 + 30 + 30 + 30
= 120 mm
Perimeter of the rectangle = 340 - 120 = 220 mm
2x + 2 # 2x = 220
x = 37
2x = 37 # 2 = 74
Area of square = x2 = (30) 2 = 900
Area of rectangle = x # 2x = 37 # 74 = 2738
Total area = 900 + 2738 = 3638 mm2
Option (B)
Side of the square = x = 40 mm
Perimeter of the square = 340 - 160 = 180 mm
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 462 General Aptitude Chapter 11
= 66 - 6 # 66 + 6 = 1
66 + 6 66 - 6
S34 Correct option is (B).
completely x2 - 2x - 8 = 0
Utilize-to put to use x2 - 4x + 2x - 8 = 0
^x - 4h^x + 2h = 0
S69 Correct option is (B). x =- 2 , 4
For x =- 2
- x3 + x2 - x = -^- 8h + ^4h - ^- 2h
= 8 + 4 + 2 = 14
For x = 4
- x3 + x2 - x -^64h + ^16h - 4 = 52
= 4 - 4 (1) (- 8) 1 0 after x minutes the angle is 60c. Let us assume that after
So, roots of equation (i) will be real. x minutes the angle is 60c.
To Get Updated Solved Paper by Whatsapp, Send Your
Branch and BTech year to 9414243489 by whatsapp
Page 466 General Aptitude Chapter 11
60c = 180c + b 360c l x - b 30c l x Combining these three instructions (B) option is most
60c 60c appropriate.
angle moved angle moved
by hour hand by min hand
**********